NDTPart 9

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 925

CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


PART 9 – VISUAL
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Chapter Chapter
Section Page Date Section Page Date
Subject Subject

PART 9 - LEP 1* Oct 10/21 29 Oct 10/20


2* Oct 10/21 30 Oct 10/20
3* Oct 10/21 31 Oct 10/20
4* Oct 10/21 32 Oct 10/20
5* Oct 10/21 33 Oct 10/20
6* Oct 10/21 34 Oct 10/20
7* Oct 10/21 35 Oct 10/20
8* Oct 10/21 36 Oct 10/20
9* Oct 10/21 37 Oct 10/20
10* Oct 10/21 38 Oct 10/20
11* Oct 10/21 39 Oct 10/20
12* Oct 10/21 40 Oct 10/20
13* Oct 10/21 41 Oct 10/20
42 Oct 10/20
PART 9 – Contents 1 Oct 10/20 43 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 44 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 45 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 46 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 47 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 48 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20 49 Oct 10/20
8 Oct 10/20 50 Oct 10/20
9 Oct 10/20 51 Oct 10/20
10 Oct 10/20 52 Oct 10/20
11 Oct 10/20 53 Oct 10/20
12 Oct 10/20 54 Oct 10/20
13 Oct 10/20 55 Oct 10/20
14 Oct 10/20 56 Oct 10/20
15 Oct 10/20 57 Oct 10/20
16 Oct 10/20 58 Oct 10/20
17 Oct 10/20 59 Oct 10/20
18 Oct 10/20 60 Oct 10/20
19 Oct 10/20 61 Oct 10/20
20 Oct 10/20 62 Oct 10/20
21 Oct 10/20 63 Oct 10/20
22 Oct 10/20 64 Oct 10/20
23 Oct 10/20 65 Oct 10/20
24 Oct 10/20 66 Oct 10/20
25 Oct 10/20 67 Oct 10/20
26 Oct 10/20 68 Oct 10/20
27 Oct 10/20 69 Oct 10/20
28 Oct 10/20 70 Oct 10/20

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 - LEP Page 1


EFFECTIVITY: ALL Oct 10/21
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Page Date Section Page Date
Subject Subject

71 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20


72 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
73 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
74 Oct 10/20
75 Oct 10/20 52-11-104 1 Oct 10/20
76 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
77 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
78 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
79 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
80 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
81 Oct 10/20
82 Oct 10/20 52-11-105 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
51-53-11-097 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20
51-53-61-345 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 52-11-131 1 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
51-53-103 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 52-21-102 1 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20

51-57-21-008 1 Oct 10/20 52-21-104 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
52-11-101 1 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 52-21-105 1 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
52-11-102 1 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 - LEP Page 2


EFFECTIVITY: ALL Oct 10/21
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Page Date Section Page Date
Subject Subject

52-22-102 1 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 53-11-102 1 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
52-22-103 1 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 53-11-103 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
52-31-102 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 53-11-104 1 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
8 Oct 10/20
9 Oct 10/20 53-11-106 1 Oct 10/20
10 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
52-41-102 1 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 53-11-108 1 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
52-42-103 1 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 53-11-110 1 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20
53-11-101 1 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 7 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 8 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 9 Oct 10/20

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 - LEP Page 3


EFFECTIVITY: ALL Oct 10/21
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Page Date Section Page Date
Subject Subject

4 Oct 10/20
53-11-112 1 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 53-11-130 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
53-11-122 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 53-21-101 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
53-11-123 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 53-21-102 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
53-11-124 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20

53-11-126 1 Oct 10/20 53-21-103 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
53-11-127 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 53-21-108 1 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20
53-11-128 1 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 7 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 8 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 9 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 10 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 11 Oct 10/20

53-11-129 1 Oct 10/20 53-21-110 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 - LEP Page 4


EFFECTIVITY: ALL Oct 10/21
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Page Date Section Page Date
Subject Subject

4 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20


5 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20
53-21-115 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 53-21-127 1 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20
8 Oct 10/20 53-21-128 1 Oct 10/20
9 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
10 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
53-21-118 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 53-21-129 1 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20

53-21-119 1 Oct 10/20 53-41-101 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20 53-41-103 1 Oct 10/20
8 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
9 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20

53-21-125 1 Oct 10/20 53-41-104 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 53-41-107 1 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
53-21-126 1 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 - LEP Page 5


EFFECTIVITY: ALL Oct 10/21
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Page Date Section Page Date
Subject Subject

53-41-108 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 53-41-134 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
53-41-111 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 53-41-138 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
53-41-112 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 53-41-139 1 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
53-41-116 1 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 53-41-142 1 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20

53-41-124 1 Oct 10/20 53-41-149 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 53-41-150 1 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
8 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
53-41-125 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 53-41-155 1 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20
53-41-133 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 53-41-156 1 Oct 10/20

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 - LEP Page 6


EFFECTIVITY: ALL Oct 10/21
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Page Date Section Page Date
Subject Subject

2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 53-41-177 1 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
53-41-157 1 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 7 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 8 Oct 10/20

53-41-158 1 Oct 10/20 53-41-179 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20
53-41-159 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 53-41-180 1 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
53-41-163 1 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 53-41-185 1 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
53-41-165 1 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 7 Oct 10/20
8 Oct 10/20
53-41-166 1 Oct 10/20 9 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 10 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 11 Oct 10/20
12 Oct 10/20
53-41-171 1 Oct 10/20 13 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 14 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 15 Oct 10/20
16 Oct 10/20
53-41-176 1 Oct 10/20 17 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 18 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 19 Oct 10/20

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 - LEP Page 7


EFFECTIVITY: ALL Oct 10/21
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Page Date Section Page Date
Subject Subject

3 Oct 10/20
53-41-188 1 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 53-61-104 1 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
8 Oct 10/20
53-61-105 1 Oct 10/20
53-41-190 1 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20

53-41-193 1 Oct 10/20 53-61-106 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20

53-41-198 1 Oct 10/20 53-61-108 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20

53-41-200 1 Oct 10/20 53-61-113 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20
53-41-202 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 53-61-147 1 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20
53-61-152 1 Oct 10/20
53-41-203 1 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20
53-61-101 1 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 - LEP Page 8


EFFECTIVITY: ALL Oct 10/21
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Page Date Section Page Date
Subject Subject

53-61-154 1 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20

53-61-155 1 Oct 10/20 54-10-104 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20

53-61-156 1 Oct 10/20 54-51-102 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20
53-61-157 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 54-51-103 1 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
53-71-101 1 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 55-11-102 1 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
53-71-102 1 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 55-11-103 1 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
53-71-103 1 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
55-11-105 1 Oct 10/20
53-71-104 1 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20
53-71-105 1 Oct 10/20

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 - LEP Page 9


EFFECTIVITY: ALL Oct 10/21
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Page Date Section Page Date
Subject Subject

55-11-106 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 55-31-104 1 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20

55-11-110 1 Oct 10/20 55-31-108 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20
55-11-115 1 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 7 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 55-31-111 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
55-11-119 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20
55-21-101 1 Oct 10/20 7 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 8 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 55-31-112 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
55-21-107 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 7 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 8 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20
55-41-101 1 Oct 10/20
55-31-101 1 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20
55-31-102 1 Oct 10/20 7 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 8 Oct 10/20

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 - LEP Page 10


EFFECTIVITY: ALL Oct 10/21
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Page Date Section Page Date
Subject Subject

55-41-102 1 Oct 10/20 57-21-119 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 57-21-120 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
57-21-103 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
57-21-122 1 Oct 10/20
57-21-105 1 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 57-21-123 1 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
8 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20

57-21-107 1 Oct 10/20 57-21-124 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20

57-21-113 1 Oct 10/20 57-21-127 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
57-21-114 1 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 57-21-130 1 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
57-21-118 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 57-21-134 1 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 - LEP Page 11


EFFECTIVITY: ALL Oct 10/21
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Page Date Section Page Date
Subject Subject

57-21-135 1 Oct 10/20 57-21-161 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20

57-21-136 1 Oct 10/20 57-52-105 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 57-52-106 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
57-21-141 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 57-52-107 1 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
8 Oct 10/20
9 Oct 10/20 57-52-108 1 Oct 10/20
10 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
11 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
57-21-142 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 57-52-112 1 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20
57-52-114 1 Oct 10/20
57-21-143 1 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 57-53-102 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
57-21-160 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 57-53-104 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 - LEP Page 12


EFFECTIVITY: ALL Oct 10/21
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL

Chapter Chapter
Section Page Date Section Page Date
Subject Subject

3 Oct 10/20 57-61-104 1 Oct 10/20


4 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20
57-61-105 1 Oct 10/20
57-53-106 1 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20 57-61-106 1 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
57-53-114 1 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20 4 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 5 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 6 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20
57-53-122 1 Oct 10/20 8 Oct 10/20
2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20 57-61-107 1 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20 2 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20 3 Oct 10/20

57-53-125 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20

57-61-101 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20
5 Oct 10/20
6 Oct 10/20
7 Oct 10/20

57-61-102 1 Oct 10/20


2 Oct 10/20
3 Oct 10/20
4 Oct 10/20

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 - LEP Page 13


EFFECTIVITY: ALL Oct 10/21
CRJ200

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK


CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


PART 9 – VISUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE FORWARD-FUSELAGE


ACCESS-PANEL SURROUND-STRUCTURE
BETWEEN FS220.00 AND FS235.00 51-53-11-097
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Access-Panel
Surround Structure of the Forward Fuselage
from FS222.00 to FS235.00,
and from STGR19 to STGR22
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE REPAIR TO THE


ENGINE SUPPORT BEAM UPPER AND LOWER
WEBS 51-53-61-345
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 1


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Inspection of the Engine Support Beam Cap


Angles and Upper Doubler Outboard of
LBL18.00 and RBL18.00, and the Lower Web
Outboard of LBL9.50 and RBL9.50 at FS640.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD


AT FS409.00+128, BETWEEN RBL12.00
AND LBL12.00 51-53-103
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Pressure Bulkhead
at Frame FS409.00+128, Between
RBL12.00 and LBL12.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE WING LOWER PLANK AT


STGR22 BETWEEN BL0.00 AND LBL22.50 51-57-21-008
General 1
Function
Reference Information

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 2


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection of the Wing Lower Plank at STGR22
Between BL0.00 and LBL22.50 2
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER


DOOR INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL
STRUCTURE 52-11-101
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Parts
Reference Information
Standard Practices Information 2
Job Set-Up
Procedure
Close Out 3

INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR


BRACKETS, FITTINGS AND SUPPORT
STRUCTURE 52-11-102
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 3


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Brackets, the
Door Frame, Fittings and the Support
Structure of the Passenger Door 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 5
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE PHASE IV


PASSENGER-DOOR INTERNAL
AND EXTERNAL STRUCTURE 52-11-104
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Passenger-Door
Internal and External Structure 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 6

INSPECTION OF THE PHASE IV PASSENGER


DOOR BRACKETS, FITTINGS AND
SUPPORT STRUCTURE 52-11-105
General 1
Function

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 4


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Brackets, Fittings
and Support Structure of the Passenger Door 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 6
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR


PIANO-HINGE HALF ON THE DOOR SIDE 52-11-131
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Passenger Door
Piano-Hinge Half of the Passenger Door
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 4
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE OVERWING-EMERGENCY-


EXIT-DOOR FRAME, FITTINGS AND THEIR
BACK-UP STRUCTURE 52-21-102

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 5


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Frame, Fittings and
Back-Up Structure of the Overwing Emergency-
Exit-Door 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE OVERWING-EMERGENCY


-EXIT-DOOR FRAME, FITTINGS AND THEIR
BACK-UP STRUCTURE 52-21-104
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Frame, Fittings and
Back-Up Structure of the Overwing Emergency-
Exit-Door 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 6


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE OVERWING EMERGENCY


EXIT CASTING (POST MODSUM TC601R25160) 52-21-105
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection of the Overwing Emergency Exit Casting
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE CREW-ESCAPE


HATCH DOOR 52-22-102
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Crew-Escape-Hatch
Door Fittings, and Back-Up Structures
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 7


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE CREW-ESCAPE


HATCH DOOR 52-22-103
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Crew-Escape-Hatch
Door Fittings, and Back-Up Structures
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 5

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE CARGO DOOR


STRUCTURE 52-31-102
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment 3
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Baggage-
Compartment Door Fittings and Their
Local Support Structure
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 4
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 8


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE SERVICE DOOR FITTINGS


AND BACK-UP STRUCTURE 52-41-102
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Service Door-
Stop Fittings, Roller Fittings, Down-Lock Fittings and
Back-Up Structure
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 6

INSPECTION OF THE MAIN AVIONICS-


COMPARTMENT DOOR FITTINGS AND
BACKUP STRUCTURE 52-42-103
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 4
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Main Avionics-
Compartment Door Fittings and
Backup Structure 5
Inspection Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 9


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE NOSE LANDING GEAR


TRUNNION FITTINGS, DIAGONAL MEMBERS
AND THE LOCAL STRUCTURE 53-11-101
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the NLG Trunnion Fittings, the
Diagonal Member and the Local Structure 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 6
Close Out
INSPECTION OF THE LOWER ATTACHMENTS
OF THE VERTICAL STIFFENERS OF THE
NOSE LANDING GEAR (NLG) WHEEL WELL 53-11-102
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 10


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Inspection for Damage to the NLG Lower


Attachments of the Vertical Stiffeners 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE UPPER CAP ANGLES OF


THE NOSE LANDING GEAR (NLG) WHEEL
WELL BETWEEN FS202.75 AND FS235.0 53-11-103
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure

Inspection for Damage to the NLG Lower


Attachments of the Vertical Stiffeners
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE FLIGHT COMPARTMENT


FLOOR CONNECTION TO THE FORWARD
PRESSURE BULKHEAD AT FS202.75 53-11-104
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 11


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Tools and Equipment


Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Flight Compartment
Floor Connection to the Forward Pressure
Bulkhead at FS202.75 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FORWARD PRESSURE


BULKHEAD 53-11-106
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure 2
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Forward Pressure
Bulkhead at FS202.75 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE LOWER SECTOR OF


THE WEB AND THE CAPS OF THE FRAME
AT FS235.0 53-11-108
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 12


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Parts Examined in This Procedure


Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection of the Lower Sector of the Web and
the Caps of the Frame at FS235.0
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FLIGHT CREW ESCAPE


HATCH SURROUND STRUCTURE AND
STOP FITTINGS 53-11-110
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Parts
Reference Information 2
Standard Practices Information 3
Job Set-Up
Procedure
Close Out 4

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FUSELAGE SKIN


FS212.0 TO FS280.0 AT COCKPIT FLOOR
LEVEL 53-11-112
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Standard Practices Information
Job Set-Up
Procedure
Close Out 2

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 13


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE WINDSHIELD


CENTER POST AND BULKHEAD AFT POST AT FS202.75 53-11-122
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Surface Cracks on the Lower Strap,
Channel-Aft Center Post, and Upper and Lower
Center Post Fittings
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE WINDSHIELD SIDE


POST UPPER AND LOWER JOINTS TO
SILLS AND FUSELAGE FITTINGS 53-11-123
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Upper and Lower
Attachment Fittings of the Windshield Side Post
and the Sills Area 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 14


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE NOSE-LANDING-GEAR


WHEEL-WELL CUT-OUT 53-11-124
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Skin Cut-Out
and Skin Doubler and Lateral Walls at the
NLG Wheel Well
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE FLITETFONE VI ANTENNA


CUT-OUT AT FS235.00 AND FS250.00,
BETWEEN STGR26L AND STRG27L (POST
MOD-SUM TC601R60256) 53-11-126
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 15


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Inspection for Damage to the Fuselage Skin at


the Flitefone Antenna Cut-Out between
FS235.00 and FS250.00, STGR26L and STGR27L 2
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance and Rejection Criteria
Procedure
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE WINDSHIELD CENTER


POST AND BULKHEAD AFT POST AT FS202.75 53-11-127
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage of the Splice Fittings from the
Windshield Center Post to the Lower and
Upper Sill at FS202.75, and BL0.00
Acceptance and Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FORWARD PRESSURE


BULKHEAD 53-11-128
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Reference Information
Standard Practices Information 2
Job Set-Up

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 16


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Procedure 3
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE WINDSHIELD CENTER


POST AND BULKHEAD AFT POST AT FS202.75 53-11-129
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning

Inspection for Surface Cracks on the Lower Strap,


Channel-Aft Center Post, and Upper and Lower
Center Post Fittings
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance and Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE WINDSHIELD CENTER


POST AND BULKHEAD AFT POST AT FS202.75 53-11-130
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 17


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Inspection for Damage to the Aft Center Post, and the Splice
Fittings of the Windshield Center
Post at FS202.75 Pressure Bulkhead
Acceptance and Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR


CUT-OUT UPPER AND LOWER SILLS 53-21-101
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Parts
Reference Information 2
Standard Practices Information
Job Set-Up
Procedure 3
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR


CUT-OUT FRAMES AND INTERNAL
BACKUP STRUCTURE 53-21-102
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection of the Passenger Door Cut-Out
Frames and Internal Back-Up Structure
Inspection Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 18


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3


Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR


FITTINGS ON THE FUSELAGE 53-21-103
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection of the Passenger Door Fittings
on the Fuselage
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE SERVICE DOOR


SURROUND-STRUCTURE 53-21-108
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 3
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Service Door Sill Areas
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 19


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Close Out 4

INSPECTION OF THE AVIONICS-


COMPARTMENT-DOOR CUTOUT
SURROUND STRUCTURE 53-21-110
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Avionics-Compartment-Door
Cutout Surround Structure 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE FUSELAGE STRUCTURE


AND SKIN PANELS FROM FS280.00 TO
FS409.00, BETWEEN STGR17R TO STGR17L 53-21-115
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Skin Panel
and Interior Structure from FS280.00 to
FS409.00, and between STGR17L to STGR17R 3

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 20


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE POTABLE-WATER


SERVICING-DOOR CUT-OUT 53-21-118
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Potable-Water
Servicing-Door Cut-Out 3

Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FORWARD OR REAR


LAVATORY SERVICING DOOR CUT-OUT
AND INTERNAL STRUCTURE 53-21-119
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Parts
Reference Information 2
Standard Practices Information
Job Set-Up
Procedure 3

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 21


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Close Out 4

INSPECTION OF THE CIRCUMFERENTIAL FUSELAGE


SPLICE AT FS280.00 53-21-125
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Fuselage Skin
Panels, Splice Straps, and Butt Strap 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE PHASE IV PASSENGER


DOOR CUT-OUT UPPER AND LOWER
SILLS 53-21-126
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Parts
Reference Information 2
Standard Practices Information
Job Set-Up
Procedure 3
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 22


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR


CUT-OUT FRAMES AND INTERNAL BACKUP
STRUCTURE 53-21-127
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection of the Passenger Door Cut-Out
Frames and Internal Back-Up Structure
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR


FITTINGS ON THE FUSELAGE 53-21-128
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection of the Passenger Door
Fittings on the Fuselage
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 23


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR


PIANO-HINGE HALF ON THE FUSELAGE
SIDE 53-21-129
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Passenger
Door Piano-Hinge Half on the Fuselage Side
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 4
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE ADF AND DME


ANTENNAS CUT-OUTS 53-41-101
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the ADF Antenna
Cut-Out at FS409.00+74
Inspection Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 24


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Inspection for Damage to the DME


Antennas Cut-Out at FS409.00+55 4
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE EMERGENCY LANDING LIGHT


CUT-OUT BETWEEN FS409.00+112 AND
FS409.00+128, BETWEEN STGR13 AND STGR14 53-41-103
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Fuselage Skin at the
Emergency Landing Light Cut-Out between
S409.00+112 and FS409.00+128, STGR13 and
STGR14
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE FORWARD AND AFT KEEL –


BEAM LUGS AND THE FORWARD KEEL –
BEAM LINK - LUGS 53-41-104
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 25


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Tools and Equipment 2


Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Forward Keel – Beam
Bayonet - Fitting Lugs at FS409.00+114.65, the
Forward Keel - Beam Link - Lugs at FS409.00+114.65
and FS409.00+128.00, and the Aft keel - Beam Lugs at
FS513.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

INSPECTION OF THE VHF NO.3 ANTENNA CUT – OUT


AT FS455.80 AND STGR0 53-41-107
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the VHF Antenna Cut – Out
at FS455.80 and STGR0
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE SKIN AT STGR5 AND FRAMES


FS424.00, FS449.00, FS473.00 AND FS513.00 53-41-108
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 26


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Parts Examined in this Procedure


Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the External Surface of the
Top Skin Panel From FS409.00+128.00 to FS559.00 and
from STGR5L to STGR5R
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE SKIN PANEL AT MACHINED


FRAMES FROM FS409.00+128.00 TO FS559.00 53-41-111
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the External Surface of the Side
Skin Panels From FS409.00+128.00 to FS559.00 and
from STGR6 to STGR17
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

53-41-112
INSPECTION OF THE EMERGENCY LIGHT CUT – OUTS
AT FS416.50 AND FS491.50 53-41-112
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 27


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Parts Examined in This Procedure


Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Side Skin Panels at
FS416.50 and FS491.50, between STGR13
and STGR14
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE VERTICAL BEAMS ON


FRAMES AT FS409.00+128 AND FS559.00 53-41-116
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Vertical Beams
of the Pressure Bulkhead Webs at
FS409.00+128 and FS559.00 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 4
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE BULKHEAD WEBS


AT FS409.00+128 AND FS559.00 53-41-124
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 28


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment 3
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Bulkhead Web
and the Related Structure at FS409.00+128 4
Inspection Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Bulkhead Web
and the Related Structure at FS559.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 5

OVER WING EMERGENCY EXIT, DOOR CUT-OUT


FRAMES AND INTERNAL BLACK UP 53-41-125
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Door Cut-Out
Frames and the Internal Backup Structure
of the Overwing Emergency Exit 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 4

INSPECTION OF THE WING ATTACHMENT LUGS


AT BL45.00 OF FS424.00 53-41-133
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 29


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Wing Attachment Lug
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE FRAME INNER FLANGE AT


FS449.85 53-41-134
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for damage to the Frame Inner Flange at
FS449.85 and between STGR8 and STGR11
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE WING ATTACHMENT


LUGS AT FS473.15 53-41-138
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 30


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Tools and Equipment 2


Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Wing to Fuselage
Attachment Lugs at FS473.15
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE FRAMES AT FS424.00, FS473.15


AND FS513.00 53-41-139
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Frames at FS424.00,
FS473.15 and FS513.00, above WL73.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE WING-TO-FUSELAGE


ATTACHMENT FITTINGS AT BL13.10
AND FS513.0 53-41-142
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 31


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Wing to Fuselage Attachment
Fittings (Lug Fittings) at FS513.00 and BL13.10
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE FLOOR


SKIN 53-41-149
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Procedure
Inspection of the Pressure Floor Skin
Between FS409.00+128 and FS559.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE-FLOOR


SUPPORT BEAMS AND SKIN 53-41-150
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 32


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Parts Examined in This Procedure


Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Procedure
Inspection of the Pressure-Floor Support
Beams and Local Skin Between
FS409.00+128 and FS559.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE CHEMICALLY MILLED


LINES OF THE FLOOR STRUCTURE SILL
ASSEMBLY, FS409.00+128 TO FS559.00 53-41-155
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection of the Floor Sill Assembly, Aft Face
of the Bulkhead at FS409.00+128, and Forward
Face of the Bulkhead at FS559.00 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE FLOOR


INTERCOSTALS 53-41-156
General 1
Function

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 33


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Intercostals, Channels, and
Adjacent Structure between FS409.00+128 and FS559.00,
and from BL36.00 to BL45.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

INSPECTION OF THE FRAME ATTACHMENT TO


SILL LONGERON 53-41-157
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Frame-to-Longreon
Cleats at WL73.00 of FS439.00, FS461.50, FS484.00
FS499.00, FS529.00, and FS544.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE UNDERFLOOR


LONGERON ASSEMBLY LOCAL TO
FS409.00+128 AND FS559.00 53-41-158
General 1

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 34


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Underfloor Longeron
Assembly at FS409.00+128 and FS559.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 4
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE LONGERON ASSEMBLY


AT FS424.00 53-41-159
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Longeron Assembly
at FS424.00
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

INSPECTION OF THE UNDERFLOOR LONGERON


AT BL45.00, FROM FS409.00+128
TO FS559.00 53-41-163
General 1
Function

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 35


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Underfloor
Longeron
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 6
Close Out

INSPECTION OF UPPER SKIN PANEL FS559.00 TO


FS559.00+112 53-41-165
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Fuselage Skin Panel from
FS559.00 to FS559.00+112, between
STGR7L and STGR7R 2
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE SIDE SKIN PANEL FROM FS559.00


TO FS559.00+112 53-41-166
General 1
Function

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 36


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Fuselage Skin Panel from
FS559.00 to FS559.00+112, between
STGR6 and STGR20
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE OXYGEN INDICATOR


CUT-OUT AT FS409.00+80 BETWEEN
STGR24L AND STGR25L 53-41-171
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the fuselage Skin at the
Oxygen Indicator Cut-Out at FS409.00+80
between STGR24L and STGR25L 2
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE FUSELAGE SKIN AROUND


THE GPS ANTENNA(S) 53-41-176

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 37


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Fuselage Skin
around the GPS Antenna(s)
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD


AT FS409.00+128, BETWEEN RBL12.00
AND LBL12.00 53-41-177
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Pressure
Bulkhead at Frame FS409.00+128,
Between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 4

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 38


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD


AT FS409.00+128, BETWEEN RBL12.00
AND LBL12.00 53-41-179
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Pressure Bulkhead
at Frame FS409.00+128, Between
RBL12.00 and LBL12.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE STRAP MODIFICATION


TO THE FS409.00+128 BULKHEAD 53-41-180
General 1
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Forward and Aft Face
Pressure Bulkhead Web surfaces with Reinforcing Strap
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 39


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD


AT FS409.00+128, BETWEEN
RBL12.00 AND LBL12.00 53-41-185
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 4
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Pressure Bulkhead
at Frame FS409.00+128, Between RBL12.00
and LBL12.00 5
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 15
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD


AT FS409.00+128, BETWEEN
RBL12.00 AND LBL12.00 53-41-188
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Pressure Bulkhead
at Frame FS409.00+128, Between
RBL12.00 and LBL12.00 3

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 40


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE BEACON LIGHT CUT-OUTS


AT FS409.00+24, TO STGR0 AND STGR27 53-41-190
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Outer Skin of the Top
and Bottom Beacon Light Cut-Outs at FS409.00+24,
Located at STGR0, and STGR27
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE INTERNAL PRESSURE


FLOOR SKIN, FS409.00+128 TO FS559.00, LEFT
EXTREMITY OF FLOOR TO RIGHT EXTREMITY 53-41-193
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 41


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Inspection of the Pressure Floor Skin Boarded by


FS409+128 and FS559.00, Left Extremity of Floor
to the Right Extremity
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF FS409.00+128 SPLICE


ANGLES AT STR21 L AND R 53-41-198
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set−Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Parts
Reference Information
Standard Practices Information 2
Job Set−Up
Procedure
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FS409.00+128 FRAME


CAP AFT AND FORWARD SPLICE
ANGLES AT STGR21 LEFT AND RIGHT 53-41-200
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Parts
Reference Information
Standard Practices Information 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure 3
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 42


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FS559.00 PRESSURE


BULKHEAD WEB AND CAP ANGLE
LOCAL TO BL9.00 AND BL18.00 LEFT AND RIGHT 53-41-202
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Web and the Cap-Angle
at FS559.00 Local to BL9.00 and BL18.00
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FS409+128 VERTICAL


BEAMS AT BL0 & BL18 LOCAL TO WL69 53-41-203
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Reference Information
Standard Practices Information
Job Set-Up
Procedure 2
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 43


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE REAR PRESSURE


BULKHEAD VERTICAL STIFFENERS AND WEB 53-61-101
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Rear Pressure
Bulkhead at FS621.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE LONGERON TO STGR1


SPLICE AT FRAME FS718.00 53-61-104
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Longeron, STGR1, and
Doubler between FS712.00 and FS721.00
Inspection Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 44


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


Close Out 3

INSPECTION OF THE REAR PRESSURE


BULKHEAD FRAME CAP 53-61-105
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection of the Rear Pressure Bulkhead Frame Cap 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE REAR FUSELAGE TO


VERTICAL STABILIZER DRAG ANGLE AT
FS755.00 53-61-106
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 45


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Inspection for Damage to the Drag Angle between


FS718.00 and VS81.79% at STGR2
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE FLOOR BEAM ATTACHMENT


TO REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD 53-61-108
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Floor Beams Attachment
Structure to the Rear Pressure Bulkhead from FS609.00
to FS621.00, BL9.00 and BL27.00 and between WL69.00
and WL73.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE SKIN PANEL LOCAL TO THE


REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD STGR7L
TO STGR7R 53-61-113
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 46


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Parts Examined in This Procedure


Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Top Skin Panel,
Stringers, and Doubler
Inspection Procedure 3
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FS621.00 REAR


PRESSURE-BULKHEAD FORWARD-FACE 53-61-147
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Parts
Reference Information
Standard Practices Information 2
Job Set-Up
Procedure
Close Out 3

INSPECTION OF THE ENGINE SUPPORT BEAM,


ALTERNATIVE MEANS OF COMPLIANCE
(AMOC) TO AD CF-2001-26R1,
SERVICE BULLETIN 601R-53-071 53-61-152
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 47


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Effectivity 3
Tools and Equipment 4
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection of the Engine Support Beam
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 6
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE REAR PRESSURE


BULKHEAD WEB FORWARD FACE 53-61-154
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Procedure
Inspection of the Rear Pressure Bulkhead at FS621.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 4
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE LAVATORY DRAIN MAST


CUT-OUT 53-61-155
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 48


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Parts Examined in This Procedure


Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Lavatory Drain Mast
Cut-Out at FS608.00 2
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE REAR PRESSURE-BULKHEAD


WEB 53-61-156
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Rear Pressure Bulkhead Web
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE REAR PRESSURE


BULKHEAD FORWARD FACE BELOW FLOOR 53-61-157
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Parts

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 49


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Reference Information
Standard Practices Information
Job Set-Up 2
Procedure
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE FRAME FS755.00 ABOVE


WL125.00 53-71-101
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage From the Top Part of
the FS755.00 Bulkhead to WL125.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE STRINGER EXTENSION


ATTACHMENTS AT VS31.875% AND VS55.625% 53-71-102
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 50


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Preparation and Cleaning


Inspection for Damage to the Stringer Extensions
Where they are Attached to the VS31.875%
and VS55.625% Canted Frames
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

INSPECTION OF THE VERTICAL STABILIZER REAR


SPAR AND FUSELAGE FRAME AT FUSELAGE
STATION VS67.5% 53-71-103
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Vertical
Stabilizer Rear-Spar at VS67.5%
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE VERTICAL STABILIZER MID


SPAR AND FUSELAGE FRAME AT VS43.75% 53-71-104
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 51


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Parts Examined in This Procedure


Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Vertical
Stabilizer Mid-Spar at VS43.75%
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE VERTICAL STABILIZER


FRONT SPAR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS AT
FS755.00 53-71-105
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Vertical Stabilizer
Front Spar-to-Frame Fittings and the Adjacent
Frame Structure at FS755.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE ENGINE NACELLE A4


ATTACHMENT RING 54-10-104
General 1
Effectivity

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 52


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Job Set-Up Information


Tools and Equipment
Parts
Reference Information
Standard Practices Information
Job Set-Up 2
Procedure
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE TOP AND BOTTOM PYLON


SKINS FROM FS672.00 TO FS682.00 54-51-102
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Top and Bottom
Pylon Skins and Support Structure from
FS668.00 to FS686.00 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE CANTED RIBS AND


DRAG BRACES 54-51-103
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 53


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Pylon Canted Ribs,
Pylon Canted-Rib Splices, and Front Spar Braces
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE SCREW-JACK ATTACH


FITTINGS ON THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER
CENTER-SECTION FRONT SPAR 55-11-102
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Screw-Jack
Attach Fittings and Support Structure
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

INSPECTION OF THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER


FRONT-SPAR SPLICE AT BL6.00 AND THE
FRONT SPAR ASSEMBLY FROM BL6.00 TO
THE TIP 55-11-103
General 1

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 54


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Front Spar
Splice at BL6.00 and the Front Spar from
BL6.00 to the Tip 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER


UPPER SURFACE 55-11-105
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Top skin from
BL6.00 to the BL112.00 and the PCU Fittings
of the Horizontal Stabilizer
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 55


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE HORIZONTAL-STABILIZER


REAR SPAR SPLICE AND SKIN STRUCTURE
FROM LBL11.00 TO RBL11.00 55-11-106
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 3
Inspection for Damage to the HS Rear Spar
Splice and the Skin Structure from the
LBL11.00 to the RBL11.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 4
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER


BL6.00 RIB 55-11-110
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Horizontal
Stabilizer Rib at BL6.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 4

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 56


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE ELEVATOR HINGES 1 AND 1A


FITTINGS-MOUNTED ON STABILIZER 55-11-115
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Elevator Hinge
Fittings at STAB BL15.25, BL24.48,
BL55.88, and BL95.49
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE PIVOT FITTING 55-11-119


General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Pivot Fitting
and Pivot Pins
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 57


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE ELEVATOR FRONT SPAR


55-21-101
ASSEMBLY
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Procedure
Inspection of the Elevator Front Spar Assembly
Between Ribs 4 and 4A
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE CENTER AND


55-21-107
OUTBOARD HINGE FITTINGS
General 55-21-107 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Parts
Reference Information 2
Standard Practices Information
Job Set-Up
Procedure 3
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 58


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT SPAR TO FUSELAGE


ATTACHMENT FITTING 55-31-101
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage of the Fittings and
the Adjacent Front Spar Web
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT SPAR TO FUSELAGE


SPLICE STRAP 55-31-102
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage of the Straps
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 59


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT SPAR ATTACHMENT


AT VERTICAL STABILIZER RIB#1 55-31-104
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Front Spar at
the Vertical Stabilizer Rib#1 Attachment
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE ACCESS DOOR CUTOUTS 55-31-108


General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the VS Skin and
Access Panel Landing 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 60


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE VERTICAL STABILIZER


PIVOT - FITTINGS 55-31-111
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Horizontal-Stabilizer
Pivot-Fittings on the Vertical Stabilizer and the
Adjacent Structure
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE TRIM ACTUATOR


PIVOT STRUCTURE 55-31-112
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure 3
Acceptance and Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE RUDDER INTERFACE 55-41-101

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 61


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection of the Rudder Interface 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 8
INSPECTION OF THE RUDDER FRONT SPAR
AND SKIN 55-41-102
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 3
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection of the Rudder Front Spar and Skin 4
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT SPAR AND LOWER


SKIN SPLICE AT WS242.00 57-21-103

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 62


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Lower Forward
Wing-Plank and the Front-Spar Lower Flange
at WS242.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

INSPECTION OF THE WING LOWER SKIN WET


AREA FROM BL0.00 TO WS314.00 57-21-105
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Wing Lower Skin
From BL0.00 to WS314.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 7
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 63


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE REAR SPAR SPLICE-


JOINT AT WS45.00 (BL45.00) 57-21-107
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage of the Rear Spar, Splice
Fitting and Wing Lower-Aft Plank at WS45.00
(BL45.00)
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 4
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE WING REAR-SPAR LOWER


CAP AT WS168.00 57-21-113
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Rear-Spar Lower
Cap at WS168.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 64


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT-SPAR LOWER FLANGE


AT BL45.00 57-21-114
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Lower Forward
Wing-Plank and the Front-Spar Lower Flange
at BL45.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT SPAR LOWER SPLICE


JOINT AT WS29.42 57-21-118
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage at the Lower Splice of
the Wing Front Spar and the Adjacent
Structure at WS29.42 3

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 65


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 4

INSPECTION OF THE WING-TO-FUSELAGE FITTING


LUGS AT BL45.00 AND FS513.00 57-21-119
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Wing-to-Fuselage Fitting
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close out

INSPECTION OF THE MAIN-LANDING-GEAR


SIDE-BRACE FITTINGS AT BL13.10
AND FS513.00 57-21-120
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 66


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Inspection for Damage to the MLG Side-Brace


Fittings at BL13.10 and FS513.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 5
Close out

INSPECTION OF THE WING-TO-FUSELAGE


FITTING LUGS AT BL45.00 AND FS424.00 57-21-122
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Wing-to-Fuselage Fitting
Lugs and the Local Wing Structure
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close out 3

INSPECTION OF THE WING-TO-FUSELAGE FITTING


LUGS AT BL45.00 AND FS473.15 57-21-123
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 67


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Preparation and Cleaning 2


Inspection for Damage to the Wing-to-Fuselage Fitting
Lugs and the Local Wing Structure
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close out 3

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT-SPAR LOWER


CAP AND BUTT STRAP AT WS314.50 57-21-124
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Front-Spar
Lower Cap and Butt Strap at WS314.50
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close out 4

INSPECTION OF THE OUTBOARD FLAP


HINGE-BOX ATTACHMENT-FITTINGS
WS178.00, WS220.00 AND WS264.00 57-21-127
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 68


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Parts Examined in This Procedure


Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage of the Wing to Outboard
Flap Hinge-Box Forward and Aft Fittings
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close out

INSPECTION OF THE LOWER WING SKIN


AT WS45.00 AND WS65.75 57-21-130
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Lower Wing
Skin at WS45.00 and WS65.75 and the
MLG Lower Trunnion Strap
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE DRY-BAY LOWER ACCESS


HOLE CUT-OUT AT WS314.50 57-21-134
General 1
Function

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 69


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Aileron PCU
Access Hole from WS314.50 to WS330.25
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3
INSPECTION OF THE LOWER BUTT-STRAP
AND REAR-SPAR LOWER CAP AT AILERON
PCU CUT-OUTS, WS318.30 AND WS 324.40 57-21-135
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Aft Lower Butt-Strap
and the Wing Outboard Rear-Spar below the
Aileron PCU between WS315.30 and WS327.40
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE REAR SPAR SPLICE


JOINT AT WS353.0 57-21-136
General 1

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 70


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection of the Wing Plug Rear-Spar, the Lower Skin and
the Doubler at WS353.0 Splice Joint 3
Inspection Procedure 3
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE LOWER WING PLANK


AND RIBS AT WS80.50, WS85.50, WS127.25,
WS178.00, WS220.00, AND WS264.00 57-21-141
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 4
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 71


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE UPPER SKIN ACCESS


HOLES BETWEEN REAR AND AUXILIARY SPARS 57-21-142
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Wing Plank
Around the Access Panel Holes
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE AILERON HINGE FITTINGS 57-21-143


General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Aileron
Hinge Fittings and the Aft Face of the Spar
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 72


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT AND REAR


SPAR BAYONET-FITTINGS 57-21-160
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Front and Rear Spar
Bayonet-Fittings at WL46.25 FS409.00+128
and FS513.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE MAIN LANDING-GEAR


MOUNTING TRUNNION-FITTING WEB
AT WS66.00 57-21-161
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Trunnion Web
Inspection Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 73


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3


Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE INBOARD – FLAP


FRONT SPAR AND REAR SPAR 57-52-105
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the
Inboard-Flap Front Spar and Rear Spar
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE INBOARD FLAP HINGE RIBS 57-52-106


General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Inboard Flap Hinge
Ribs at: CFS79.062, CFS82.473, CFS126.048,
and CFS129.298
Inspection Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 74


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE INBOARD - FLAP LUG PLATES 57-52-107


General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2
Inspection for Damage to the Inboard-Flap
Lug Plates
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE INBOARD FLAP


HINGE-ARM ASSEMBLIES 57-52-108
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection of the Inboard Flap Hinge-Arm Assembly

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 75


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 4
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE INBOARD FLAP


UPPER AND LOWER SKINS 57-52-112
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Upper and
Lower Skins of the Inboard Flap
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 3

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE VANE ACTUATOR


TUBE ASSEMBLY 57-52-114
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Parts
Reference Information
Standard Practices Information
Job Set-Up 2
Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 76


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE OUTBOARD FLAP UPPER


AND LOWER SKINS 57-53-102
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Outboard
Flap Upper and Lower Skins
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria 3
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE OUTBOARD-FLAP VANE


MOUNTING AND SUPPORT STRUCTURE 57-53-104
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 3
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Outboard-Flap-Vane
Mounting and Support Structure 4
Inspection Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 77


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE OUTBOARD-FLAP


HINGE SUPPORT STRUCTURE 57-53-106
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure 2
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 3
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Internal Area of
the Outboard-Flap Hinges Support Structure 4
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE OUTBOARD


FLAP HINGE ARMS 57-53-114
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 3
Procedure

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 78


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Inspection for Damage to the Outboard


Flap Hinge Arms at WS178.00, WS220.00,
and WS264.00
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE OUTBOARD


FLAP VANE 57-53-122
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in this Procedure 2
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Outboard
Flap Vane 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE RTM OUTBOARD FLAP


COMPOSITE COMPONENTS 57-53-125
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment

| Reference Information
Standard Practices Information

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 79


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Job Set-Up
Procedure 2
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE AILERON FITTINGS 57-61-101


General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity 2
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning
Inspection for Damage to the Aileron Hinge –
Rib Lugs the Center Hinge Fitting and the
Adjacent Structure 3
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out 4

INSPECTION OF THE AILERON UPPER AND


LOWER SKIN PANEL 57-61-102
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment
Preparation and Cleaning 2

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 80


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

Inspection for Damage to the Aileron


Upper Skin and Lower Skin
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FRONT SPAR 57-61-104


General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Parts
Reference Information
Standard Practices Information 2
Job Set-Up
Procedure 3
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE INTERNAL


STRUCTURE 57-61-105
General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Parts
Reference Information
3
Standard Practices Information 2
Job Set-Up
Procedure 3
Close Out

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE AILERON HINGE


FITTINGS AND BACK-UP STRUCTURE 57-61-106

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 81


Oct 10/20
CRJ200

NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL


Chapter
Section
Subject Subject Page

General 1
Effectivity
Job Set-Up Information
Tools and Equipment
Parts
Reference Information
Standard Practices Information 2
Job Set-Up
Procedure 3
Close Out

INSPECTION OF THE AILERON UPPER


AND LOWER SKIN 57-61-107
General 1
Function
Reference Information
Location
Access
Parts Examined in This Procedure
Effectivity
Tools and Equipment 2
Preparation and Cleaning
Procedure
Inspection for Damage to the Aileron
Upper and Lower Skin
Inspection Procedure
Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
Close Out

CSP A-010 – Master Part 9 – Contents Page 82


Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FORWARD−FUSELAGE ACCESS−PANEL SURROUND−STRUCTURE


BETWEEN FS220.00 AND FS235.00

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the repaired fastener holes in the
access−panels surround structures of the forward fuselage from FS220.00 to
FS235.00, and from STGR19 to STGR22 for cracks, corrosion and other damage.
NOTE: This data applies to the left and right side access−panels surround
structures. The inspection of the left side access−panel surround structure
only is given.
B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 131/132 (refer to Part 1, 51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by the external− forward−fuselage skin surface.
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data for WS178.00
DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
Skin panel 601R33010
2024−T42 clad sheet QQ−A−250/5
Surround doubler 600−33288
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft post REO 601R−53−11−097 AND/OR 601R−53−11−112 AND/OR
601R−53−11−126 AND/OR 601R−53−11−128 AND/OR 601R−53−11−155 AND/OR
601R−53−11−158 AND/OR 601R−53−11−160 AND/OR 601R−53−11−162 AND/OR
601R−53−11−164.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
51−53−11−097 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(1) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(2) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Access−Panel Surround Structure of the Forward Fuselage from
FS222.00 to FS235.00, and from STGR19 to STGR22
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 2.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surface of any components are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the access−panel surround structure from FS222.00 to FS235.00, and from
STGR19 to STGR22 for cracks and corrosion. Carefully examine all of the repaired
fasteners holes around the access panel 131AL for signs of cracks and corrosion.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


51−53−11−097 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
Left hand shown.
Right hand opposite.
1 Do not remove access panel
for inspection.
A

EXAMINE THE
FS 220.00 FS 235.00 SHADED AREA

STR 18L

SURROUND
DOUBLER

STR 19L

1 ACCESS PANEL
131 AL
(REF)

SKIN PANEL

STR 22L rnd5153097_001.dg, jp, 26/11/99

STR 23L

REPAIRED FASTENER
HOLES A
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD
Inspection of the Forward−Fuselage Access−Panel Surround−Structure Between FS220.00 and
FS235.00
Figure 2
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
51−53−11−097 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE REPAIR TO THE ENGINE SUPPORT BEAM UPPER AND LOWER
WEBS

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the locations on the engine
support beam that follow:
− Cap angles at FS640.00 outboard of LBL18.00 and RBL18.00
− Outboard edge of the doubler for the upper cap angle
− Doubler for the lower cap angle outboard of LBL9.50 and RBL9.50
− Upper web covered by the doubler and the doubler outboard of LBL18.00 and
RBL18.00
− Lower web and doubler outboard of LBL9.50 and RBL9.50.

B. Reference Information
(1) For additional data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The engine support beam is located in Zone 310 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is through the aft−equipment compartment door
311BB (Refer to NDTM, Part 1, 51−01−04).

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Upper web 601−35006−3
7075−T6 Al QQ−A−250/13
2 Lower web 601−35006−5
3 Upper doubler angle 601R−53−61−345−1
2024−T3 Al QQ−A−250/5
4 Lower doubler angle 601R−53−61−345−6
NOTE [1]: Item number corresponds to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


51−53−61−345 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft POST REO 601R−53−61−345.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Open the aft−equipment compartment door 311BB to get access to the engine
support beam (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 6).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(3) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection of the Engine Support Beam Cap Angles and Upper Doubler Outboard of LBL18.00
and RBL18.00, and the Lower Web Outboard of LBL9.50 and RBL9.50 at FS640.00
Refer to to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the areas that follow:
− Cap angles at FS640.00 outboard of LBL18.00 and RBL18.00
− Outboard edge of the doubler for the upper cap angle
− Doubler for the lower cap angle outboard of LBL9.50 and RBL9.50
− Upper web covered by the doubler and the doubler outboard of LBL18.00 and
RBL18.00
− Lower web and doubler outboard of LBL9.50 and RBL9.50.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
51−53−61−345 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.


C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (SRM 51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


51−53−61−345 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A NOTE
Examine the shaded area.

LBL18.00 LBL9.50 BL0.00 RBL9.50 RBL18.00


B

C FS625.30

FS640.00

A VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON


TOP SURFACE OF ENGINE SUPPORT BEAM

LBL18.00 LBL9.50 BL0.00 RBL9.50 RBL18.00

WL119.12

WL111.09

B VIEW LOOKING FORWARD AT FS640.00

FS640.00
rnd5361345_009.dg, lr, 12/01/05

FS625.30

LBL9.50 BL0.00 RBL9.50

VIEW LOOKING UP ON
C
LOWER SURFACE OF ENGINE SUPPORT BEAM
Inspection of the Engine Support Beam Cap Angles and Upper Doubler Outboard of LBL18.00
and RBL18.00, and the Lower Web Outboard of LBL9.50 and RBL9.50 at FS640.00
Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
51−53−61−345 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD AT FS409.00+128, BETWEEN RBL12.00 AND


LBL12.00

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the forward and the aft faces of the
pressure bulkhead, frame FS409.00+128, at the keel beam box (pressure box)
between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zone 150 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the main avionic compartment and the forward fairings area.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data for WS178.00


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
7075 T6511
Transverse angle 601R−53−31−012−13 −
MF−S3579
Bulkhead web 601R32208−123 2024 T3 A023
Bulkhead web doubler 53−10002−1
Filler 601R−53−31−012−15
Filler 53−10002−3 2024 T3 −
Filler 53−10002−9
Filler 53−10002−27
Pressure box angle 53−10002−17 7075 T6511 −
Frame angle 53−10002−11/−12 −
601R−53−31−019−
Angle 2024 T42
21/−22 −
Angle 601R−53−31−019−19
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


51−53−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft repaired in accordance with Air Canada Drawing 53−10002.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the left forward wing−to−fuselage fairing 191BB (Refer to AMM Task
53−82−01−000−803) to get access to the left aft face of the pressure bulkhead at
FS409.00+128.
(2) Remove the right forward wing−to−fuselage fairing 192BB (Refer to AMM Task
53−82−01−000−802) to get access to the right aft face of the pressure bulkhead at
FS409.00+128.
(3) Open the main avionic−compartment door 811 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03)
to get access to the forward face of the pressure bulkhead at FS409.00+128.
(4) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(5) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
(7) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Pressure Bulkhead at Frame FS409.00+128, Between


RBL12.00 and LBL12.00
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.
A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the aft face of the pressure bulkhead between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00, in
2.00 inches (50.80 mm) wide zone below the transverse angle
601R−53−31−012−13. Make sure you carefully examine the corners of the
pressure−bulkhead web cut−out.
(2) Examine the lower flange of the transverse angle 601R−53−31−012−13 between
RBL12.00 and LBL12.00. Make sure you carefully examine the transverse angle
601R−53−31−012−13 at RBL6.00 and LBL6.00.
(3) Examine the forward face of the pressure bulkhead between RBL12.00 and
LBL12.00, and between WL45.00 and WL73.00, full depth of the bulkhead web
601R32208−123 and repair web doubler 53−10002−1. Make sure you carefully
examine the pressure bulkhead web immediately above the pressure box angle
53−10002−17.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
51−53−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
E. Close the main avionic−compartment door 811 (Refer to Part 1, 51−01−03).
F. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
G. Install the left forward wing−to−fuselage fairing 191BB (Refer to AMM Task
53−82−01−400−803).
H. Install the right forward wing−to−fuselage fairing 192BB (Refer to AMM Task
53−82−01−400−802).
I. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


51−53−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

RBL 12.00 BL 0.00 LBL 12.00

RBL 9.00 LBL 9.00

WL
73.00 WL
(REF) 69.00
(REF)

EXAMINE THE WL 48.95


SHADED AREA
B WL 45.00

STR 26R STR 26L


(RBL 6.00) (LBL 6.00)

A
VIEW LOOKING AFT
rnd5341186_001.dg, jp, 16/09/99

AT FS 409.00 + 128

Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


51−53−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
LBL 12.00 WL 73.00
1 Optional trim. REPAIR WEB
(REF)
2. This inspection applies to all DOUBLER
LBL 9.00
aircraft repaired to Air Canada 53−10002−1
PRESSURE
drawing 53−10002. BULKHEAD WEB
601R32208−123
BL 0.00
C

RBL 9.00
PRESSURE RBL 12.00
BULKHEAD WEB
601R32208−123

FILLER
53−10002−27

FILLER
53−10002−9

FRAME ANGLE
601R32208−15
(REF)
1
FRAME ANGLE
53−10002−11
EXAMINE THE
PRESSURE BOX
SHADED AREA
(REF)
PRESSURE BOX
ANGLE 53−10002−17
1
ANGLE
601R−53−31−019−19
FRAME ANGLE
ANGLE
601R32208−16
(REF) 601R−53−31−012−22
rnd5153103_002.dg, jp/rm, 04/11/99

FRAME ANGLE
53−10002−12

B
VIEW LOOKING AFT AT
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00
Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


51−53−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FILLER RBL 9.00 PRESSURE


53−10002−3 BULKHEAD WEB
REPAIR WEB 601R32208−123
DOUBLER BL 0.00
53−10002−1

LBL 9.00

PRESSURE
BULKHEAD WEB
601R32208−123

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

RBL 12.00
D

TRANSVERSE ANGLE
601R−53−31−012−13
(REF)
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
FILLER
601R−53−31−012−15 LBL 12.00
ANGLE
601R32308−79
rnd5153103_003.dg, jp, 25/10/99

(REF)
C
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD AT
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 + LBL 12.00

Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


51−53−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

PRESSURE
RBL 9.00 BULKHEAD WEB
FILLER 601R32208−123
53−10002−3

BL 0.00
ANGLE
601R32208−81
(REF)
FILLER
LBL 9.00 601R−53−31−012−15

REPAIR WEB
DOUBLER
53−10002−1

PRESSURE 2.00 in.


BULKHEAD WEB (50.80 mm)
601R32208−123

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)

RBL 12.00

TRANSVERSE
ANGLE
601R−53−31−012−13

EXAMINE THE
LBL 12.00
SHADED AREA
rnd5153103_004.dg, jp, 15/11/99

VIEW LOOKING UP ON TRANSVERSE


ANGLE AT FS409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00
Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128
Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


51−53−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE WING LOWER PLANK AT STGR22 BETWEEN BL0.00 AND LBL22.50

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the repaired wing lower plank along
STGR22 between BL0.00 and LBL22.50 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1, General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM).
C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 510 (refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by the external lower−wing surface.
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
7475−T7351 AL ALY
1 Lower forward panel 601R10044 −−−−
plate
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. Aircraft 7046 and all other aircraft repaired in accordance with REO 601R−57−21−008.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Procedure
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(1) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51−26−00).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
51−57−21−008 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(2) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection of the Wing Lower Plank at STGR22 Between BL0.00 and LBL22.50
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Do the inspection that follows at FS 409.00+128 and FS 559.00:
(a) Inspect the repair area on the wing plank along STGR22 between BL0.00 and
LBL22.50 and 3.75 in (95.25 mm) forward and aft of STGR22 for cracks and
corrosion. Pay particular attention to the areas that follow:
− The edge of the 2.0−in (80.8−mm) hole in the center of the repair
− The repair fasteners holes.
(b) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


51−57−21−008 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
1 Examine the
shaded area.
rnd5721008_001.dg, lr, 08/03/04

VIEW LOOKING UP ON LEFT WING


Inspection of the Wing Lower Plank Along STGR22 Between BL0.00 and LBL22.50
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


51−57−21−008 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL STRUCTURE

AWL 52−11−101
1. General

A. This inspection is used to visually examine the internal and external structure of the
passenger door for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
2. Effectivity

A. All aircraft pre MODSUM TC601R13193 (Phase III door).

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially Available Explosion Proof−Flashlight
Commercially Available Mirror−Telescopic
Commercially Available Magnifying Glass − 10 Power
B. Parts

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
1 Side panel 601R31907 2024−T42
2 Outer skin 2024−T3
3 Inner skin 7075−T6
4 Door frame 601R31902
2024−T42
5 Intercostals
6 Doubler 2024−T4
C. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 52−11−00−000−801 Removal of the Passenger
Door
CSP A−001 AMM 52−11−00−400−801 Installation of the Passenger
Door
CSP A−001 AMM 52−11−04−000−809 Removal of the Passenger
Door Top Folding−Step
CSP A−001 AMM 52−11−04−400−808 Installation of the Passenger
Door Top Folding−Step
CSP A−010 TASK 52−11−04−000−810 Removal of the Passenger
Door Bottom Step (832AT)
CSP A−010 TASK 52−11−04−400−810 Installation of the Passenger
Door Bottom Step (832AT)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


52−11−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 51−25−56−390−802 Water−Displacing Corro-
sion−Inhibiting Compound
CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
CSP A−008 SRM 51−26−00 Cleaning

4. Job Set−Up

A. Remove the passenger door (AMM 52−11−00−000−801).

B. Remove the access panels that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
832AL/832AR Access panel
832BL/832BR Access panel
832CL/832CR Access panel
832DL/832DR Access panel
832EL/832ER Access panel
832FL/832FR Access panel
832GL Access panel
832HL Inner vent panel
832JL Access panel
832KL Access panel

C. Remove the passenger door top folding−step (AMM 52−11−04−000−809).

D. Remove the passenger door bottom step (832AT) (AMM 52−11−04−000−810).

E. Make sure the inspection area is clean.

F. If necessary, remove the water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) with a


lint−free cloth and solvent (SRM 51−26−00).

G. If necessary, remove the sealant.

H. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

I. Remove the CMS 532−02 resin (drainage ramp) in the lower portion of the passenger
door (Refer to the In−Service Modsum IS601R52110030).
5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
52−11−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A. Do the detailed inspection of the passenger door internal and external structure as
follows:
(1) Externally examine the door external skin. Pay particular attention to the vent holes,
also the cut−outs for the vent flap and door handle.
(2) Internally examine the inner door skin, surrounding door frames, and intercostals
structure. Pay particular attention to the frame attachments, skin cut−outs and
fastener holes.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
(4) Make sure that there are no cracks, scratches, dents, gouges, corrosion or
damaged, loose or missing fasteners.

B. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).
6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
B. If necessary, apply water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) to the
applicable surfaces (AMM 51−25−56−390−802).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. Close the inner skin (Refer to In−Service Modsum IS601R52110030).

E. Install the passenger door bottom step (832AT) (AMM 52−11−04−400−810).

F. Install the passenger door top folding−step (AMM 52−11−04−400−808).

G. Install the access panels that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
832AL/832AR Access panel
832BL/832BR Access panel
832CL/832CR Access panel
832DL/832DR Access panel
832EL/832ER Access panel
832FL/832FR Access panel
832GL Access panel
832HL Inner vent panel
832JL Access panel
832KL Access panel

H. Install the passenger door (Refer to AMM 52−11−00−400−801).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


52−11−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A
C

D C

C
C

SIDE PANEL
1

INNER SKIN
3 C

C
A

VENT HOLE

LOWER SEAL
RETAINER DRAIN TUBE
rnd5211101_001.dg, rm/pw, 01/11/01

(REF) (REF)
OUTER SKIN
2
B
DOUBLER
NOTE 6
Examine the shaded
C
area.
Inspection of the Passenger−Door Internal and External Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


52−11−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 338.90 NOTES
(REF)
Examine the shaded area.
FS 320.10 Examine the inner and outer
(REF) skin.

INTERCOSTALS
5

DOOR FRAME
4

rnd5211101_002.dg, rm, 25/10/01

VIEW ON INTERNAL SIDE OF DOOR


(SIDE PANELS AND STAIRS REMOVED FOR CLARITY)

Inspection of the Passenger−Door Internal and External Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


52−11−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR BRACKETS, FITTINGS AND SUPPORT STRUCTURE

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the passenger door brackets, the door
frame, the fittings and the support structure.
B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location
(1) The passenger door is in Zone 832 (refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Remove these components in the inspection area as follows:
− The bottom folding−step assembly 832FT (remove this step assembly to get
access to the latch cams and latch brackets)
− The bottom step (832AT) (remove this step to get access to the latch cam backup
fittings).
− Access panels 832AL, 832AR, 832CL, 832CR, 832DL, 832DR, 832ER and 832FL
(remove these panels to get access to the lockpin fittings, tension fittings and
related structure of the passenger door).
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.

Table 1− Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
H−13−8 Mo. Steel AMS 5629 Cond.
1 Latch Cam 601R31747−3/−4
Bar TH 1000
2 Latch Bracket 601R31921−3/−4 Ti−6AL−6V−2SN BAMS 514−002
3 Backup Fitting, Tee 600−31986−3/−4 7050−T73651 BAMS 516−003
4 Backup Fitting 600−31922−3/−4 7050−T73651 BAMS 516−003
CMS 514−02
Tl−6AL−6V−25N
5 Tension Fitting 600−31498−3/−4 COND. AN-
PER
NEALED
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


52−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1− Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
CRES PH13−8 MO
6 Latch Pin 601R38380−1/−9 AMS 5629 Hl000
BAR
7 Latch Pin Fitting 601R38387−9 7050−T7451 BAMS 516−003
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.
2. Effectivity
A. Aircraft pre Modsum TC601R13193.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope kit.
4. Preparation and Cleaning
A. Procedure
(1) Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(a) Remove the access panels that follow (Refer to Part 1, 51−01−04):
PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION
832AL Access panel
832AR Access panel
832CL Access panel
832CR Access panel
832DL Access panel
832DR Access panel
832ER Access panel
832FL Access panel
(b) Remove the bottom folding−step assembly 832FT (Refer to AMM Task
52−11−04−000−808).
(c) Remove the bottom step (832AT) (Refer to AMM Task 52−11−04−000−810).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY
PROTECTION WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE
POISONOUS AND SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(d) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
52−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(e) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the
finish (Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).
5. Inspection for Damage to the Brackets, the Door Frame, Fittings and the Support Structure of
the Passenger Door
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the passenger door components that follow for cracks and corrosion:
− Latch cams (1), latch cam brackets (2), and the latch cam backup fittings (3) and
(4)
− Tension ties (5)
− Latchpins (6) and latchpin fittings (7)
− Related structure (this includes the local door skin, frames and intercostal
components).
NOTE: Use the applicable borescope probe to examine the internal components.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


52−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1
1 Examine the shaded area.

2 Examine the local support B 2


structure.

C 4 1 1

A
E

A
E

1 3
2
2
B

C 1
D

7
rnd5211102_003.dg, jp/lr, may29/2007

6 1

E F
Inspection of the Passenger Door Brackets, Fittings and Support Structures
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


52−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the bottom step (832AT) (Refer to AMM Task 52−11−04−400−810).
C. Install the bottom folding−step assembly (832FT) (Refer to AMM Task
52−11−04−400−807).
D. Install the panels that follow (Refer to Part 1, 51−01−04):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


832AL Access panel
832AR Access panel
832CL Access panel
832CR Access panel
832DL Access panel
832DR Access panel
832ER Access panel
832FL Access panel

E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


52−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PHASE IV PASSENGER−DOOR INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL STRUCTURE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the internal and external structure of the
passenger door for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− In−Service Modsum IS601R52110030.

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 832 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the components in the inspection area is by the passenger−door outer
skin, top step, bottom step, folding bottom step, and internal panels.
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
7075 AL ALY ALCO QQ−A−250/13
1 Side panel 601R31317071
SHT−T62 clad sheet
QQ−A−250/5
2 Outer skin 601R318021 2024−T3
clad sheet
QQ−A−250/13
3 Inner skin 601R318024 7075−T6
sheet
4 Seal retainer 601R31897 − −
5 Doubler 2024−T4 −
601R31702
6 Door frame 2024−T42 −
7 Intercostals 601R31702 2024−T42 −
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.
2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft post−Modsum TC601R13193 (Phase IV Door).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
52−11−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.
4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(a) Remove the passenger door (Refer to AMM 52−11−00−000−803).
(b) Remove the access panels and fairings that follow (Refer to NDTM Part 1,
51−01−04):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


832AL Access panel
832AR Access panel
832BL Access panel
832BR Access panel
832CL Access panel
832CR Access panel
832DL Access panel
832DR Access panel
832EL Access panel
832ER Access panel
832FL Inner vent panel
832FR Inner vent panel
832GL Access panel
832GR Access panel
832HL Inspection access panel
832HR Access panel
832JL Access panel

(c) Remove the bottom folding step 832FT (Refer to AMM Task
52−11−04−000−802).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY
PROTECTION WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE
POISONOUS AND SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(d) Remove the CMS 532−02 resin (drainage ramp) in the lower portion of the
passenger door (Refer to the In−Service Modsum IS601R52110030).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
52−11−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(e) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).


NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(f) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the
finish (Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).
5. Inspection for Damage to the Passenger−Door Internal and External Structure
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Externally examine the door external skin. Pay particular attention to the vent holes,
also the cut−outs for the vent flap and door handle.
(2) Internally examine the inner door skin, surrounding door frames, and intercostals
structure. Pay particular attention to the frame attachments, skin cut−outs and
fastener holes.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


52−11−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

SIDE PANEL
1

NOTE
Examine the shaded
area. B

INNER SKIN
VENT HOLE 3

SEAL
RETAINER
rnd5211104_001.dg, jc/kms, 29/10/01

4 A

OUTER SKIN
2
B DOUBLER
TYPICAL 5
Inspection of the Phase IV Passenger−Door Internal and External Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


52−11−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 338.90
(REF)

FS 320.10
(REF)
INTERCOSTALS
7

NOTES
Examine the shaded area.
Examine the inner and outer
skin.

DOOR FRAME
6

rnd5211104_002.dg, rm/jc, 15/10/01

VIEW ON INTERNAL SIDE OF DOOR


(SIDE PANELS AND STAIRS REMOVED FOR CLARITY)

Inspection of the Phase IV Passenger−Door Internal and External Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


52−11−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Apply CMS 565−06 Type II Corrosion Inhibiting Compound (Refer to SRM 51−21−11).
C. Close−out inner skin (Refer to In−Service Modsum IS601R52110030).
D. Install the bottom folding step 832FT (Refer to AMM Task 52−11−04−400−802).
E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
F. Install the access panels and fairings that follow (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−04):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


832AL Access panel
832AR Access panel
832BL Access panel
832BR Access panel
832CL Access panel
832CR Access panel
832DL Access panel
832DR Access panel
832EL Access panel
832ER Access panel
832FL Inner vent panel
832FR Inner vent panel
832GL Access panel
832GR Access panel
832HL Inspection access panel
832HR Access panel
832JL Access panel

G. Install the passenger door (Refer to AMM 52−11−00−400−802).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


52−11−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PHASE IV PASSENGER DOOR BRACKETS, FITTINGS AND SUPPORT


STRUCTURE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the passenger door brackets, fittings, and
support structure for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The passenger door is in Zone 832 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the components in the inspection area is by the passenger−door bottom
step, folding bottom step, and internal panels.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
PH−13−8 Mo. Steel AMS 5629 Cond.
1 Latch Cam 601R31747
Bar TH 1000
Latch Fitting, Upper CMS 514−02
2 601R31804
Forward Ti 6Al−6V−2Sn Condition
Co dto
3 Latch Fitting, Upper Aft 601R31805 Annealed
4 Fitting, Upper Outer 601R318042
7050−T7451 CMS 516−03
5 Fitting, Upper Inner 601R318044
CMS 514−02
6 Tension Fitting 600−31498 Ti−6Al−6V−2Sn
Cond. Ann.
Guide Plate, Tension MIL−S−18729
7 600−31987 4130 Steel Sheet
Fitting Cond. A"
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


52−11−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
CRES PH13−8 MO
8 Latch Pin 601R38380 AMS 5629 H1000
BAR
9 Latch Pin Fitting 601R318043 7050 Al Aly Plate CMS 516−3
Mil−S5000 Cond.
10 Lever Mechanism 600−31689 4340 STL
F" Heat Treat
7075−T6511 Al Aly
11 Bearing Assembly 600−31320 QQ−A−200/11
Bar
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity

A. All aircraft with Modsum TC601R13193 (Phase IV door) incorporated.


3. Tools and Equipment
A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope.
4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(a) Remove the access panels that follow (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−04):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


832AL Access panel
832AR Access panel
832BL Access panel
832BR Access panel
832CL Access panel
832CR Access panel
832EL Access panel
832ER Access panel
832GR Access panel
832HL Access panel

(b) Remove the bottom step 832AT (Refer to AMM task 52−11−04−000−803).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
52−11−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(c) Remove the bottom folding step 832FT (Refer to AMM Task
52−11−04−000−802).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY
PROTECTION WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE
POISONOUS AND SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(d) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(e) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the
finish (Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).
5. Inspection for Damage to the Brackets, Fittings and Support Structure of the Passenger Door
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the passenger door components that follow for cracks and corrosion:
− Latch cams (1), upper forward and aft latch fittings (2) and (3)
− Upper outer and inner fittings (4) and (5)
− Tension fittings (6) and tension fitting guide plates (7)
− Latch pins (8) and latch pin fittings (9)
− Lever mechanism (10) and bearing assembly (11)
− Related structure (this includes the local door skin, frames and intercostal
components).
NOTE: Use the applicable borescope probe to examine the internal components.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


52−11−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B 2
3
C

E A

1
A

4
5
1

rnd5211105_001.dg, gb, 06/04/08

NOTES
1 Examine the shaded area. B

2 Examine the local support structure.

Inspection of the Phase IV Passenger Door Brackets, Fittings and Support Structures
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


52−11−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

1 1

D 2

NOTES
1 Examine the shaded
area.
2 Examine the local 7
6 C support structure. D

1
9
F

1
2
F
8
E

H
rnd5211105_002.dg, gb, 06/04/08

1
11
2
H
10 G

Inspection of the Phase IV Passenger Door Brackets, Fittings and Support Structures
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


52−11−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the bottom folding step 832FT (Refer to AMM Task 52−11−04−400−802).
C. Install the bottom step 832AT (Refer to AMM task 52−11−04−420−801).
D. Install the access panels that follow (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−04):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


832AL Access panel
832AR Access panel
832BL Access panel
832BR Access panel
832CL Access panel
832CR Access panel
832EL Access panel
832ER Access panel
832GR Access panel
832HL Access panel

E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


52−11−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR PIANO−HINGE HALF ON THE DOOR SIDE

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the passenger door piano−hinge half on
the door side.
B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location
(1) The passenger door hinge is in Zone 832 (refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Remove these components in the inspection area as follows:
− The passenger door hinge fairings
− The top step panel (lift this panel to get access to the hinge).
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. NUMBER
S−56791 Al. Alloy
1 Hinge Half 600−31916−5/−7 [1] 2024−T8511
Extrusion
2.0 in. (50.8 mm) Al.
1 Hinge Half 601R318073−5 [2] 7475−T7351
Alloy Plate
NOTE [1]: Phase lll Door (pre Modsum TC601R13193)
NOTE [2]: Phase lV Door (post Modsum TC601R13193)

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


52−11−131 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(a) Remove the access panels that follow (Refer to Part 1, 51−01−04):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


141AL Passenger door hinge fairing
141BL Passenger door hinge fairing

(b) Remove the top step panel 832ET (lift this panel to get access to the door
hinge and door structure) (Refer to AMM Task 52−11−04−000−801)
(c) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the part unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(d) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the
finish (Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).
5. Inspection for Damage to the Passenger Door Piano−Hinge Half of the Passenger Door
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the passenger door hinge half (1) for cracks or damage to the lugs.
(2) Examine the passenger door hinge with the door in the open position and in the
closed position.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


52−11−131 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
Shaded area is
to be inspected.

HINGE HALF
1

A rnd5211131_001.dg, jp/lr, may31/2007

Inspection of the Passenger Door Piano−Hinge Half on the Door Side


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


52−11−131 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of damage or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the top step panel 832ET (Refer to AMM Task 52−11−04−400−801).
C. Install the access panels that follow (Refer to Part 1, 51−01−04):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


141AL Passenger door hinge fairing
141BL Passenger door hinge fairing

D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


52−11−131 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE OVERWING−EMERGENCY−EXIT−DOOR FRAME, FITTINGS AND THEIR


BACK−UP STRUCTURE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the overwing−emergency−exit−door
stop fittings, hook fittings, latch fittings, door frame and the support fittings,
diaphragms and attachment brackets for cracks, corrosion and other damage.
NOTE: This data applies to the two overwing emergency−exit doors. The
inspection of the left side door only is given. The right side is similar.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The areas are in Zones 833, 843, 261 and 262 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is from the passenger compartment.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the overwing emergency−exit door to do the
inspection.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Support fitting 2024−T4 QQ−A−225/6
2 Door frame, inner
3 Door frame, lower
4 Door frame, upper 601R31123
7075−T62 −
5 Diaphragms
− Splice angle
7 Attachment brackets
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


52−21−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
8 Door stop fitting 601R−38764−3
9 Door latch fitting 600−31596−1/−2 2024−T4 Al Bar QQ−A−225/6
10 Door hook fitting 600−31595−1
11 Stop screw 600−31384−1 A−286 Cres AMS 5737
12 Skin inner 7075−T6 clad sheet QQ−A−250/13
601R31123
13 Skin outer 2024−T3 clad sheet QQ−A−250/5
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft pre−Modsum TC601R25121 (redesigned door stop fitting and additional webs
around bolt holes).

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the overwing emergency−exit door (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 52).
(2) Remove the access panels 833BZ/843BZ and lining panels 833AZ/843AZ (Refer to
Part 1, 51−01−04, and the AMM, Chapter 6).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the paint or primer from the parts unless it
shows deterioration or local damage.
(4) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


52−21−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Inspection for Damage to the Frame, Fittings and Back−Up Structure of the Overwing
Emergency−Exit−Door
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Use the inspector’s mirror and a light source to examine the following structure for
cracks and corrosion:
(a) Six door stop fittings, door frame inner, support fittings and diaphragms.
Carefully examine the fillet radius of the fittings.
(b) Two hook fittings, door frame lower, attachment brackets, inner and outer skin.
(c) Two latch fittings, door frame upper, attachment brackets, inner and outer skin.
(d) Carefully examine the backup structure at all locations.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close−Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the access panels 833BZ/843BZ and lining panels 833AZ/843AZ (Refer to Part 1,
51−01−03, and the AMM, Chapter 6).
C. Install the overwing emergency−exit door (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 52).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


52−21−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

F
A
STR 9

STR 12

B
NOTES
Left side of aircraft is shown.
Right side of aircraft is similar.
1 Examine the inner and outer skin. STR 14
Examine the shaded area.

INNER SKIN FS 473.15


12
DOOR FRAME 1
INNER
2 DOOR FRAME D
LOWER FS 449.85 A
SEAL 3
(REF)
DOOR FRAME
INNER
OUTER 2
SKIN
INNER SKIN
13
12

DIAPHRAGM
DOOR 5
STOP SUPPORT
FITTING FITTING
8 1
rnd5221102_001.dg, pm/rm, 03/10/01

STOP 1
SCREW
11
DIAPHRAGM
DOOR FRAME 5
LOWER
3 B C
TYPICAL 6 PLACES BACKUP STRUCTURE
TYPICAL 6 PLACES
Overwing Emergency−Exit−Door Fittings and Back−Up Structures
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


52−21−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INNER
SKIN E
12

OUTER
SKIN
1 13

DOOR FRAME
LOWER
3 SEAL
(REF)

HOOK
NOTES FITTING
10
Examine the inner and outer skin.
D
Examine the shaded area. TYPICAL 2 PLACES

DOOR FRAME
ATTACHMENT LOWER
3
BRACKET
7

1
INNER
SKIN
12

rnd5221102_002.dg, pm/rm, 18/07/01

SEAL E
(REF) BACKUP STRUCTURE
TYPICAL 2 PLACES
Overwing Emergency−Exit−Door Fittings and Back−Up Structures
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


52−21−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LATCH
FITTING
9

SEAL
(REF)

DOOR FRAME
UPPER
4

NOTES G
Examine the inner and outer skin.
F
Examine the shaded area. TYPICAL 2 PLACES

DOOR FRAME
UPPER
4

INNER
SKIN
12

1
rnd5221102_003.dg, pm/rm, 18/07/01

ATTACHMENT
BRACKET
7 G
BACKUP STRUCTURE
TYPICAL 2 PLACES
Overwing Emergency−Exit−Door Fittings and Back−Up Structures
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


52−21−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE OVERWING−EMERGENCY−EXIT−DOOR FRAME, FITTINGS AND THEIR


BACK−UP STRUCTURE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the overwing−emergency−exit−door
stop fittings, hook fittings, latch fittings, door frame and the support fittings,
diaphragms and attachment brackets for cracks, corrosion and other damage.
NOTE: This data applies to the two overwing emergency−exit doors. The
inspection of the left side door only is given. The inspection of the right
side door is similar.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The areas are in Zones 833, 843, 261 and 262 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03.

D. Access
(1) Access is from the passenger compartment.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the overwing emergency−exit door to do the
inspection.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Support fitting 2024−T4 QQ−A−225/6
2 Door frame, inner
3 Door frame, lower
4 Door frame, upper 601R31123
7075−T62 −
5 Diaphragms
− Splice angle
7 Attachment brackets
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


52−21−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
8 Door stop fitting 601R−38764−9
9 Door latch fitting 600−31596−1/−2 2024−T4 Al Bar QQ−A−225/6
10 Door hook fitting 600−31595−1
11 Stop screw 600−31384−1 A−286 Cres AMS 5737
12 Skin inner 7075−T6 clad sheet QQ−A−250/13
601R31123
13 Skin outer 2024−T3 clad sheet QQ−A−250/5
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft ore−Modsum TC601R25121 (redesigned door stop fitting and additional webs
around bolt holes).

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the overwing emergency−exit door (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 52).
(2) Remove the access panels 833BZ/843BZ and lining panels 833AZ/843AZ (Refer to
Part 1, 51−01−04, and the AMM, Chapter 6).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the paint or primer from the parts unless it
shows deterioration or local damage.
(4) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


52−21−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Inspection for Damage to the Frame, Fittings and Back−Up Structure of the Overwing
Emergency−Exit−Door
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Use the inspection mirror and a light source to examine the following structure for
cracks and corrosion:
(a) Six door stop fittings, door frame inner, support fittings and diaphragms.
Carefully examine the fillet radius of the fittings.
(b) Two hook fittings, door frame lower, attachment brackets, inner and outer skin.
(c) Two latch fittings, door frame upper, attachment brackets, inner and outer skin.
(d) Carefully examine the backup structure at all locations.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close−Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the access panels 833BZ/843BZ and lining panels 833AZ/843AZ (Refer to Part 1,
51−01−03, and the AMM, Chapter 6).
C. Install the overwing emergency−exit door (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 52).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


52−21−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

F
A
STR 9

STR 12

B
NOTES
Left side of aircraft is shown.
Right side of aircraft is similar.
1 Examine the inner and outer skin. STR 14
Examine the shaded area.

INNER SKIN FS 473.15


12
DOOR FRAME 1
INNER
2 DOOR FRAME D
LOWER FS 449.85 A
SEAL 3
(REF)
DOOR FRAME
INNER
OUTER 2
SKIN
INNER SKIN
13
12

DIAPHRAGM
DOOR 5
STOP SUPPORT
FITTING FITTING
8 1
rnd5221102_001.dg, pm/rm, 03/10/01

STOP 1
SCREW
11
DIAPHRAGM
DOOR FRAME 5
LOWER
3 B C
TYPICAL 6 PLACES BACKUP STRUCTURE
TYPICAL 6 PLACES
Overwing Emergency−Exit−Door Fittings and Back−Up Structures
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


52−21−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INNER
SKIN E
12

OUTER
SKIN
1 13

DOOR FRAME
LOWER
3 SEAL
(REF)

HOOK
NOTES FITTING
10
Examine the inner and outer skin.
D
Examine the shaded area. TYPICAL 2 PLACES

DOOR FRAME
ATTACHMENT LOWER
3
BRACKET
7

1
INNER
SKIN
12

rnd5221102_002.dg, pm/rm, 18/07/01

SEAL E
(REF) BACKUP STRUCTURE
TYPICAL 2 PLACES
Overwing Emergency−Exit−Door Fittings and Back−Up Structures
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


52−21−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LATCH
FITTING
9

SEAL
(REF)

DOOR FRAME
UPPER
4

NOTES G
Examine the inner and outer skin.
F
Examine the shaded area. TYPICAL 2 PLACES

DOOR FRAME
UPPER
4

INNER
SKIN
12

1
rnd5221102_003.dg, pm/rm, 18/07/01

ATTACHMENT
BRACKET
7 G
BACKUP STRUCTURE
TYPICAL 2 PLACES
Overwing Emergency−Exit−Door Fittings and Back−Up Structures
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


52−21−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE OVERWING EMERGENCY EXIT CASTING (POST MODSUM TC601R25160)

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the fittings, formers, intercostals, and
outer skin of the overwing emergency exit.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The emergency exit is in Zone 833/843 (refer to NDTM Part 1 General, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) It is necessary to remove the emergency exit from the aircraft and to remove the
lining panel (833AZ/843AZ) and the access panel (833BZ/843BZ) to do this
inspection.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Door stop 601R38683 D357.0−T6 AMS 4249
2 Door hook 601R38683 D357.0−T6 AMS 4249
3 Door latch 601R38683 D357.0−T6 AMS 4249
Crossmember 1, 2, 3,
601R38683 D357.0−T6 AMS 4249
4
Intercostal A, B, C 601R38683 D357.0−T6 AMS 4249
2024−T3 Al alloy
4 Lipped doubler 601R38684−3 QQ−A−250/5
alclad sheet
7075−T62 Al alloy
5 Cover plate 601R38684−5 QQ−A−250/13
alclad sheet
2024−T3 Al alloy
6 Outer skin 601R38684−1 QQ−A−250/5
alclad sheet
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


52−21−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft post Modsum TC601R25160.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the overwing emergency exit (Refer to AMM Task 52−21−00−000−801).
(2) Remove access panels 833BZ/843BZ and lining panels 833AZ/843AZ (Refer to AMM
Task 25−26−04−000−801).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(4) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection of the Overwing Emergency Exit Casting


Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Do the inspection that follows:
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition
for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component material.
(a) Examine the overwing emergency exit components that follow for cracks and
corrosion:
− Six door stops
− Two door hooks
− Two door latches
− crossmembers
− Intercostals
− Lipped doubler
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
52−21−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Cover plate
− Outer skin.
Pay particular attention to the related support structure for the stops, hooks,
and latches. Also make sure to inspect the fillet radius of the stops, hooks, and
latches.
(b) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install access panels 833BZ/843BZ and lining panels 833AZ/843AZ (Refer to AMM Task
25−26−04−400−801).
C. Install the overwing emergency exit (Refer to AMM Task 52−21−00−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


52−21−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A 5
C
4
C

INTERCOSTAL C

CROSSMEMBER 1

CROSSMEMBER 2

CROSSMEMBER 3

INTERCOSTAL B

B
NOTE
Examine the shaded
area.
INTERCOSTAL A

B CROSSMEMBER 4

D
0.150 in. 6
(3.81 mm)
RADIUS
D
A
0.156 in.
(3.96 mm) 0.250 in.
3 RADIUS (6.35 mm)
RADIUS
rnd5221105_001.dg, lr, 11/02/04

2
1
0.30 in.
(7.62 mm) 0.250 in. 0.250 in.
RADIUS (6.35 mm) (6.35 mm)
RADIUS RADIUS
B C D

Inspection of the Overwing Emergency Exit Door Casting (Post Modsum TC601R25160)
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


52−21−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE CREW−ESCAPE HATCH DOOR

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the crew−escape hatch door and related
structures for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 831 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is from the flight compartment.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the crew−escape hatch door and its panel to do
the inspection.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Crew Escape Hatch − −
2 Stop fitting 7075 AL Sheet QQ−A−250/12
3 Hinge−arm fitting 2024−AL Rolled Bar QQ−A−225/6
600 33001
600−33001
4 Alignment Fitting
5 Back−up structure 7075 AL Sheet QQ−A−250/12
6 Back−up structure 1−T42
7 Back−up structure
8 Skin panel 2024−T3AI QQ−A−250/5
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.
2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft pre−Modsum TC601R15019 (introduction of CRJ 700 crew−escape hatch).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
52−22−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the crew−escape hatch door 831AZ (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 52).
(2) Remove the crew−escape hatch door panel 831BZ (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 25).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(4) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Crew−Escape−Hatch Door Fittings, and Back−Up Structures
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the crew−escape−hatch−door lock pins, alignment fittings, the back−up
fittings, their local support structure, frame members and the skin.
(2) Pay particular attention to the support structure at the edge of the fittings and the
fillet radius of the fittings and to the fastener holes.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close−Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
52−22−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Install the crew−escape−hatch door panel 831BZ (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 52).
C. Install the crew−escape hatch door 831AZ (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 25).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


52−22−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A B
CREW ESCAPE
HATCH
1

D F

STOP FITTING
2
(4 PLACES)

2
SKIN PANEL B
8 A
1 VIEW LOOKING DOWN

C STOP FITTING
(BACKUP STRUCTURE)
5
B

ALIGNMENT FITTING
4
(2 PLACES) 1

C
SKIN REMOVED FOR CLARITY
1
rnd5222102_001.dg, rt/rm, 04/10/00

NOTE
1 Examine shaded area.
E
2 Examine the inner and outer
skin.
D

Inspection of the Crew−Escape−Hatch Door Fittings and Back−Up Structures


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


52−22−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
1 Examine shaded area. 1

1
HINGE ARM FITTING
3
(2 PLACES) ALIGNMENT FITTING
(BACKUP STRUCTURE)
4

E
SKIN REMOVED FOR CLARITY

HINGE ARM FITTING


(BACKUP STRUCTURE)
6

1
rnd5222102_002.dg, rt/rm, 05/10/00

G
SKIN REMOVED FOR CLARITY

Inspection of the Crew−Escape−Hatch Door Fittings and Back−Up Structures


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


52−22−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE CREW−ESCAPE HATCH DOOR

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the crew−escape hatch door and related
structures for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 831 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is from the flight compartment.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the crew−escape hatch door and its panel to do
the inspection.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Crew Escape Hatch − −
2 Stop fitting 7075 AL Sheet QQ−A−250/12
3 Hinge−arm fitting 2024−AL Rolled Bar QQ−A−225/6
601R 33001
601R−33001
4 Alignment Fitting
5 Back−up structure 7075 AL Sheet QQ−A−250/12
6 Back−up structure 1−T42
7 Back−up structure
8 Skin panel 2024−T3AI QQ−A−250/5
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


52−22−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft post−Modsum TC601R15019 (introduction of CRJ 700 crew−escape hatch).

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the crew−escape hatch door 831AZ (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 52).
(2) Remove the crew−escape hatch door panel 831BZ (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 25).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(4) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Crew−Escape−Hatch Door Fittings, and Back−Up Structures
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the crew−escape−hatch−door lock pins, alignment fittings, the back−up
fittings, their local support structure, frame members and the skin.
(2) Pay particular attention to the support structure at the edge of the fittings and the
fillet radius of the fittings and to the fastener holes.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
52−22−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A B
CREW ESCAPE
HATCH
1

D F

STOP FITTING
2
(4 PLACES)

2
SKIN PANEL B
8 A
1 VIEW LOOKING DOWN

C STOP FITTING
(BACKUP STRUCTURE)
5
B

ALIGNMENT FITTING
4
(2 PLACES) 1

C
SKIN REMOVED FOR CLARITY
1
rnd5222102_001.dg, rt/rm, 04/10/00

NOTE
1 Examine shaded area.
E
2 Examine the inner and outer
skin.
D

Inspection of the Crew−Escape−Hatch Door Fittings and Back−Up Structures


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


52−22−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
1 Examine shaded area. 1

1
HINGE ARM FITTING
3
(2 PLACES) ALIGNMENT FITTING
(BACKUP STRUCTURE)
4

E
SKIN REMOVED FOR CLARITY

HINGE ARM FITTING


(BACKUP STRUCTURE)
6

1
rnd5222102_002.dg, rt/rm, 05/10/00

G
SKIN REMOVED FOR CLARITY

Inspection of the Crew−Escape−Hatch Door Fittings and Back−Up Structures


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


52−22−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close−Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the crew−escape−hatch door panel 831BZ (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 52).
C. Install the crew−escape hatch door 831AZ (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 25).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


52−22−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE CARGO DOOR STRUCTURE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the cargo door ( written as
baggage−compartment door in this task) fittings and their local support structure for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 834 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is from the left side of the fuselage.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Fitting, Upper Stop 601R35200
2 Fitting, Lower Stop 601R35201
Arm, Upper Forward
3 601R35084
roller
4340 STL BAR MIL−S−5000
4 Arm, Upper Aft Roller 601R35085
Arm, Lower Forward
5 601R35086
Roller
6 Arm, Lower Aft Roller 601R35087
600−35111
Fitting, Roller Arm 600−35112 7050−T73651
7 BAMS 516−003
Back−up 600−35113 AL ALY BAR
600−35114
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


52−31−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
7075−T62
8 Skin, Inner 601R35027 QQ−A−250/3
AL ALCD SH
2024−T3
9 Skin, Outer QQ−A−250/5
AL ALY ALCD SH
Frame, Forward 601R35027
10 2024−T42
Surround BAMS 516−010
11 Frame, Aft Surround AL ALY ALCD SH

Fitting, Forward Upper


12 601R35208
Door Stop Back−up
7075−T7351
7075 T7351
Fitting, Door Stop
AL ALY EXTRN
13 Back−up Fitting Aft 601R35209
Upper
Fitting, Door Stop QQ−A−200/11
14 Back−up Fitting Lower
Forward 7075−T6
601R35211
Fitting, Door Stop AL ALY EXTRN
15 Back−up Fitting Lower
Aft
Socket, Plunger
16 600−35073 PH 13−8 MO
Forward AMS 5629
Condition H 1000
17 Socket, Plunger Aft 600−35074
18 Plunger 600−35079 SAE 4340 STL BAR MIL−S−5000
7075−T7351
19 Bracket, Plunger QQ−A−200/11
Al ALY EXTRN
601R35027
Intercostals (Vertical 2024−T42
20 QQ−A−250/5
Members) AL ALY ALCD SH
600−35115
600−35116 7050 T−73651
21 Tee Clips BAMS 516−003
600−35117 AL ALY PL
600−35118
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


52−31−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
B. As necessary, remove the access door that follows:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


834 Cargo compartment door CSP A−001 TASK 52−31−00−000−801

(1) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(3) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, go directly to the inspection.
(4) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Baggage−Compartment Door Fittings and Their Local Support
Structure
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the baggage−compartment door fittings and support structure that follows
for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
− Door fittings (1 & 2)
− Roller arms (3 thru 6)
− Roller−arm back−up fitting (7)
− Inner and outer skins (8 & 9)
− Door−stop back−up fitting (12 thru 15)
− Plunger sockets (16 & 17)
− Plungers (18)
− Plunger brackets (19)
− Intercostals (20)
− Tee clips (21).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
52−31−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(2) Examine the forward and aft frame surrounds (10 & 11). Make sure you carefully
examine the inner bend radii up to 2.0 in (24.5 mm) above and below of all adjacent
tee clips (21) (refer to Sheet 1, Sheet 2, sheet Sheet 3, Sheet 4 and Sheet 5).
(3) Examine the intercostals (20). Make sure you carefully examine the intercostals
outboard radii and outboard flanges at the fastener locations (refer to Sheet 1,
Sheet 2 and Sheet 6).
(4) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Install the access door that follows:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


834 Cargo compartment door CSP A−001 TASK 52−31−00−400−801

E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


52−31−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

11

13

20 8
10

NOTES 3

Examine the shaded


area. 1

Examine the inner and


outer skin. 9
3 Make sure you carefully examine
radii at shaded area, through
the inner skin lightening−holes. rnd5231102_001.dg. mg, Jan. 21, 2011

LEGEND
1. Fitting, Upper Stop 13
8. Skin, Inner
9. Skin, Outer 20
10. Frame, Forward Surround
11. Frame, Aft Surround
13. Fitting, Door Stop Back−up Fitting Aft Upper 3
20. Intercostals (Vertical Members)

Inspection of the Baggage Compartment Door


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


52−31−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

1
12

1
12
3
20
20

3
9 3 8

2.00 in. (50.8 mm)


7

2.00 in. (50.8 mm)


3

LIGHTENING−HOLES
(REF.)
21 3 10
10 LEGEND
1. Fitting, Upper Stop
rnd5231102_002.dg. mg, Jan. 21, 2011

3. Arm, Upper Forward Roller


NOTES 7. Fitting, Roller Arm Back−up
Examine the 8. Skin, Inner
shaded area. 9. Skin, Outer
10. Frame, Forward Surround
3 Make sure you carefully examine 12. Fitting, Forward Upper Door Stop Back−up
radii at shaded area, through 20. Intercostals (Vertical Members)
the inner skin lightening−holes. 21. Tee Clip
Inspection of the Baggage−Compartment Door Fittings and Back−Up Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


52−31−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4
9 8 3 9

2.00 in. (50.8 mm)


7

2.00 in. (50.8 mm)


4

11
LIGHTENING−HOLES
11 (REF.)
3 21

18

NOTES 9 16
Examine the shaded area.
3 Make sure you carefully examine
radii at shaded area, through 19
the inner skin lightening−holes.
LEGEND
9
4. Arm, Upper Aft Roller
rnd5231102_003.dg. mg, Jan. 21, 2011

7. Fitting, Roller Arm Back−up 18


8. Skin, Inner
9. Skin, Outer
11. Frame, Aft Surround
16. Socket, Plunger Forward
18. Plunger
19. Bracket, Plunger
21. Tee Clip
Inspection of the Baggage−Compartment Door Fittings and Back−Up Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


52−31−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

18

19 18

17

9 21 LIGHTENING−HOLES
3
(REF.)

2.00 in. (50.8 mm)

2.00 in. (50.8 mm)


7

5 5
LEGEND 3 10 8
5. Arm, Lower Forward Roller
rnd5231102_004.dg. mg, Jan. 21, 2011

10 7. Fitting, Roller Arm Back−up


8. Skin, Inner
NOTES 9. Skin, Outer
Examine the shaded area. 10. Frame, Forward Surround
17. Socket, Plunger Aft
3 Make sure you carefully examine 18. Plunger
radii at shaded area, through 19. Bracket, Plunger
the inner skin lightening−holes. 21. Tee Clip

Inspection of the Baggage−Compartment Door Fittings and Back−Up Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8


52−31−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

9 LIGHTENING−HOLES 21 9
3
(REF.)
6

11
2.00 in. (50.8 mm)

2.00 in. (50.8 mm)

8 11 3
rnd5231102_005.dg, mg, Jan. 21, 2011

LEGEND
NOTES 6. Arm, Lower Aft Roller
Examine the shaded area. 7. Fitting, Roller Arm Back−up
8. Skin, Inner
3 Make sure you carefully examine 9. Skin, Outer
radii at shaded area, through 11. Frame, Aft Surround
the inner skin lightening−holes. 21. Tee Clip
Inspection of the Baggage−Compartment Door Fittings and Back−Up Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 5)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 9


52−31−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

14
20
14

20 3

9
2 2 3

9 20

15

20
15

9
rnd5231102_006.dg, mg, Jan. 21, 2011

3 2
NOTES LEGEND
Examine the shaded area. 2. Fitting, Lower Stop
9. Skin, Outer
3 Make sure you carefully examine 14. Fitting, Door Stop Back−up Fitting Lower Forward
radii at shaded area, through 15. Fitting, Door Stop Back−up Fitting Lowwer Aft
the inner skin lightening−holes. 20. Intercostals (Vertical Members)
Inspection of the Baggage Door−Compartment Fittings and Back−Up Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 6)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 10


52−31−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE SERVICE DOOR FITTINGS AND BACK−UP STRUCTURE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the service door fittings and their
back−up structure for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 841 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is from the right side of the fuselage.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Roller fitting
2 Door stop fitting STEEL 4140
601R384301 MIL−S 5626 H.T
HT AMS 5629
3 Down lock fitting 160−180ksi
4 Bottom stop fitting
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


52−41−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Open the service door (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 52).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the paint or primer from the parts unless it
shows deterioration or local damage.
(3) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).
5. Inspection for Damage to the Service Door−Stop Fittings, Roller Fittings, Down−Lock Fittings
and Back−Up Structure
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the following items for cracks and corrosion:
− Four door roller fittings
− Ten door− stop fittings and related stop screws
− Two down lock fittings
− Two bottom stop fittings
− Back−up structure of all the fittings.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
52−41−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

STR 12

STR13

STR14 STR 10
NOTE
Examine the shaded area. STR 11
STR15

STR 16

1
ROLLER
FITTING STR 17
TYPICAL 4 PLACES
INNER COVER REMOVED
FOR CLARITY

1
ROLLER
FITTING rnd5241102_001.dg, rm, 06/08/02

TYPICAL 4 PLACES
Inspection of the Service Door Fittings and Back−Up Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


52−41−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2
DOOR
STOP

2
DOOR
STOP
TYPICAL 10 PLACES TYPICAL 10 PLACES

NOTE
Examine the shaded area. 3
DOWN LOCK
FITTING

rnd5241102_002.dg, rm/pw, 02/09/02

3
DOWN LOCK
FITTING

TYPICAL 2 PLACES TYPICAL 2 PLACES

Inspection of the Service Door Fittings and Back−Up Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


52−41−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4
BOTTOM STOP
FITTING

NOTE
Examine the shaded area.
TYPICAL 2 PLACES

rnd5241102_003.dg, rm, 06/08/02

4
BOTTOM STOP
FITTING

TYPICAL 2 PLACES

Inspection of the Service Door Fittings and Back−Up Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


52−41−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close−Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
C. Close the service door (Refer to the AMM Chapter 52).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


52−41−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE MAIN AVIONICS−COMPARTMENT DOOR FITTINGS AND BACKUP


STRUCTURE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the main avionics−compartment door
fittings and backup structure for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The main avionics−compartment door is in Zone 810 (Refer to NDTM Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is from the bottom of the forward fuselage between FS364.00 and FS394.00.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the insulation and the cover plate from the main
avionics−compartment door to do the inspection.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
2024−T42 Al alloy
1 Angle 601R31050−157 QQ−A−250/5
alcd sheet
7075−T62 Al alloy
2 Inner skin 601R31050−191 QQ−A−250/13
alcd sheet
PH 13−8 MO COND
3 Stop fitting 601R38352−1 AMS 5629
H1000
2024−T351 Al alloy
4 Latch pin assembly 601R38358−1 QQ−A−225/6
rolled bar
2024−T42 Al alloy
5 Angle 601R31050−63 QQ−A−250/5
alcd sheet
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


52−42−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
PH 13−8 MO COND
6 Stop fitting 601R38351−1 AMS 5629
H1000
2024−T42 Al alloy
7 Angle 601R31050−17 QQ−A−250/5
alcd sheet
601R38547−3
(pre MS
TC601R14979) L−P−410 Nylon
y
8 Guide fitting −
CC670−38668−1 Typ 6/6 Natural
(post MS
TC601R14979)
PH 13−8 MO COND
9 Latch pin fitting 601R38353−1 AMS 5629
H1000
2024−T351 Al alloy
10 Latch pin assembly 601R38358−5 QQ−A−225/6
rolled bar
601R38547−4
(pre MS
TC601R14979) y
l−P−410 Nylon
11 Guide fitting −
CC670−38668−2 Typ 6/6 Natural
(post MS
TC601R14979)
2024−T42 Al alloy
12 Angle 601R31050−19 QQ−A−250/5
alcd sheet
7075−T62 Al alloy
13 Intercostal 601R31050−148 QQ−A−250/13
alcd sheet
7075−T6 Al alloy alcd
14 Bracket 601R31050−46 QQ−A−250/13
sheet
7075−T62 Al alloy
15 Intercostal 601R31050−33 QQ−A−250/13
alcd sheet
16 Backup fitting 601R38359−1 S2748−T −
7075−T62 Al alloy
17 Intercostal 601R31050−35 QQ−A−250/13
alcd sheet
18 Fitting assembly 601R38360−1 2024−7351 QQ−A−250/4
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


52−42−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
601R31050−39
(pre MS
TC601R12883) 7075−T6 Al alloy
y alcd
19 Doubler QQ−A−250/13
601R31050−203 sheet
(post MS
TC601R12883)
20 Bracket 601R31050−149 7075−T62 Al alloy
y
QQ−A−250/13
21 Intercostal 601R31050−144 alcd sheet
22 Intercostal 601R31050−143
23 Bracket 601R31050−159 7075−T62 Al alloy
y
QQ−A−250/13
24 Intercostal 601R31050−34 alcd sheet
25 Intercostal 601R31050−147
26 Backup fitting 601R38359−5 S2748−T −
7075−T62 Al alloy
27 Intercostal 601R31050−153 QQ−A−250/13
alcd sheet
2024−T42 Al alloy
28 Bracket 601R31050−37 QQ−A−250/5
alcd sheet
29 Doubler 601R31050−151
30 Doubler 601R31050−7
601R31050−25
(pre MS 7075−T62 Al alloy
QQ−A−250/13
TC601R12883) alcd sheet
31 Intercostal
601R31050−201
(post MS
TC601R12883)
2024−T3 Al alloy alcd
32 Outer skin 601R31050−193 QQ−A−250/5
sheet
7075−T62 Al alloy
33 Intercostal 601R31050−141 QQ−A−250/13
alcd sheet
34 Backup fitting 601R38359−6 S2748−T −
7075−T6 Al alloy alcd
35 Doubler 601R31050−43 QQ−A−250/13
sheet
7075−T62 Al alloy
36 Intercostal 601R31050−142 QQ−A−250/13
alcd sheet
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


52−42−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
37 Bracket 601R31050−45 7075−T6 Al alloy
y alcd
QQ−A−250/13
38 Bracket 601R31050−49 sheet
7075−T62 Al alloy
39 Intercostal 601R31050−191 QQ−A−250/13
alcd sheet
7075−T6 Al alloy alcd
40 Bracket 601R31050−50 QQ−A−250/13
sheet
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:


(1) Open the main avionics−compartment door (811).
(2) Remove the lining of the main avionics−compartment door (811).
(3) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(4) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(5) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
(6) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(7) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


52−42−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Inspection for Damage to the Main Avionics−Compartment Door Fittings and Backup
Structure
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the areas that follow for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
− Inner and outer skins
− Latch pin assembly
− Fitting assembly
− Five doublers
− Four angles
− Eight intercostals
− Seven brackets
− Two latch pin fittings
− Two stop fittings
− Two guide fittings
− Three backup fittings.
NOTE: Pay particular attention to the fastener holes of the backup fittings for
cracks.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close−Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Install the lining on the main avionic−compartment door (811).
E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
F. Close the main avionic−compartment door (811).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
52−42−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2
3
1

4
6
3

3
12 6
11
10
9
7
8
rnd5242103_002.dg, ds, 15/04/04

NOTE A
Shaded area is to
be inspected.

Inspection of the Main Avionic−Compartment−Door Fittings and Backup Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


52−42−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

17
C 16
15
18
14
13 19

22

11
4
9
8
21
B 20
24 25

26 B
23
39 40 27
16
28
26
15 38

37

29
rnd5242103_003.dg, ds, 10/05/04

36
30
35
28 31
NOTE
32
Shaded area is to
34 33 C be inspected.

Inspection of the Main Avionic−Compartment−Door Fittings and Backup Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


52−42−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE NOSE LANDING GEAR TRUNNION FITTINGS, DIAGONAL MEMBERS AND
THE LOCAL STRUCTURE

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the nose landing−gear (NLG)
trunnion−fittings, the diagonal members and the local structure between FS 202.75
and FS 235.00, for cracks, corrosion and other damage.
NOTE: This data applies to both sides of the aircraft. This inspection procedure
for the components on the left side is given. The procedure for the
components on the right side is similar.
B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 131/132 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access to the outboard side (inside) of the NLG structure is by the fuselage access
panel 131AL/132AL. Access to the inboard side (external web) of the structure is
through the NLG wheel well.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the insulation blankets to get access to the
inspection area.
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
ITEM NO. DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T81 Al alloy
1 Web 601R33041 QQ−A−250/5
alcd sheet
7075−T62 Al alloy
2 Angle 601R33041−45/−46
alcd sheet
QQ−A−250/13
7075−T6 Al alloy alcd
3 Vertical stiffener 600−33041
sheet
Note [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.
Note: * Indicates pre modsum TC601R15119.
Note: ** Indicates post modsum TC601R15119.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−11−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM NO. DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T3511 * QQ−A−200/3 *
4 Trunnion Fittings 601R33204
2024−T351 ** QQ−A−250/4 **
7050−T3511 per
5 Diagonal member 601R33206−1/−2 −
AMS4341
601R33041−9/−/10/
6 Angle S6802 −
−51/−52/−73/−74
7075−T62 Al alloy
7 Vertical stiffener 600−34013 QQ−A−250/13
alcd sheet
Note [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.
Note: * Indicates pre modsum TC601R15119.
Note: ** Indicates post modsum TC601R15119.

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Make sure the NLG lockpin is installed (refer to AMM TASK 10−11−00−400−801).
(2) Open and isolate the NLG forward doors (refer to AMM TASK
32−22−01−980−801).
(3) Make sure that the external AC power is disconnected (refer to AMM TASK
12−00−07−861−802).
(4) Remove the forward−fuselage access panels 131AL/132AL (refer to AMM TASK
53−10−34−000−801).
(5) On the left side of the aircraft remove the components that follow:
(a) Remove the bolts and the washers that attach each windshield−temperature
controller−box to the mounting plate.
NOTE: The left side of the aircraft has two windshield−temperature
controller−boxes installed on the outboard side of the nose
wheel−well structure.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−11−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(b) Lay the control boxes face−down while you do the inspection.
(c) Remove the bolts and washers that attach the mounting plate to the aircraft
structure and remove the mounting plate.
(6) On the right side of the aircraft, remove the components that follow:
(a) Remove the windshield−temperature controller−boxes as given above.
NOTE: The right side of the aircraft has two windshield−temperature
controller−boxes and junction boxJB14 installed on the outboard
side of the nose wheel−well structure.
Loosen the captive screws and remove the cover of JB14.
(b) Hold the cover up and tie it out of the way while you do the inspection.
(c) Remove the bolts and washers that attach the housing of JB14 to the aircraft
structure and remove the housing.
(7) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(8) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(9) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
(10) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(11) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the NLG Trunnion Fittings, the Diagonal Member and the Local
Structure
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the trunnion fittings, the diagonal member, the angles, vertical stiffeners and
web structure over an area up to 2.00 inches (50.80 mm) all around.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−11−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 202.75
ANGLE
2

ANGLE WEB
6 1 VERTICAL
VERTICAL STIFFENER
STIFFENER 7
3
DIAGONAL
MEMBER
5

ANGLE
6

TRUNNION
FITTING FS 235.00
4

TRUNNION
FITTING
4

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)
ALL AROUND
NOTES
Insulation and controller boxes
rnd5311101_001.dg, rm/ik, 05/06/01

removed for clarity.


Left side of the aircraft is shown.
Right side is similar.
Examine the shaded area.

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD


Inspection of the NLG Trunnion Fittings, the Diagonal Member and the Local Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−11−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
Examine the shaded area.
NLG removed for clarity.

TRUNNION
FITTING
4

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)
ALL AROUND
rnd5311101_002.dg, jc/rm, 11/06/01

TRUNNION
FITTING WEB
4 1

VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD

Inspection of the NLG Trunnion Fittings, the Diagonal Member and the Local Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−11−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Put the electronic boxes into position on the left side of the aircraft as follows:
(1) Install the mounting plate with the bolts and washers.
(2) Install each windshield−temperature controller box to the mounting plate with the
bolts and the washers.

E. Put the electronic boxes into position on the right side of the aircraft as follows:
(1) Install the windshield−temperature controller boxes as given above.
(2) Install the housing of JB14 with the bolts and washers.
(3) Lower the cover of JB14 into position and install it onto the housing.
(4) Tighten the captive screws.
F. Remove all tools, equipment and unwanted materials from the close out area.
G. Install the forward−fuselage access panels 131AL/132AL (refer to AMM TASK
53−10−34−400−801).
H. If required, close the NLG forward doors (refer to AMM TASK 32−22−01−980−802).
I. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−11−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE LOWER ATTACHMENTS OF THE VERTICAL STIFFENERS OF THE NOSE


LANDING GEAR (NLG) WHEEL WELL

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the lower attachments of the nose
landing gear (NLG) wheel well vertical stiffeners at FS206.7, FS210.0, FS215.25,
FS224.25, and FS227.75 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: This data applies to both sides of the NLG wheel well. This inspection
procedure for the components on the left side is given. The procedure for
the components on the right side is similar.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 131/132 (Refer to the NDTM, Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the outboard side of the NLG structure is by the fuselage access panel
131AL/132AL.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the insulation blankets to get access to the
inspection area.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM NO. DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
7075−T62 Al alloy
QQ−A−250/13
alcd sheet
1 Angle 601R33041 2024−T3511 Al alloy
extrusion
QQ−A−200/3
per S6802
(B0502011AA)
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM NO. DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T42 Al alloy
2 Doubler 600−33041 QQ−A−250/5
alcd sheet
2024−T62 Al alloy
3 Stringer 600−33011 extrusion QQ−A−200/3
per S684 or S6790
7075−T6 Al alloy alcd
4 Bracket 600−33041 QQ−A−250/13
sheet
5 Skin 601R33010 2024−T42 Clad sheet QQ−A−250/5
7075−T6 Al alloy alcd
6 Cleat 601R33041 QQ−A−250/13
sheet
2024−T81 Al alloy
Web 601R33041 QQ−A−250/5
alcd sheet
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Make sure the NLG lockpin is installed (refer to AMM TASK 10−11−00−400−801).
(2) Make sure that the external AC power is disconnected (Refer to AMM Task
12−00−07−861−801).
(3) Remove the forward−fuselage access panels 131AL/132AL (Refer to TASK
53−10−34−000−801).
(4) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(5) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(7) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(8) If the inspection surfaces are painted:


(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the NLG Lower Attachments of the Vertical Stiffeners
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure

(1) Examine the areas that follow:


NOTE: Pay particular attention to the fastener holes.
− Joints of the angles with the doublers and web at the lower part of the vertical
stiffeners on the outboard sides of the NLG wheel well
− Joints of the brackets and cleats with the stringers and their respective angles
− Attachment points of the angles and stringers to the fuselage skin.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
E. Install the forward−fuselage access panels 131AL/132AL (Refer to AMM TASK
53−10−34−400−801).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 202.75

WEB
(REF)

FS 235.00

NOTES
Insulation and controller boxes
rnd5311102_001.dg, rm/yf, 13/05/04

removed for clarity.


Left side of the aircraft is shown. H
Right side is similar.
K
Examine the shaded areas.

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD


Inspection of the Lower Attachments of the Vertical Stiffeners of the Nose Landing Gear (NLG)
Wheel Well
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

1
1
C

1
1
2 4

3
3 5
B C

D E

2
rnd5311102_002.dg, rm/yf, 13/05/04

F G

Inspection of the Lower Attachments of the Vertical Stiffeners of the Nose Landing Gear (NLG)
Wheel Well
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

1
1

3 2

6 6
H J

1
1
2

3
6
6 K L
rnd5311101_003.dg, rm/yf, 13/05/04

Inspection of the Lower Attachments of the Vertical Stiffeners of the Nose Landing Gear (NLG)
Wheel Well
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6
53−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE UPPER CAP ANGLES OF THE NOSE LANDING GEAR (NLG) WHEEL WELL
BETWEEN FS202.75 AND FS235.0

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the upper cap angles of the nose landing
gear (NLG) wheel well between FS202.75 and FS235.0 for cracks, corrosion, and
other damage.
NOTE: This data applies to both sides of the NLG wheel well. This inspection
procedure for the components on the left side is given. The procedure for
the components on the right side is similar.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 131/132 (Refer to the NDTM, Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the outboard side of the NLG structure is by the fuselage access panel
131AL/132AL.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the insulation blankets to get access to the
inspection area.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM NO. DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T81 AL ALY
1 Vertical Web 601R33041
ALCD SH
QQ−A−250/5
2024−T3 AL ALY
2 Upper Web 600−33045
ALCD SH
2024−T3511 AL ALY
3 Cap Angle 601R33041 QQ−A−200/3
EXTRN
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−11−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Make sure the NLG lockpin is installed (Refer to AMM task 10−11−00−400−801).
(2) Open and isolate the NLG forward doors (refer to AMM TASK
32−22−01−980−801).
(3) Remove the forward−fuselage access panels 131AL/132AL (Refer to AMM TASK
53−10−34−000−801).
(4) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(5) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
(7) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(8) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the NLG Lower Attachments of the Vertical Stiffeners
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure

(1) Examine the areas that follow:


NOTE: Pay particular attention to the fastener holes.
− Upper cap angles between FS202.75 and FS235.00
− The attachment points of the vertical and horizontal webs to the upper cap angles
− The surface area of the vertical and horizontal webs up to 1 in. (2.54 cm) from the
free edge of the cap angle flanges.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−11−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. Install the access panel 131AL/132AL (Refer to AMM TASK 53−10−34−400−801).
F. If required,close the NLG forward doors (refer to AMM TASK 32−22−01−980−802).
G. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−11−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2
1
PLATE
(REF)

FS202.75

LEGEND
A 1. Web.
2. Web.
3. Cap angle. B

CHANNEL 1
(REF)
1
A

NOTES
rnd5311103_001.dg, lr, 16/05/04

1 Examine the shaded area.

2 Left side shown, right side


similar.
B 2

Inspection of the Upper Cap Angles of the NLG Wheel Well Between FS202.75 and FS235.0
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−11−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FLIGHT COMPARTMENT FLOOR CONNECTION TO THE FORWARD


PRESSURE BULKHEAD AT FS202.75

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the flight compartment floor connection
to the forward pressure bulkhead at FS202.75 for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage.
NOTE: This data applies to both sides of the NLG wheel well. This inspection
procedure for the components on the left side is given. The procedure for
the components on the right side is similar.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 131/132 (Refer to the NDTM, Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the outboard part of the forward edge of the flight compartment floor is by
the fuselage access panel 131AL/132AL. Access to the center part of the forward
edge of the flight compartment floor is through the rudder pedal cover
221GZ/222GZ.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the insulation blankets to get access to the
inspection area.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM NO. DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T81 Al alloy
1 Pilots floor 600−33100 QQ−A−250/5
alcd sheet
2024−T81 Al alloy
2 Angle 600−33110 QQ−A−250/5
alcd sheet
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−11−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM NO. DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
601R340143 2024−T3511 Al alloy
3 Tension clip extrusion per S3973 QQ−A−200/3
601R340144 (B0501228AA)
Forward pressure 2024−T3 Al alloy alcd
4 6001R34012 QQ−A−250/5
bulkhead sheet
600−34012 7075−T62 Al alloy
y
5 Angle QQ−A−250/13
604−34012 alcd sheet
600−34012 7075−T62 Al alloy
y
Angle QQ−A−250/13
604−34012 alcd sheet
6
600−34012 7075−T62 Al alloy
y
Cleat QQ−A−250/13
604−34012 alcd sheet
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the forward−fuselage access panels 131AL/132AL (Refer to AMM TASK
53−10−34−000−801).
(2) Remove the rudder pedal covers 221GZ/222GZ (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−04).
(3) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(4) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(5) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
(6) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(7) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−11−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Flight Compartment Floor Connection to the Forward Pressure
Bulkhead at FS202.75
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure

(1) Examine the tension clips at LBL6.0, LBL13.7, LBL22.0, LBL30.0, RBL6.0, RBL13.7,
RBL22.0, and RBL30.0.
NOTE: Pay particular attention to the fillet radius at the foot of each tension clip.
Also inspect the attachment points to the underfloor backing angles.
(2) Be sure to also examine the areas that follow:
− The surrounding forward pressure bulkhead
− The adjoining area of the floor panels
− The floor beam structure.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. Install the rudder pedal cover 221GZ/222GZ (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−04).
F. Install the forward−fuselage access panels 131AL/132AL (Refer to AMM TASK
32−22−01−980−802).
G. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−11−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

BL30.0
FS202.75 BL22.0
BL13.7
LEGEND BL6.0
1. Pilots floor.
2. Angle.
3. Tension clip.
4. Forward pressure bulkhead.
5. Angle.
6. Angle or Cleat.

NOTES
1 Examine shaded area.
2. Left side is shown,
right side is opposite.

1
4

Inspection of the Lower Attachments of the Vertical Stiffeners of the Nose Landing Gear (NLG)
Wheel Well
Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−11−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FORWARD PRESSURE BULKHEAD

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the web built−up structure of the forward
pressure bulkhead at FS202.75.
B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM), Part 1, General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location
(1) The inspection areas are in Zones 120, 130, 210, and 220 (Refer to NDTM, Part 1,
51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access to the lower part of the forward pressure bulkhead is gained through access
panels 121AL and 122AR. Access to the upper part of the forward pressure
bulkhead is gained through access panels 211AL and 212AL and from the flight
compartment.
(2) The following items must be removed to gain access to the upper part of the forward
pressure bulkhead:
− Bird strike shield
− Electronic flight displays (EFD)
− Cockpit voice recorder (CVR) control unit
− Insulation.
NOTE: In order to remove the bird strike shields, it may be necessary to release
the electrical harnesses from the clamps that are located on the bird strike
shields.
It may also be necessary to release the electrical harnesses from their
respective clamps behind the instrument panels to access the forward
pressure bulkhead.
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
2024−T3 AL ALY
Bulkhead Web QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
601R34012
Stiffener Channel 7075−T62 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/13
Strip Doubler ALCD SH

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−11−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data 1


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
2024−T3511 AL ALY
Splice Fitting 600−33232 QQ−A−200/3
EXTRN BAR
Splice Angle 600−34012 2024−T3 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
Capping Angle 601R34030 ALCD SH
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft pre MODSUM TC601R18027 (pressure bulkhead FS202.75 reinforcement) or
pre SB 601R−53−073.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove access panel 121AL (refer to NDTM Part 1 section 51−01−04).
(2) Open the forward equipment−compartment doors 211AL, and 212AL (refer to NDTM
Part 1 section 51−01−04).
(3) Deploy the ADG (refer to AMM TASK 24−23−01−840−801 or TASK
24−23−01−840−804).
(4) Remove the screws from their respective clamps as necessary to release the
electrical harnesses from the bird strike shields.
(5) Remove the left and the right bird strike shields (Refer to AMM TASK
53−10−36−000−801).
(6) Remove EFD No. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 (Refer to AMM TASK 31−61−01−000−801).
(7) Remove the CVR control unit (Refer to AMM TASK 23−71−04−000−801).
(8) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(9) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(10) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to SRM, 51−26−00).
(11) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(12) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−11−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Forward Pressure Bulkhead at FS202.75


Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the items that follow for cracks, corrosion,and other damage from WL79.50
up to the fuselage skin (above the floor), and from WL79.50 down to the fuselage
skin (below the floor):
− Stiffeners
− Web
− Strip doublers
− Capping angles
− Splice fittings
− Splice angles.
(2) Make sure to examine the pilot’s floor attachments along WL76.50 and WL79.50,
and from the bulkhead to the fuselage attachments, and the capping angles.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners of the stiffeners, the web, and the capping angles for
signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other unserviceable conditions.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).

D. Install the CVR control unit (refer to AMM TASK 23−71−04−400−801).


E. Install EFD No. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 (refer to AMM TASK 31−61−01−400−801).

F. Install the left and the right birdstrike shields (refer to AMM TASK 53−10−36−400−801).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−11−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

G. Attach the electrical harnesses to the bird strike shields with the clamps and screws.

H. Retract the ADG (refer to AMM TASK 24−23−01−840−802 or TASK


24−23−01−840−805).
I. Close the forward equipment−compartment doors 211AL, and 212AL (refer to NDTM Part
1 section 51−01−04).
J. Install access panel 121AL (refer to NDTM Part 1 section 51−01−04).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−11−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

STIFFENER

STIFFENER

CAPPING
ANGLE

PILOTS
FLOORLINE

WL 79.50

WL 76.50

BL 0.00

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

NOTE
Left hand side shown
rnd5311106_001.dg, ik/jp, 25/01/00

right hand side similar.

A
FWD PRESSURE VIEW LOOKING FORWARD
BULKHEAD WEB AT FS202.75
Inspection of the Forward Pressure Bulkhead at FS202.75
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−11−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

PILOTS
FLOORLINE

WL 79.50

WL 76.50

BL 0.00

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

STRIP
DOUBLER

NOTES FWD PRESSURE


Left hand side shown, BULKHEAD WEB
rnd5311106_002.dg, ik/jp, 25/01/00

right hand side similar.


Fasteners not shown for
clarity.
B
VIEW LOOKING AFT
AT FS202.75

Inspection of the Forward Pressure Bulkhead at FS202.75


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−11−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE LOWER SECTOR OF THE WEB AND THE CAPS OF THE FRAME AT
FS235.0

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the forward and aft faces of the frame at
FS235.0 from the top cap to the lower cap between LBL12.0 and RBL12.0. The
inspection is to examine the area for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zone 131/132 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the frame at FS235.0 is through the nose landing gear (NLG) wheel well
and from the flight compartment crawlway.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the insulation blankets to get access to the inspection
area.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM NO. DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T3
AMS
1 Angle 600−34014−191 per S2248−T
QQ−A−200/3
(B0501137AB)
7075−T62 Al alloy AMS
2 Angle 601R33041−43/−44
alcd sheet QQ−A−250−13
2024−T42 Al alloy AMS
3 Center Frame Sector 600−34014−267
alcd sheet QQ−A−250/5
7050−T7451 Al alloy CMS 516−3
4 Angle 601R340141−1
plate (BAMS 516−003)
AMS
5 Splice Strap 600−34014−211 7075−T6 clad sheet
QQ−A−250/13
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−11−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Make sure the NLG lockpin is installed (Refer to AMM task 10−11−00−400−801).
(2) Open and isolate the NLG forward doors (refer to AMM TASK
32−22−01−980−801).
(3) Open the main avionics compartment door 811 (refer to NDTM Part 1 Chapter
51−01−03).
(4) Remove the following access components:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


131AL Forward−fuselage
g access
CSP−A−001 TASK 53−10−34−000−801
132AL panels

(5) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(6) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(7) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(8) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(9) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection of the Lower Sector of the Web and the Caps of the Frame at FS235.0
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure

(1) Examine the areas that follow:


NOTE: Pay particular attention to the fastener holes.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−11−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Forward and aft faces of the center frame sector from the top angle to the bottom
angle between LBL12.00 and RBL12.00
− Top angle of the center frame sector
− Joints between the angles of the NLG beam installation and the splice strap of the
center frame sector at LBL6.00 and RBL6.00.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. Install the following access components:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


131AL Forward−fuselage
g access
CSP−A−001 TASK 53−10−34−400−801
132AL panels

F. Close the main avionics compartment door 811 (refer to NDTM Part 1 Chapter
51−01−03).
G. If required, close the NLG forward doors (refer to AMM TASK 32−22−01−980−802).
H. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−11−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

1
C

3
1 3
4
5 A
2 FRAME
CL
FS235.00
BL12.00
rnd5311108_001.dg, yf, 17/05/04

Inspection of the Lower Sector of the Web and the Caps of the Frame at FS235.0
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−11−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

CL

C
rnd5311108_002.dg, yf, 17/05/04

Inspection of the Lower Sector of the Web and the Caps of the Frame at FS235.0
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−11−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FLIGHT CREW ESCAPE HATCH SURROUND STRUCTURE AND
STOP FITTINGS

AWL 53−11−110
1. General
A. This inspection is used to visually examine the crew escape−hatch surround−structure,
fittings and back−up fittings for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially Available Mirror−Telescopic
Commercially Available Explosion Proof−Flashlight

B. Parts

DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION


Stiffener 601R51136 2024−T42 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
Skin panel 601R33010 ALCD SH
Joint plate
601R33049
Channel 7075−T62 AL ALY
Frame sector ALCD SH
Gusset
601R34019
Cleat
Angle 7075−T6 AL ALY
Frame sector ALCD SH
600−34020 QQ−A−250/13
Frame angle
Intercostal
600−33051
Angle
Gusset 7075−T6 AL ALY
Frame 600−34022 ALCD SH
Cleat
Cleat 600−34019
Alignment fitting 601R33221 2024−T3511 AL ALY
QQ−A−200/3
Back−up bracket 600−33232 EXTRN BAR

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−11−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DESCRIPTION DRAWING MATERIAL SPECIFICATION


7075−T62 AL ALY
Diaphragm QQ−A−250/13
ALCD SH
2024−T62 AL ALY
Stringer 601R33048 QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
7075−T6 AL ALY
Gusset
ALCD SH
QQ A 250/13
QQ−A−250/13
Plate 7075−T62 AL ALY
600−34017
Angle ALCD SH
7475−T7351 AL ALY
Canted frame 601R33302 BAMS 516−002
PL
Fuselage stop fitting 600−33220 431 STL MIL−S−18732

C. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 21−31−10−000−801 Removal of the Cabin Pres-
sure Selector Panel
21−31−10−400−801 Installation of the Cabin
Pressure Selector Panel
24−00−00−910−801 Electrical/Electronic Safety
Precautions
24−13−01−000−801 Removal of the Electrical
Power Services Panel
24−13−01−400−801 Installation of the Electrical
Power Services Panel
25−15−02−000−801 Removal of the Headlining
Panel
25−15−02−400−801 Installation of the Headlining
Panel
25−15−03−000−801 Removal of the Upper Panel
Assembly
25−15−03−400−801 Installation of the Upper
Panel Assembly
25−81−02−000−801 Removal of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
25−81−02−400−801 Installation of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
28−31−01−000−801 Removal of the Fuel Control
Panel
28−31−01−400−801 Installation of the Fuel Con-
trol Panel
51−25−56−390−802 Water−Displacing Corro-
sion−Inhibiting Compound
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−11−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

CSP A−001 52−22−00−000−801 Removal of the Crew Es-


cape Hatch
52−22−00−400−801 Installation of the Crew Es-
cape Hatch
CSP A−010 51−20−09 (Part 1) Visual − Inspection Proce-
dures

D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−008 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
CSP A−008 51−21−16 Finish Codes
CSP A−008 51−26−00 Cleaning

4. Job Set−Up
A. Obey all the visual inspection procedures (NDT 51−20−09 (Part 1)).
B. Obey all the electrical/electronic safety precautions (AMM 24−00−00−910−801).
C. Remove the crew escape hatch (AMM 52−22−00−000−801).
D. Remove the headliner panels (AMM 25−15−02−000−801).
E. Remove the upper panel assembly (AMM 25−15−03−000−801).
F. Remove the electrical power services panel (AMM 24−13−01−000−801).
G. Remove the fuel control panel (AMM 28−31−01−000−801).
H. Remove the cabin pressure selector panel (AMM 21−31−10−000−801).
I. Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (AMM
25−81−02−000−801).
J. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
K. If necessary, remove the water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) with a
lint−free cloth and solvent (SRM 51−26−00).
L. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
A. Do the steps that follow for the detailed inspection:
(1) Examine the fuselage stop fittings, diaphragms, alignment fittings, all back−up
fittings, intercostals, gussets, the crew escape−hatch surround−structure, framing
members,cutout, and segment of frames FS254.68 and FS276.00 for cracks and
corrosion.
(2) Examine the fuselage outer skin over a width of 6.00 inches (152.40 mm) around the
perimeter of the crew escape−hatch cutout.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−11−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(3) Use the inspection mirror and a light source to examine all of the fasteners for signs
of a loose, bent or corroded fastener, or other unserviceable condition.
B. Do the acceptance and rejection criteria as follows:
(1) All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
(2) All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).
6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (SRM 51−21−16).
B. If necessary, apply water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) to the
applicable surfaces (AMM 51−25−56−390−802).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. Install the insulation (AMM 25−81−02−400−801).
E. Install the cabin pressure selector panel (AMM 21−31−10−400−801).
F. Install the fuel control panel (AMM 28−31−01−400−801).
G. Install the electrical power services panel (AMM 24−13−01−400−801).
H. Install the upper panel assembly (AMM 25−15−03−400−801).
I. Install the headliner panels (AMM 25−15−02−400−801).
J. Install the crew escape hatch (AMM 52−22−00−400−801).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−11−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LBL 10.00 RBL 10.00


A
BL 3.40

FS 254.68
FS 255.84

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

FWD
B
FS 274.84
FS 276.00
FS 280.00

6.00 in.
LBL 11.160 RBL 11.160
A (152.40 mm)
(TYPICAL
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
(CREW ESCAPE HATCH REMOVED) AROUND
CUTOUT)
EXAMINE THE LBL 11.160
SHADED AREA

D RBL 11.160

2.00 in.
C (50.8 mm)
E

FS 280.00

F FS 276.00
rnd5311110_001.dg, jp/rm, 21/09/99

B
FS 255.84
VIEW LOOKING UP
(CREW ESCAPE HATCH REMOVED) FS 254.68
Crew Escape−Hatch Surround−Structure, Fittings and Back−Up Fittings
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−11−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)
INTERCOSTAL
600−33051
FS 280.00

RBL 11.160
FS 276.00

PLATE
SKIN PANEL ANGLE 600−34017
601R33010 600−34017
STR 3
GUSSET (REF)
600−34022
ANGLE
601R33051
ANGLE GUSSET
600−34019 601R33048
FS 254.68
FRAME SECTOR
600−34020
DIAPHRAGM
601R33048
FRAME
600−34022
FS 270.10
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
FS 267.00

FS 259.92
GUSSET GUSSET
601R34019 601R33048
rnd5311110_002.dg, gb, 19/01/10

CLEAT FUSELAGE CANTED FRAME


601R34019 STOP FITTING 601R33302
600−33200
(FOUR PLACES) C
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD
(TYPICAL BOTH SIDES)
Crew Escape−Hatch Surround−Structure, Fittings and Back−Up Fittings
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−11−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ANGLE
600−33051
INTERCOSTAL
LBL 11.160
STR 3 601R33051
(REF)
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

DIAPHRAGM
601R33048

CLEAT
600−34022
FS270.10
FRAME
600−34022 FS 276.00
FS 267.00
BACK−UP BRACKET
CANTED FRAME 600−33232
601R33302 GUSSET
601R33048
GUSSET
FS 259.92 600−34022

BACK−UP BRACKET
600−33232

SKIN PANEL
601R33010
FRAME SECTOR
601R34019

FS 254.68

2.00 in. GUSSET


rnd5311110_003.dg, jp, 23/09/99

(50.80 mm) 601R33048

GUSSET D
601R34019
BACK−UP STRUCTURE
(VIEW LOOKING INBOARD)
(TYPICAL BOTH SIDES)
Crew Escape−Hatch Surround−Structure, Fittings and Back−Up Fittings
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


53−11−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LBL 11.160 SKIN PANEL


FS 255.84
601R33010
ALIGNMENT FITINGS
601R33221
FS 254.68 ANGLE CLEAT
600−34019 601R34019

STIFFENER
GUSSET EXAMINE THE
601R51136
601R34019 SHADED AREA

FRAME SECTOR
CLEAT
601R34019 RBL 11.160
601R34019

CHANNEL
JOINT PLATE
601R33049
601R33049
BL 0.00
CHANNEL
601R33049 GUSSET
601R34019 INTERCOSTAL
E 600−33051
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD
STRINGER
601R33048 LBL 11.160 INTERCOSTAL
600−33051
CHANNEL SKIN PANEL
601R33049 601R33010
LBL 5.50
GUSSET
601R34019
BL 0.00
STRINGER FS 254.68
601R33048 RBL 5.50
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
RBL 11.160
FRAME SECTOR
601R34019
CLEAT
600−34019
JOINT PLATE STIFFENER
rnd5311110_005.dg, jp/rm, 22/09/99

601R33049 601R51136
CHANNEL
601R33049
CLEAT
600−34019
F
GUSSET INTERCOSTAL BACK−UP STRUCTURE
601R34019 600−33051 (VIEW LOOKING AFT)
Crew Escape−Hatch Surround−Structure, Fittings and Back−Up Fittings
Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8


53−11−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FRAME ANGLE
600−34020−27

SKIN PANEL
601R33010

FRAME ANGLE
ANGLE 600−34020−25
600−34017
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

RBL
5.590
PLATE
600−34017 BL 0.00

G LBL
5.590
VIEW LOOKING AFT FRAME SECTOR
FS 276.00
600−34020
PLATE FS 280.00
600−34017
ANGLE ANGLE
600−34017 PLATE 600−34017
600−34017

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
SKIN PANEL
601R33010

ANGLE
600−34017
LBL 11.160
LBL
5.590
PLATE
DIAPHRAGMS 600−34017
600−33048
rnd5311110_004.dg, jp/rm, 22/09/99

DIAPHRAGMS RBL
600−33048 5.590

FRAME SECTOR
H 600−34020 FS 280.00
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD
AT BACKUP STRUCTURE RBL 11.160 FS276.00
Crew Escape−Hatch Surround−Structure, Fittings and Back−Up Fittings
Figure 1 (Sheet 5)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 9


53−11−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED VISUAL INSPECTION OF THE FUSELAGE SKIN FS202.75 TO FS280.0 AT COCKPIT


FLOOR LEVEL

AWL 53−11−112

1. General

A. The maintenance procedure that follows is for the detailed visual inspection of the
fuselage skin. The inspection is used to examine the external surface of the nose fuselage
skin below the lower windshield / side window sill between FS202.75 to FS280.0. This
procedure is applicable to the left side and the right side. The procedure for the left side is
given.

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
COMMERCIALLY AVAILABLE Explosion Proof−Flashlight
NOT SPECIFIED Platform−General Maintenance

B. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP−A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests − Report Proce-
dure
CSP−A−008 SRM 51−26−00 Cleaning

4. Job Set−Up
A. Make sure the inspection area is clean.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Do the detailed inspection of the nose fuselage skin from FS202.75 to FS280.0 at cockpit
floor level as follows:
(1) Carefully examine the skin panels below the lower windshield / side window sill
between FS202.75 and FS280.0.
(2) Make sure that you take a close look at the cutout edges and fastener holes.
(3) Make sure that there are no cracks, scratches, dents, gouges, corrosion or
damaged, loose or missing fasteners.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−11−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−11−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LOWER WINDSHIELD/
SIDE WINDOW SILL

WL79.50

FS280.00

SKIN PANEL

FS202.75

A
rnd5311112_004.cgm, sl, may02/2019

NOTE
Shaded area to be examined.
Detail Visual Inspection of the Fuselage Skin FS202.75 to FS280.0 at Cockpit Floor Level
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−11−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE WINDSHIELD CENTER POST AND BULKHEAD AFT POST AT
FS202.75

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine for surface cracks at the locations that
follow:
− Aft flange outer edge and web of the channel−aft center post frame at FS202.75,
BL0.00 below the windshield lower sill
− Bend radius of the lower strap − windshield lower sill−to−center post at
FS202.75, BL0.00
− Lower and upper center post fittings at FS202.75, WL110.00 and WL128.85.
NOTE: The inspection applies to both sides of the aircraft.
B. Reference Information
For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1−General Information, and Part 1,
51−20−09
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
The center post frame at FS202.75 is found in Zones 221/222 (Refer to NDTM Part 1,
51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by the flight compartment.
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. NUMBER
1 Windshield Center 7050−T7451
601R33237 BAMS 516−003
2 Post, Lower Fitting AL ALY PL
3 Aft Center Post, 7075−T62
QQ−A−250/13
4 Channel AL ALY ALCD SH
601R34012
Aft Center Post,
5 2024−T3
Lower Strap QQ−A−250/5
QQ A 250/5
AL ALY ALCD SH
6 Windshield Center
P t U
Post, Upper S
Splice
li 601R33236 2024−T4 AL ALY
7 Fitting QQ−A−200/3
EXTN

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−11−122 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft (pre MODSUM TC601R15021 (Bulkhead 202.75 redesign)) and (pre MODSUM
TC601R18027 (FS202.75 pressure bulkhead reinforcement) or Pre SB 601R−53−073)).

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection areas as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected (refer to Figure 1).
(2) Remove the glareshield (Refer to AMM TASK 25−16−02−000−801).
(3) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Surface Cracks on the Lower Strap, Channel−Aft Center Post, and Upper and
Lower Center Post Fittings

A. Inspection Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.

NOTE: The item numbers in parentheses that follow the name of the components
correspond to the item numbers in Figure 1 and Table 1.
(1) Put the borescope in the region of the aft center post lower strap (5) at FS202.75,
BL0.00 immediately below the windshield center post lower fittings (1, 2) near
WL110.00.
(2) Articulate the viewing head and examine the full length of the bend radius on the aft
center post lower strap (5).
NOTE: Look carefully at the outer edges of the lower strap.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−11−122 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(3) Put the borescope in the region of the forward surface of the aft center post channel
(4).
(4) Articulate the viewing head and examine the forward surfaces on both aft flanges of
the aft center post channel (4) below the windshield lower sill.
NOTE: Look carefully at the outer edges between the three fasteners below the
lower sill.
(5) Examine the web surfaces up to the upper lightening hole at FS202.75, BL0.00
below WL110.00 (Refer to Figure 1, Views A and B).
(6) Examine around each fastener attachment and edges of each flange on the
windshield center post upper splice fittings (6, 7) at FS202.75, BL0.00 and
WL128.85.
(7) Examine around each fastener attachment and edges of each flange on the
windshield center post lower fittings (1, 2) at FS202.75, BL0.00 and WL110.00.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out

A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. Install the glareshield (Refer to AMM TASK 25−16−02−400−801).
F. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−11−122 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
1. Windshield center post
lower fitting.
2. Windshield center post
lower fitting.
3. Aft center post channel.
4. Aft center post channel.
5. Aft center post lower strap.

NOTES
A
1 All shaded areas to
be inspected.
2 Examine the forward
surfaces and outer edges
of the channel aft
flanges on item 4.
BL0.00
1
1 2
1
FS202.75
WL
110.00
(REF)

1
BEND RADIUS
(REF)
5
1 (BEND RADIUS
UPPERMOST ON STRAP−
2 CRITICAL
LIGHTENING
HOLE LOCATION)
3
4
B
rnd5311122_001.dg, rm/rm, 21/02/06

A B

Inspection Locations for the Windshield Center Post, Lower Strap, Upper and Lower Sill Fittings
at FS202.75, BL0.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−11−122 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
6. Windshield center
post upper splice fitting.
7. Windshield center
post upper splice fitting.

NOTE
1 All shaded areas to
C be inspected.

WL
128.85
(REF)

D 6

WINDSHIELD 7
CENTER POST
C
(REF)

BL0.00 rnd5311122_002.dg, rm/rm, 21/03/06

WINDSHIELD 7
UPPER SILL
(REF)
D
VIEW LOOKING UP
Inspection Locations for the Windshield Center Post, Lower Strap, Upper and Lower Sill Fittings
at FS202.75, BL0.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−11−122 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE WINDSHIELD SIDE POST UPPER AND LOWER JOINTS TO
SILLS AND FUSELAGE FITTINGS

AWL 53−11−123

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the upper and lower
attachtment fittings of the windshield side post and the sills area for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 221 and 222 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the interior of the flight deck.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1− Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Foward Fitting, Side
1
Post Upper
601R33234
Aft Fitting, Side Post 7050−T7451
2 BAMS−516−003
Upper AL ALY PL
Foward Fitting, Side
3 601R33235
Post Lower
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−11−123 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Aft Fitting, Side Post
4 601R33235
Lower 7050−T7451
7050 T7451 AL ALY
BAMS 516 003
BAMS−516−003
5 Lower Sill, Forward 601R33036 PL
6 Upper Sill, Forward 601R33035
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft pre MODSUM TC601R18049.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the side post covers (refer to AMM TASK 25−15−01−000−801).
(2) Remove the headlining panels (refer to AMM TASK 25−15−02−000−801).
(3) If required, remove the pilot side panel (refer to AMM TASK 25−16−01−000−805).
(4) If required, remove the copilot side panel (refer to AMM TASK
25−16−01−000−806).
(5) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801).
(6) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(7) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(8) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(9) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−11−123 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Inspection for Damage to the Upper and Lower Attachtment Fittings of the Windshield Side
Post and the Sills Area
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the forward fittings (1 & 3), aft fittings (2 & 4), and both side of accessible
area of the sills (5 & 6) around the fasteners, including 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) each side of
the fittings for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801).
D. If required, install the pilot side panel (refer to AMM TASK 25−16−01−400−805).
E. If required, install the copilot side panel (refer to AMM TASK 25−16−01−400−806).
F. Install the side post covers (refer to AMM TASK 25−15−01−400−801).
G. Install the headlining panels (refer to AMM TASK 25−15−02−400−801).
H. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−11−123 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A NOTES LEGEND
Left side shown, right side 1. Forward fitting, side post upper.
almost the same. 2. Aft fitting, side post upper.
3. Forward fitting, side post lower.
Examine the shaded area.
4. Aft fitting, side post lower.
5. Lower sill, forward.
6. Upper sill, forward.

6 2 1

SIDE POST
(REF)
UP

OUTBD

C
rnd5311123_020.dc, gv, dec18/2009

5 4 3
A

Inspection of the Upper and Lower Attachtment Fittings of the Windshield Side Post and the Sills
Area
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−11−123 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES LEGEND
Left side shown, right side 1. Forward fitting, side post upper.
almost the same. 2. Aft fitting, side post upper.
6. Upper sill, forward.
2 Area to be examined.

2 6

SIDE POST
2.0 in. (REF)
(50.8 mm)

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

2 2 1
rnd5311123_021.dc, gv, dec18/2009

Inspection of the Upper and Lower Attachtment Fittings of the Windshield Side Post and the Sills
Area
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−11−123 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES LEGEND
Left side shown, right side 3. Forward fitting, side post lower.
almost the same. 4. Aft fitting, side post lower.
5. Lower sill, forward.
2 Area to be examined.

SIDE POST
(REF) 3 5 2

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm) rnd5311123_022.dc, gv, dec18/2009

2 4

Inspection of the Upper and Lower Attachtment Fittings of the Windshield Side Post and the Sills
Area
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6
53−11−123 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE NOSE−LANDING−GEAR WHEEL−WELL CUT−OUT

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the nose−landing−gear (NLG)
wheel−well skin−cut−out, and the visible portions of the skin doubler and lateral
walls for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 130 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the area to be inspected is from the NLG wheel well.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
600−33041−195/
1 Doubler 2024 T42 Al alloy
−196 QQ A 250/5
sheet
2 Skin panel 601R33010
3 Lateral walls 601R33041
− −
4 Angles 601R33041
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.
3. Tools and Equipment
A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−11−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Open the NLG wheel−well doors (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 32).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(3) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).
5. Inspection for Damage to the Skin Cut−Out and Skin Doubler and Lateral Walls at the NLG
Wheel Well
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Inspect the skin, and visible portions of the skin doubler, along the aft and side
edges of the NLG wheel−well cut−out, up to a distance of 4.00 in. (10.16 cm.) from
the edge of the cut−out at FS235.00 and between RBL6.00 − LBL6.00. Also inspect
the lateral walls of the NLG wheel−well cut−out up to a distance of 4.00 in. (10.16
cm.) from the lower edges for cracks and corrosion..
NOTE: Pay particular attention to the corners of the cut−out.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Close the NLG wheel−well doors (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 32).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−11−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LATERAL WALL
3
4.0 in.
(10.16 mm)

ANGLE
4

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREAS
A

4.0 in.
SKIN (10.16 mm)
2 EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREAS
4.0 in.
(10.16 mm)

LBL 6.0

BL 0.0

RBL 6.0
rnd5311124_001.dg, jp, 27/04/00

DOUBLERS
FWD 1
A FS 235.00
VIEW LOOKING UP
Inspection of the Nose−Landing−Gear Wheel−Well Skin−Cutout
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−11−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FLITETFONE VI ANTENNA CUT−OUT AT FS235.00 AND FS250.00,


BETWEEN STGR26L AND STRG27L (POST MOD−SUM TC601R60256)

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the fuselage skin between FS235.00 and
FS250.00 and STGR26L and STGR27L around the Flightfone VI cut−out for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 130 (refer to NDTM Part 1 General, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by the external fuselage.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No. [1] NUMBER [2]
Skin Panel, 0.063 in. (1.60 mm) AMS
1 601R33010
(chem−milled) Alclad 2024−T42 QQ−A−250/5
Note [1]: Item number corresponds to the item number shown in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. Aircraft with Modsum TC601R60256 incorporated.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the Flitefone antenna.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−11−126 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection area (Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).
(3) If the surfaces of the skin are painted, look at the paint condition (for signs of cracks
and corrosion).
(4) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Fuselage Skin at the Flitefone Antenna Cut−Out between
FS235.00 and FS250.00, STGR26L and STGR27L
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the fuselage skin over an area of 4.00 in. (102.00 mm) around the cut−out
for the Flitefone antenna for cracks, corrosion or other damage.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, corroded, or other unserviceable
condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. Procedure
(1) All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
(2) All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
(3) Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
(4) For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the Flitefone antenna.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−11−126 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1. Examine the shaded area.
A

FLITE FONE
FS250.00
ANTENNA
LOCATION (REF)

STGR27

STGR26

CUT−OUT 4 in.
(REF) (102 mm)
DOUBLER
rnd5311126_001.cgm

(REF)
A
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

Flitefone VI antenna Cut−Out between FS235.00 and FS250.00 between STGR26L and
STGR27L
Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−11−126 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE WINDSHIELD CENTER POST AND BULKHEAD AFT POST AT
FS202.75

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the splice fittings from the windshield
center post to the lower and upper sill at FS202.75, BL0.00, WL110.00 and
WL128.85.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zones 221/222 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is from the interior of the flight compartment.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM NO. DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
Splice Fitting,
7050−T7451 AL ALY
1 Windshield 601R340142 BAMS 516−003
PL
Center−Post Lower
Splice, Windshield
2 601R33236 S−2049 −−
Center−Post Upper
Note [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft post MODSUM TC601R15021 (bulkhead 202.75 redesign).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−11−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the glareshield (Refer to AMM task 25−16−02−000−801).
(2) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
NOTE: It may be necessary to release some of the electrical harnesses from their
respective clamps to remove the insulation blankets.
(3) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage of the Splice Fittings from the Windshield Center Post to the Lower and
Upper Sill at FS202.75, and BL0.00
Refer to Figure 1.
A. Examine the lower splice fittings (1) at WL110.00 and the upper splices (2) at WL128.85
for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
B. Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, and
other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−11−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out

A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. Install the glareshield (Refer to AMM TASK 25−16−02−400−801).
F. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−11−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
1. Splice Fitting,Windshield
Center−Post Lower.

NOTES
1 Examine the shaded area.
Left side is shown,
A
right side is almost the same

BL0.00

WINDSHIELD CENTER
1
POST (REF) 1
LOWER SILL 1
(REF)
FS202.75 WL
110.00
(REF)

1
LOWER SILL
1 (REF)

AFT FLANGE
(REF)
rnd5311127_010.dg, mgr.mar.15, 2011

A B

Inspection of the Splice Fittings from the Windshield Center Post to the Lower and Upper Sill at
FS202.75, and BL0.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−11−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
2. Splice,Windshield
Center−Post Upper.

NOTES
1 Examine the shaded area.
C
Left side is shown,
right side is almost the same

UPPER SILL
(REF)

WL
128.85
(REF)

WINDSHIELD 2
CENTER POST
C
(REF)

BL0.00 rnd5311127_011.dg, mgr. mar.15/2011

WINDSHIELD 2
UPPER SILL
(REF)
D
VIEW LOOKING UP
Inspection of the Splice Fittings from the Windshield Center Post to the Lower and Upper Sill at
FS202.75, and BL0.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−11−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FORWARD PRESSURE BULKHEAD

AWL 53−11−128

1. General

A. This inspection is used to visually examine forward and aft faces of the web built−up
structure of the forward pressure bulkhead at FS202.75.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft Post−Modsum TC601R18027 or Post SB 601R−53−073.

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially available High intensity light source
Commercially available Inspection mirror

B. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 23−71−04−000−801 Removal of the CVR Control
Unit
CSP A−001 AMM 23−71−04−400−801 Installation of the CVR Con-
trol Unit
CSP A−001 AMM 24−23−01−840−801 Lowering of the ADG
CSP A−001 AMM 24−23−01−840−802 Retraction of the ADG After
Manual Deployment
CSP A−001 AMM 24−23−01−840−804 Manual Lowering of the Dry
ADG
CSP A−001 AMM 24−23−01−840−805 Retraction of the Dry ADG
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−01−000−801 Removal of the Single Layer
Fiberglass Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−02−000−801 Removal of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−01−400−801 Installation of the Single
Layer Fiberglass Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−02−400−801 Installation of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 31−61−01−000−801 Removal of the EFD
CSP A−001 AMM 31−61−01−400−801 Installation of the EFD

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−11−128 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

CSP A−001 AMM 53−10−34−000−801 Removal of the Forward−


Fuselage Access Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 53−10−34−400−801 Installation of the Forward−
Fuselage Access Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 53−10−36−000−801 Removal of the Bird Strike
Shield
CSP A−001 AMM 53−10−36−400−801 Installation of the Bird Strike
Shield
C. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 51−25−56−390−802 Water−Displacing Corro-
sion−Inhibiting Compound
CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
CSP A−008 SRM 51−23−00 Pressure, Environmental,
Fuel Tank and Firewall Seal-
ing
CSP A−008 SRM 51−26−00 Cleaning

4. Job Set−Up
A. Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
121AL Nose hydraulics compartment
B. Remove the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


131AL Forward Fuselage CSP A−001 TASK 53−10−34−000−801
132AL Forward Fuselage CSP A−001 TASK 53−10−34−000−801
C. Open the access doors that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
211AL Forward equipment compartment
212AL Forward equipment compartment
D. Deploy the ADG (AMM 24−23−01−840−801 or TASK 24−23−01−840−804).
E. Remove the screws from their respective clamps as necessary to release the electrical
harnesses from the bird strike shields.
F. Remove the left and the right bird strike shields (AMM 53−10−36−000−801).
G. Remove electronic flight displays (EFD) No. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 (AMM
31−61−01−000−801).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−11−128 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

H. If necessary, release the electrical harnesses from their respective clamps behind the
instrument panels to access the forward pressure bulkhead.
I. Remove the cockpit voice recorder (CVR) control unit (AMM 23−71−04−000−801).
J. Remove or lift the single−layer fiberglass insulation as necessary to get to the inspection
area (AMM 25−81−01−000−801).
K. Remove the fiberglass and foam insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area
(AMM 25−81−02−000−801).
L. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
M. If necessary, remove the water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) with a
lint−free cloth and solvent (SRM 51−26−00).
N. If necessary, remove the sealant.
O. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
A. Do the detailed inspection of the forward and aft face of the pressure bulkhead at
FS202.75 above and below floor level as follows:
(1) Carefully examine the items that follow:
− Vertical stiffeners
− Capping angles and nested capping angles around the pressure bulkhead
− Attachment above and below the pilots floor level.
(2) Make sure that there are no cracks, scratches, dents, gouges, corrosion or
damaged, loose or missing fasteners.
B. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
B. If necessary, apply water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) to the
applicable surfaces (TASK 51−25−56−390−802).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. Install the single−layer fiberglass insulation (AMM 25−81−01−400−801).
E. Install the fiberglass and foam insulation (AMM 25−81−02−400−801).
F. If released, attach the electrical harnesses to their respective clamps behind the
instrument panels.
G. Install the CVR control unit (AMM 23−71−04−400−801).
H. Install EFD No. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 (AMM 31−61−01−400−801).
I. Install the left and the right birdstrike shields (AMM 53−10−36−400−801).
J. Attach the electrical harnesses to the bird strike shields with the clamps and screws.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−11−128 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

K. Retract the ADG (AMM 24−23−01−840−802 or AMM 24−23−01−840−805).


L. Close the access doors that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
211AL Forward equipment compartment
212AL Forward equipment compartment

M. Install the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


131AL Forward Fuselage CSP A−001 TASK 53−10−34−000−801
132AL Forward Fuselage CSP A−001 TASK 53−10−34−000−801

N. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
121AL Nose hydraulics compartment

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−11−128 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WL 79.50

WL 76.50

BL 0.00

NOTES
1. Left hand side shown
right hand side similar.

2. Examine the shaded area.


rnd5311106_001.dg, jp/sj, nov07/2013

A
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD
AT FS202.75
Detailed Inspection of the Forward Pressure Bulkhead at FS202.75
Figure 1 (Sheet 1 of 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−11−128 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WL 79.50

WL 76.50

BL 0.00

NOTES
1. Left hand side shown,
right hand side similar.

2. Examine the shaded area.


rnd5311106_002.dg, jp/sj, nov07/2013

3. Fasteners not shown for


clarity.

B
VIEW LOOKING AFT
AT FS202.75

Inspection of the Forward Pressure Bulkhead at FS202.75


Figure 1 (Sheet 2 of 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−11−128 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE WINDSHIELD CENTER POST AND BULKHEAD AFT POST AT
FS202.75

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine for surface cracks at the locations that
follow:
− Aft flange outer edge and web of the channel−aft center post frame at FS202.75,
BL0.00 below the windshield lower sill
− Bend radius of the lower strap − windshield lower sill−to−center post at
FS202.75, BL0.00
− Lower and upper center post fittings at FS202.75, WL110.00 and WL128.85.
NOTE: The inspection applies to both sides of the aircraft.
B. Reference Information
For additional data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1−General Information, and Part 1,
51−20−09
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location
The center post frame at FS202.75 is found in Zones 221/222 (Refer to NDTM Part 1,
51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by the flight compartment.
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. NUMBER
2024 AL ALY ALCD
1 Splice Angle 601R340138 QQ−A−250/5
SH
2 Splice Fitting 7050−T7451 AL BAMS 516−003
601R340142
3 Splice Fitting ALY PL (CMS 516−3)
7475−T7351 AL BAMS 516−002
4 Aft Center Post 601R340128
ALY PL (CMS 516−2)
2024−T3 AL ALY
5 Windshield QQ−A−250/5
ALCD PL
Center−Post Upper 601R33236
Splice 2024−T4 AL ALY
6 QQ−A−200/3
EXTN

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−11−129 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft (Post MODSUM TC601R15021 (Bulkhead 202.75 redesign) and (Post
MODSUM TC601R18027 (FS202.75 pressure bulkhead reinforcement) or Post SB
601R−53−073)).

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the items identified as follows, or their equivalent (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.
− Borescope.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection areas as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected (refer to Figure 1).
(2) Remove the glareshield (Refer to AMM TASK 25−16−02−000−801).
(3) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Surface Cracks on the Lower Strap, Channel−Aft Center Post, and Upper and
Lower Center Post Fittings

A. Inspection Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
NOTE: The item numbers in parentheses that follow the name of the components
correspond to the item numbers in Figure 1 and Table 1.
(1) Put the borescope in the region of the aft center post (4) at FS202.75, BL0.00
immediately below the splice fittings of the windshield center post (2, 3).
NOTE: Pay particular attention to the bottom row of fastener holes on the splice
fittings.
(2) Put the borescope in the region of the forward surface of the aft center post (4).
(3) Articulate the viewing head and examine the forward surfaces on both aft flanges of
the aft center post (4) below the windshield lower sill.
(4) Examine the web surfaces up to the uppermost lightening hole at FS202.75, BL0.00
below WL110.00 (Refer to Figure 1, Views A and B).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−11−129 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(5) Examine around each fastener attachment and edges of each flange on the
windshield center post upper splices (5, 6) at FS202.75, BL0.00 and WL128.85.
(6) Examine around each fastener attachment and edges of each flange on the splice
fittings of the windshield center post (1, 2) at FS202.75, BL0.00 and WL110.00.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out

A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. Install the glareshield (Refer to AMM TASK 25−16−02−400−801).
F. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−11−129 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
1. Splice angle.
2. Splice fitting.
3. Splice fitting.
4. Aft center post.

NOTES
1 All shaded areas to
be inspected.
A
2 Examine the forward
surfaces and outer edges
of the channel aft
flanges on item 4.

Critical crack initiation


site. BL0.00

1 2 3

FS202.75 1
WL
110.00
(REF)

2
4
AFT FLANGE
(REF)

4
B
rnd5311129_006.dg, rm/rm, 24/04/06

A B

Inspection Locations for the Windshield Center Post, Lower Strap, Upper and Lower Sill Fittings
at FS202.75, BL0.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−11−129 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
5. Windshield center
post upper splice fitting.
6. Windshield center
post upper splice fitting.

NOTE
1 All shaded areas to
C be inspected.

WL
128.85
(REF)

D 5

WINDSHIELD 6
CENTER POST
C
(REF)

BL0.00 rnd5311129_007.dg, rm/rm, 24/04/06

WINDSHIELD 6
UPPER SILL
(REF)
D
VIEW LOOKING UP
Inspection Locations for the Windshield Center Post, Lower Strap, Upper and Lower Sill Fittings
at FS202.75, BL0.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−11−129 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE WINDSHIELD CENTER POST AND BULKHEAD AFT POST AT
FS202.75

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine for surface cracks at the locations that
follow:
− Aft flange outer edge and web of the channel bulkhead aft−post (written as aft
center post in this task) at FS202.75, BL0.00 below the windshield lower sill
− Lower and upper splice fittings of the windshield center post at FS202.75,
WL110.00 and WL128.85.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
For additional data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
The inspection area is found in zones 221/222 at FS202.75 (Refer to NDTM Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by the flight compartment.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. NUMBER
1 Splice Fitting, Left 601R34058 7050−T7451 AL
BAMS 516−003
2 Splice Fitting, Right 601R34068 ALY PL
Splice, Windshield
3 601R33236 S−2049 −−
Center−Post Upper
7075−T62 AL ALY
4 Aft Center Post 601R34012 BAMS 516−002
SH
7075−T6 AL ALY
5 Doubler 600−34012 QQ−A−250/13
ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item number corresponds to item number in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−11−130 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft pre MODSUM TC601R15021 (bulkhead 202.75 redesign) and post MODSUM
TC601R18027 (Pressure bulkhead FS202.75 reinforcement) or Post SB 601R−53−073.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the items identified as follows, or their equivalent (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.
− Borescope.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection areas as follows:
(1) Remove the glareshield (Refer to AMM TASK 25−16−02−000−801).
(2) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
NOTE: It may be necessary to release some of the electrical harnesses from their
respective clamps to remove the insulation blankets.
(3) Identify the locations to be inspected (refer to Figure 1).
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, go directly to the inspection.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Aft Center Post, and the Splice Fittings of the Windshield Center
Post at FS202.75 Pressure Bulkhead
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Examine the areas that follow for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
(1) Splice fittings (1 & 2) of the windshield center post at FS202.75, BL0.00 and
WL110.00.
(2) Upper splices (3) of the windshield center post at FS202.75, BL0.00 and WL128.85.
(3) Forward surfaces of both aft flanges of the aft center post (4), adjacent to fastener
locations attached to the windshield center post lower fittings.
(4) Both side of the web surfaces of the aft center post (4), below the windshield lower
sill to the rivet row below the upper lightening hole.
(5) Doubler (5) area that overlap the web inspection area of the aft center post.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−11−130 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(6) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. If released, attach the electrical harnesses to their respective clamps.
E. Install the glareshield (Refer to AMM TASK 25−16−02−400−801).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−11−130 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE:
1 Examine the shaded area.
Left side shown, right side
is almost the same.
LEGEND
1. Splice Fitting, Left.
2. Splice Fitting, Right.
4. Aft Center Post.
5. Doubler.

BL0.00
FS202.75
WL WINDSHIELD
110.00 B CENTER POST
(REF) 2 (REF)

WINDSHIELD
LOWER SILL
(REF)

5 1
4

2
1
1

B
UP

rnd5311130_005.dg, mg.Feb11/11

VIEW LOOKING FORWARD

Inspection of the Aft Center Post, and the Splice Fittings of the Windshield Center Post at
FS202.75 Pressure Bulkhead
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−11−130 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
Examine the shaded area.
Left side shown, right side

LEGEND

WL
128.85
(REF)

WINDSHIELD
CENTER POST
(REF)
BL0.00 rnd5311130_006.dg, mg.Feb11/11

WINDSHIELD
UPPER SILL
(REF)

Inspection of the Aft Center Post, and the Splice Fittings of the Windshield Center Post at
FS202.75 Pressure Bulkhead
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−11−130 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR CUT−OUT UPPER AND LOWER SILLS

AWL 53−21−101
1. General

A. This inspection is used to visually examine the passenger door upper sill and lower sill,
support frames, local skin, and related structure for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

2. Effectivity
All aircraft pre MODSUM TC601R13193 (phase IV passenger door).

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially Available Explosion Proof−Flashlight
Commercially Available Mirror−Telescopic
Commercially Available Magnifying Glass − 10 Power

B. Parts

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
7050−T73651 AL
1 Latch Bracket 600−31925
ALY PL
2024−T8511
2 Hinge Half 600−31529
EXTRN
3 Lower Sill 601R31522 7075−T73652
4 Upper Sill 601R31527 clad
7050−T73651 AL
5 Open Lock Arrester 601R31722
ALY PL
6 Frame 310.00 601R32002 7075−T62 AL
7 Frame 349.00 601R32005 ALY ALCD SH
2024−T42 AL
8 Skin Panel 601R31000
ALY ALCD SH
9 Anchor Fitting 601R38074 7075−T651 AL
10 Stop Plate 601R38075 ALY SH
− Strap 601R31527
7075−T6
7075 T6 AL ALY
601R31527
− Doubler ALCD SH
601R31522
2024−T3 AL ALY
− Doubler 601R38338
ALCD SH

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−21−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
7075−T73652
− Sill Fitting 600−31523
clad
6061−0 AL ALY
− Gutter 600−31016
SH
C. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−802 Removal of the Passenger
Compartment Floor Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−806 Removal of the Lightning
Protection Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−400−802 Installation of the Passenger
Compartment Floor Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−410−801 Installation of the Lightning
Protection Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−01−000−801 Removal of the Single Layer
Fiberglass Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−02−000−801 Removal of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−01−400−801 Installation of the Single
Layer Fiberglass Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−02−400−801 Installation of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 51−25−56−390−802 Water−Displacing Corro-
sion−Inhibiting Compound
CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
CSP A−008 SRM 51−26−00 Cleaning

4. Job Set−Up
A. Remove the panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


231CLF Floor Panel CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−802
B. Remove the lightning protection panels (AMM 53−01−01−000−806).
C. Remove or lift the single−layer fiberglass insulation as necessary to get to the inspection
area (AMM 25−81−01−000−801).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−21−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

D. Remove or lift the fiberglass and foam insulation as necessary to get to the inspection
area (AMM 25−81−02−000−801).
E. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
F. If necessary, remove the water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) with a
lint−free cloth and solvent (SRM 51−26−00).
G. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
A. Do the detailed inspection of the parts as follows:
(1) Examine the upper and lower passenger door sills, the sill members, the inner flange
doublers, and the fuselage skin doublers, for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
Pay particular attention to the corners of the passenger door cut−out and to the
hinge fitting attachments.
(2) Examine the external and internal top and side skin panels in the inspection area for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
B. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
B. If necessary, apply water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) to the
applicable surfaces (AMM 51−25−56−390−802).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. Install the single−layer fiberglass insulation (AMM 25−81−01−400−801).
E. Install the fiberglass and foam insulation (AMM 25−81−02−400−801).
F. Install the lightning protection panels (AMM 53−01−01−410−801).
G. Install the panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


231CLF Floor Panel CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−400−802

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−21−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 280.00
A FS 295.00

FS 333.00 FS 310.00
FS 319.70
B 2

FS 349.00
1

FS 364.00

STR 3L

2
1

1
STR 11L

1
2
rnd5321101_001.dg, rm, 17/08/00

STR 17L
NOTE

A 1 Examine shaded area.


STR 19L
2 Examine inner and outer skin.

Detailed Inspection of the Passenger Door Cut−Out Upper and Lower Sills
Figure 1 (Sheet 1 of 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−21−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 319.70
FS 321.50 1

FS 333.00

UPPER
FS 364.00 SILL
4
2

STR 2L

SKIN
8 FS 295.00
6
FRAME
C 310.00
STR 3L
NOTE
1
7 1 Examine shaded area.
STR 4L B
FRAME
349.00 2 Examine inner and outer skin.

FS 349.00

FS 333.00
STR 2L
FS 321.50
STR 3L
FS 310.00
STR 4L
FS 295.00

SKIN
8

1
2
rnd5321126_002.dg, rm, 17/08/00

FS 364.00

1 5
LATCH OPEN LOCK
BRACKET ARRESTER 1 4
LATCH UPPER
C BRACKET SILL

Detailed Inspection of the Passenger Door Cut−Out Upper and Lower Sills
Figure 1 (Sheet 2 of 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−21−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

STOP
ANCHOR PLATE
FITTING 10
9
ANCHOR 1
LOWER
FS 349.00 FITTING SILL
STOP 9 HINGE
3
PLATE HALF
2
10 STR 19L

SKIN
8

FS 310.00
STR 17L
FS 319.70

FS 333.00
NOTES
STR 18L E
1 Examine shaded area.
D
2 Examine inner and outer skin.
FS 349.00 3 Structure and outer skin
removed for clarity.

1 FS 310.00

1
rnd5321126_003.dg , rm, 17/08/00

3 STR 17L
LOWER
SILL 2
HINGE
HALF
E
VIEW LOOKING UP AT LOWER SILL 3
Detailed Inspection of the Passenger Door Cut−Out Upper and Lower Sills
Figure 1 (Sheet 3 of 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−21−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR CUT−OUT FRAMES AND INTERNAL BACKUP


STRUCTURE

1. General

A. Function
This inspection is used to visually examine the forward and aft frames of the cut−out for
the passenger door and one stringer bay above and below the door cut−out for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
The inspection area is in Zones 141, 231, and 241 (Refer to the NDTM, Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the cabin interior and by the fuselage exterior.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM No. DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T42 AL ALY AMS
1 Skin Panel
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
601R31016
AMS
2 Doubler 2024−T3 AL ALY SH
QQ−A−250/4
3 601R32031 7475−T7351 AL ALY
Frame BAMS 516−002
4 601R32070 FORG
2024−T42 AL ALY AMS
5 Skin Panel
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
601R31062
AMS
6 Doubler 2024−T42 AL ALY SH
QQ−A−250/4
2024−T42 AL ALY AMS
7 Skin panel 601R31020
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
Note [1]: Parts that do not include an item number are not called out in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−21−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ITEM No. DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
AMS
8 Doubler 601R31020 2024−T3 AL ALY SH
QQ−A−250/4
2024−T3 AL ALY AMS
9 Skin Panel
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
601R31018
AMS
10 Doubler 2024−T3 AL ALY SH
QQ−A−250/4
Note [1]: Parts that do not include an item number are not called out in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
All aircraft pre Modsum TC601R13193 (phase 4 passenger door).

3. Tools and Equipment


Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the floor panel 231CLF (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−000−802).
(2) Remove the lightning protection panels (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−000−806).
(3) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(4) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(5) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
(6) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(7) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection of the Passenger Door Cut−Out Frames and Internal Back−Up Structure
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−21−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(1) Examine the two frames along the edges of the passenger door cut−out and one
stringer bay above and below (between STGR2 and STGR19) for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage. Give particular attention at the corners of the cut−out and at the
attachment areas of the pin stop fittings.
(2) Examine the interior back−up structure local to all the fittings for cracks, corrosion
and other damage.
(3) Examine the interior and exterior of the fuselage skin between FS295.00 and
FS364.00 between STGR2 and STRG19 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(4) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. Install the lightning protection panels (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−410−801)
F. Install the floor panel 231CLF (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−400−802).
G. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−21−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS280.00
A FS295.00

FS333.00 FS310.00
FS319.70
B
FS349.00

FS364.00

PIN STOP
FITTING
(REF)
STGR3L

PIN STOP
FITTING
(REF) 5
6 2
4

3
STGR11L PIN STOP
FITTING
(REF)

9
2 10
rnd5321102_001.dg, rm/lr, oct03/2007

NOTES
STGR17L 7
2 8
1. Examine shaded area.

A 2 Examine skin and doublers.


STGR19L

Inspection of the Passenger Door Cut−Out Frames and Internal Back−Up Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−21−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES

1. Examine shaded area.


2 Examine skin and doublers.
FS319.70
FS321.50
1
2
FS333.00

FS364.00
1
2

3
STGR2L FS295.00

FS310.00
4

STGR3L

STGR4L B
FS349.00

rnd5321102_002.dg, rm/lr, oct03/2007

Inspection of the Passenger Door Cut−Out Frames and Internal Back−Up Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−21−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR FITTINGS ON THE FUSELAGE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the passenger door latch bracket and
latch pin fittings on the upper sill, bearing rod, pin stop and tension button fittings on
the sides of the passenger−door cut−out for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zone 231 (Refer to the NDTM, Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) It is necessary to open the passenger door.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM No. DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
1 Latch bracket 600−31895 TI 6AL−6V−2SN CMS 514−02
2 Latch pin 600−31450 PH13−8 Mo. Steel AMS 5629, H1000
3 Bearing rod 601R38389
AMS 5629,
5629 H1000
4 Pin stop fitting 601R38388 CRES PH13−8 Mo
5 Tension button fitting 600−31497 AMS 5629, H1050
Note [1]: Parts that do not include an item number are not called out in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
Aircraft pre Modsum TC601R13193.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−21−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Open the passenger door.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless they show
deterioration or local damage.
(3) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).

5. Inspection of the Passenger Door Fittings on the Fuselage


Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the fittings that follow:
− Two latch brackets (1) and pins (2)
− Six pin stop fittings (3) and bearing rods (4)
− Four tension button fittings (5).
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

B. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


(1) All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
(2) All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
(3) Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
(4) For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−21−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−21−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

C A

B
NOTES
1. Aft side shown, A
forward side opposite.
2. Examine the shaded area. B
A

rnd5321103_001.dg, lr, oct16/2007

A 1
C

Inspection of the Passenger Door Fittings on the Fuselage


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−21−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE SERVICE DOOR SURROUND−STRUCTURE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the service door sills, support frames,
local skin, stop fittings and related structure for cracks, corrosion, and other damage
between FS310.00 and FS364.00 from STGR8R to STGR19R.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zones 142, 232, and 242 (refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by interior of the cabin and by the exterior fuselage.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
6061−COND "0" AL
Gutter 600−31016 QQ−A−250/11
ALY SH
601R31019
2024−T42
2024 T42 AL ALY
Skin Panel Assembly 601R31021 QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
601R31063
7075−T6 AL ALY
Machined Angle 601R38338 QQ−A−200/11
EXTRN
Frame − FS310.00 601R32002
7050−T7452
7050 T7452 AL ALY
Frame − FS319.00 601R32003 BAMS 514−005
EXTRN
Frame − FS349.00 601R32005
Frame − FS333.00 601R32004
7075−T62
7075 T62 AL ALY
Frame − FS364.00 601R32007 QQ−A−250/13
ALCD SH
Intercostal 601R38303
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−21−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
Support−Fitting As-
601R38715 7050−T7451 AL ALY PL BAMS 516−003
sembly Safety Strap
Bracket Assembly 601R40170 6061 AL ALY SH QQ−A−250/11
Intercostal 7075−T62 AL ALY
601R38303 QQ−A−250/13
Gusset Plate ALCD SH
Lower Sill 601R38336
7050−T7451 AL ALY PL BAMS 516−003
Upper Sill 601R38337
Intercostal 601R38975 7475−T7351 AL ALY PL BAMS 516−002
Door Stop Fitting, Fwd
601R38404
Door Stop Fitting, Aft
Door Stop Fitting, Fwd
601R38405
Door Stop Fitting, Aft
Door Stop Fitting, Fwd
Door Stop Fitting, Aft
601R38406
Door Stop Fitting, Fwd
Door stop Fitting, Aft
Door Stop Fitting, Fwd PH13−8MO COND
601R38408 AMS 5629
H1050
Door Stop Fitting, Aft
Upper
pp Roller Fitting,
g
601R38403
Upr
Upper
pp Roller Fitting,
g
601R38402
Lwr
Hinge Support, Upr 601R38411
Hinge Support, Lwr 601R38467
Lock Pin Fitting, Fwd
601R38801
Lock Pin Fitting, Aft
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.
3. Tools and Equipment
A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−21−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the floor panel 232CRF (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−000−802)
(2) Remove lightning protection panels (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−000−806)
(3) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(4) Remove the service door scuff plate (refer to AMM TASK 53−20−31−000−801).
(5) Remove the attaching fasteners and the lower sill cover plate from the service door
sill structure.
(6) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(7) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
(8) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, go directly to the inspection.
(9) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
5. Inspection for Damage to the Service Door Sill Areas
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the upper service−door sill, the fittings, the doublers, and the internal skin
surfaces between FS310.00 and FS364.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
Make sure that you carefully examine the corners of the service door cutout and also
to the latch fitting attachments and their local support structure.
(2) Examine the lower service−door sill, the doublers, the strap, and the internal skin
surfaces between FS310.00 and FS364.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
Make sure that you carefully examine the corners of the service door cutout and also
to the hinge fitting attachments and their local support structure.
(3) Examine the service door support−frames, the stop fittings and their local support
structure (which includes the intercostals, and gussets) at FS319.00 and at
FS349.00, between STGR8R and STGR19R for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage..
(4) Examine the frames at FS310.00, 333.00 and 364.00, between STGR8R and
STGR19R for cracks, corrosion, and other damage..
(5) Examine the external top and side skin panels in the inspection area for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.
(6) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−21−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.


C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).

D. Install the lightning protection panels (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−410−801)


E. Install the floor panel 232CRF (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−400−802)
F. Install the lower sill cover plate on the service door sill structure with the attaching
fasteners, wet with sealant.
G. Install the service door scuff plate (refer to AMM TASK 53−20−31−400−801).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−21−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

L FS 364.00

FS 349.00

FS 333.00
A
FS 319.00

FS 310.00

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
STR 8R B

2
F

STR 13R H

rnd5321108_001.dg, jp, 25/02/00

NOTE
2 North American Aircraft
configuration only.
A

STR 19R
Inspection of the Service−Door Surround Structure and Fittings
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−21−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

L FS 364.00

FS 349.00

FS 333.00
A
FS 319.00

FS 310.00

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
STR 8R B

F 3

STR 13R H
rnd5321108_007.dg, jp, 25/02/00

NOTE
3 European Aircraft
configuration only.
A

STR 19R
Inspection of the Service−Door Surround Structure and Fittings
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−21−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 364.00

NOTE
1 Inner and outer web. FS 349.00

FS 333.00

FS 319.00 EXAMINE THE


SHADED AREA

1
FS 310.00

B
FS 364.00
UPPER SILL
FITTING

FS 349.00

FS 333.00
1

FS 319.00

FS 310.00

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
rnd5321108_002.dg, jp, 22/02/00

Inspection of the Service−Door Surround Structure and Fittings


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


53−21−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
1 Inner and outer web.

STR 8R
STR 8R

1 EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
E

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

STR 19R
D
rnd5321108_003.dg, jp, 24/02/00

STR 19R
Inspection of the Service−Door Surround Structure and Fittings
Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8


53−21−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1 Inner and outer web.

2 North American aircraft


configuration only.
STR 8R
STR 8R

2 1

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

STR 19R

F
STR 19R
rnd5321108_004.dg, jp, 25/02/00

Inspection of the Service−Door Surround Structure and Fittings


Figure 1 (Sheet 5)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 9


53−21−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 364.00
NOTE
1 Inner and outer web.
FS 349.00

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

FS 319.00

FS 310.00

FS 333.00

H
LOWER SILL FS 364.00

FS 349.00

FS 319.00 1

FS 310.00
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
rnd5321108_005.dg, jp, 22/01/00

FS 333.00
K

Inspection of the Service−Door Surround Structure and Fittings


Figure 1 (Sheet 6)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 10


53−21−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

UPPER SILL
FITTING
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

UPPER ROLLER
FITTING
UPPER ROLLER
FITTING

BRACKET
STOP
FITTINGS

HINGE SUPPORT
ASSEMBLY

STOP
FITTING
STOP
HINGE SUPPORT FITTINGS
ASSEMBLY

STOP
FITTING

LOWER ROLLER
PROXIMITY SENSOR
FITTING LOWER ROLLER
SLIDE−FITTING
FITTING
LOCK PIN
FITTING
LOCKPIN
FS 319.00 FITTING
rnd5321108_006.dg, jp, 22/02/99

FS 333.00

FS 349.00

Inspection of the Service−Door Surround Structure and Fittings


Figure 1 (Sheet 7)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 11


53−21−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE AVIONICS−COMPARTMENT−DOOR CUTOUT SURROUND STRUCTURE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the avionics−compartment−door cutout
surround structure from the aft face of FS349.00 to the forward face of FS409.00 and
between STGR24L and STGR24R for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location
(1) The area of inspection is in Zone 140 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access to the internal avionics−compartment−door cutout surround structure is by
the avionics−compartment door 811 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).
(2) Access to the remaining inspection area is by the external bottom skin panels.
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Skin panel 601R31022−5 2024−T3 clad sheet QQ−A−250/5
2 Frame − FS349.00 601R32005 7075−T62 clad sheet QQ−A−250/13
3 Frame − FS364.00 601R32007 7075−T62 clad sheet QQ−A−250/13
4 Frame − FS394.00 601R32011 7075−T62 clad sheet QQ−A−250/13
5 Frame − FS409.00 601R32200 7075−T62 clad sheet QQ−A−250/13
6 L−P−410 Nylon
y TYP
Guide fitting 601R38547−1/−2 −
7 6/6 NATURAL
8 601R38342−1
Stop fitting AL AL BAR,
BAR 2024−T4 QQ−A−225/6
9 601R38343−1
AMS5629 PH13−8
10 Latch pin fitting 601R38345−3 −
MO COND H1000
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−21−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
11 Splice angle 601R32007−3/−9 7075−T62 clad sheet QQ−A−250/13
STGR24L, STGR25L,
12 601R31000 2024−T62 extruded −
STGR26L, STGR27L
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−20−09), if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Procedure
Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Open the avionics−compartment door 811 to get access to the internal structure of
the inspection area (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 52).
(2) Remove the avionics−compartment floor panels that are immediately forward and aft
of the avionics−compartment door cutout (Refer to AMM TASK
53−01−01−000−801).
(3) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(4) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(5) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(6) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(7) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−21−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Inspection for Damage to the Avionics−Compartment−Door Cutout Surround Structure


Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.
A. Inspection Procedure

(1) Inspect the internal skin surface and surround structure as follows:
(a) Examine the avionics−compartment−door cutout surround structure, support
frames and related components. Also examine the internal skin from FS364.00
to FS394.00 between STGR24R and STGR24L for cracks, corrosion and other
damage. Carefully examine the corners of the door cut−out, the door fittings,
and structure local to the attachment fittings. Pay particular attention to the
splice angles.
(b) Examine the internal skin and structural components from the aft face of
FS349.00 to the forward face of FS409.00 and between STGR24R and
STGR24L for cracks, corrosion and other damage.
(c) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
(2) Inspect the external skin surface as follows:
(a) Examine the external skin from frame FS349.00 to frame FS409.00 between
STGR24R and STGR24L for cracks, corrosion, and other damage Carefully
examine the corners of the door cut−out and the fastener holes.
(b) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Install the main avionics compartment floor−panels (refer to AMM TASK
53−01−01−000−801).
E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
F. Close the main avionics−compartment door 811 (refer to AMM, Chapter 52).
G. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−21−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5
FRAME EDGE OF
409.00 4 CUT−OUT
FRAME
394.00
BL 0.0
FS 379.00 3
FRAME
364.00 2
FRAME
349.00
SKIN PANEL
1

STOP FITTING STR 24L


(TYPICAL) STR 25L
(REF) STR 26L
LATCH PIN FITTING STR 27
(REF) STR 26R
(TYPICAL) STR 25R
STR 24R
rnd5321110_005.dg, pw/as, 27/08/01

INTERCOSTAL
(REF)
NOTE
Examine shaded area.
Examine the inner and A
outer skin. VIEW LOOKING DOWN

Inspection of the Avionics−Compartment−Door Cutout Surround Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−21−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

F
E
D
F

C
B
A B
FS 394.00
C
GUIDE F
E
FITTING
6 D
F
FS 364.00
A
ZONE 810

LATCH
PIN
FITTING
B 10

GUIDE
FITTING
7

STOP
FITTING
C 9

STOP
FITTING
8 rnd5321110_006.dg, pw/as, 28/08/01

NOTE
E Examine shaded area.

Inspection of the Avionics−Compartment−Door Cutout Surround Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−21−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 394.00

A FS 364.00
ZONE 810
STR 25L
12
SPLICE
FS 364.00 ANGLE
11

FS 379.00

SPLICE
ANGLE
STR 26R 11
12
rnd5321110_007.dg, sm/as, 31/08/01

STR 27
12

NOTE
STR 26L
Examine shaded area.
12

Inspection of the Avionics−Compartment−Door Cutout Surround Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6
53−21−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

STR 25R
12

FS 379.00 SPLICE
ANGLE
11

STN
394.00

SPLICE
ANGLE
11

STR 26R
12

STR 27
12
rnd5321110_008.dg, sm/as, 31/08/01

STR 26L
12
NOTE
Examine shaded area.

Inspection of the Avionics−Compartment−Door Cutout Surround Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 4)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7
53−21−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FUSELAGE STRUCTURE AND SKIN PANELS FROM FS280.00 TO


FS409.00, BETWEEN STGR17R TO STGR17L

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the skin panels, stringers, frames, and
other attachments from FS280.00 to FS409.00 above the floor for cracks, corrosion
and other damage.
B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zones 231, 232, 241, 242, 243 and 244 (Refer to NDTM Part
1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by interior of the cabin and by the exterior fuselage.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Frame FS280.00 600−34017
2 Frame FS295.00 601R32001
3 Frame FS310.00 601R32002
4 Frame FS319.70 601R32003
5 Frame FS333.00 601R32004 7075−T62 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/13
6 Frame FS349.00 601R32005 ALCD SH
7 Frame FS364.00 601R32007
8 Frame FS379.00 601R32009
9 Frame FS394.00 601R32011
10 Frame FS409.00 601R32200
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−21−115 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
− 601R31016 2024−T42 AL ALY
− 601R31017 ALCD SH
− 601R31000
Skin Panel QQ−A−250/5
− 601R31019 2024−T62 AL ALY
− 601R31021 ALCD SH
− 601R31063
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
NOTE: As required, remove the components that follow in the inspection area, to
get access to the internal structure and skin panels:
(1) Remove the necessary main passenger cabin ceiling−panels (refer to AMM TASK
25−26−07−000−801 or TASK 25−26−07−000−802 or TASK
25−26−07−000−803
(2) Remove the necessary sidewall panels (refer to AMM TASK 25−26−01−000−801).
(3) Remove the necessary Dado Panels (refer to AMM TASK 25−26−02−000−802).
(4) Remove the wardrobe unit (refer to AMM TASK 25−24−01−000−801 or TASK
25−24−02−000−801 or TASK 25−24−02−000−802).
(5) If required, remove the galley (refer to AMM TASK 25−31−01−000−801 or TASK
25−31−01−000−802)
(6) Remove the necessary overhead storage compartment (refer to AMM TASK
25−23−01−000−801 or TASK 25−23−01−000−802 or TASK
25−23−01−000−804).
(7) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−21−115 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(8) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).


(9) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(10) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(11) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Skin Panel and Interior Structure from FS280.00 to FS409.00,
and between STGR17L to STGR17R
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the stringers, the frames and the internal skin surfaces from FS280.00 to
FS409.00 above the floor level for cracks corrosion, and other damage. Pay
particular attention to structure local to the passenger door and service door cut
outs.
(2) Examine the external skin panel surfaces from FS280.00 to FS409.00, above the
floor level for cracks, corrosion and other damage. Pay particular attention to
structure local to the passenger door and service door cut outs.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. Install the overhead storage compartment in the area (refer to AMM TASK
25−23−01−400−801 or TASK 25−23−01−400−802 or TASK 25−23−01−400−803).
F. If required, install the galley (refer to AMM TASK 25−31−01−400−801 or TASK
25−31−01−400−802)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−21−115 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

G. Install the wardrobe unit (refer to AMM TASK 25−24−01−400−801 or TASK


25−24−02−400−801 or TASK 25−24−02−400−802).
H. Install the Dado Panels in the area (refer to AMM TASK 25−26−02−400−801).
I. Install the sidewall panels in the area (refer to AMM TASK 25−26−01−400−801).
J. Install the main passenger cabin ceiling−panels in the area (refer to AMM TASK
25−26−07−400−801 or TASK 25−26−07−400−802 or TASK 25−26−07−400−803
K. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−21−115 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3
FS 310.00

2
FS 295.00

1
FS 280.00

STR 0

BULKHEAD
AT FS 280.00
(REF)

NOTE
Examine the
shaded area
Examine inner
STR 17 and outer skin
rnd5321115_001.dg, rt, 26/06/01

Inspection of the Fuselage Skin Panels and Structure from FS280.00 to FS409.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−21−115 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

STR 0 8
FS 379.00

6
FS 349.00

STR 3

NOTE
Examine the
shaded area
rnd5321115_002.dg, rt, 26/06/01

3
Examine inner FS 310.00
and outer skin

1
FS 280.00

Inspection of the Fuselage Skin Panels and Structure from FS280.00 to FS409.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−21−115 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

10
STR 0 FS 409.00

9
FS 394.00

8
FS 379.00
7
FS 364.00

NOTE
Examine the
shaded area
Examine inner
and outer skin

WL 73.00
(REF)
STR 17
rnd5321115_003.dg, rt, 26/06/01

Inspection of the Fuselage Skin Panels and Structure from FS280.00 to FS409.00
Figure 1 (Figure 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


53−21−115 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

STR 3

STR 9

STR 0

BULKHEAD
AT FS 280.00
(REF)

NOTE
Examine the
shaded area
Examine inner
and outer skin
STR 17

WL 73.00
(REF)
1
FS 280.00
rnd5321115_004.dg, rt, 26/06/01

4
FS 319.00

Inspection of the Fuselage Skin Panels and Structure from FS280.00 to FS409.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8


53−21−115 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

10
FS 409.00
STR 0
9
FS 394.00
8
FS 379.00
7
FS 364.00
6
FS 349.00

STR 9

NOTE
Examine the
shaded area
Examine inner
and outer skin

NOTE
North American aircraft
configuration shown

WL 73.00
(REF)
rnd5321115_005.dg, rt, 26/06/01

STR 17

Inspection of the Fuselage Skin Panels and Structure from FS280.00 to FS409.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 5)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 9


53−21−115 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

10
FS 409.00
STR 0
9
FS 394.00
8
FS 379.00
7
FS 364.00
6
FS 349.00

STR 9

NOTE
Examine the
shaded area
Examine inner
and outer skin

NOTE
European aircraft
configuration shown

WL 73.00
(REF)
rnd5321115_006.dg, rt, 26/06/01

STR 17
Inspection of the Fuselage Skin Panels and Structure from FS280.00 to FS409.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 6)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 10


53−21−115 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE POTABLE−WATER SERVICING−DOOR CUT−OUT

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the potable−water servicing door
cut−out from frame FS333.00 to FS379.00, between STGR18R and STGR21R for
cracks, corrosion and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 142 (Refer to the NDTM Part 1 General Information, 51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access is by interior of the main avionics compartment or/and the cabin floor and by
the exterior fuselage.
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
Frame Sector − 7050−T7452 AL ALY
1 601R32005 BAMS 514−005
FS349.00 EXTRN
Frame Sector −
2 7075−T62 AL ALY
FS364.00 601R32007
ALCD SH
3 Splice Angle QQ−A−250/13
7075−T6 AL ALY
4 Shim
ALCD SH
2024−T42 AL ALY
5 Angle
ALCD SH
601R38316
2024−T3 AL ALY
6 Support Plate QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
7 [3] 2024−T42 AL ALY
Former Segments
8 ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.
NOTE [3]: If installed.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−21−118 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
2024−T42 AL ALY
9 Skin Panel 601R31021 QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
The Hartwell
10 Hinge Assembly H971−1 −
Corporation
11 Stringer S6807−T −
601R31021
12 Doubler 2024−T3 AL ALY SH QQ−A−250/4
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.
NOTE [3]: If installed.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−20−09), if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Procedure
(1) Open the main−avionics compartment door 811 (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 52) or
remove the passenger−compartment floor panel 242CRF (Refer to AMM TASK
53−01−01−000−802).
(2) If access inspection area through the floor, remove the necessary lightning
protection panels (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−000−806).
(3) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(4) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(5) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(6) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(7) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−21−118 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Inspection for Damage to the Potable−Water Servicing−Door Cut−Out


Refer to the shaded area in Figure 1.
A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Internal inspection
(a) Examine the surround structure of the potable−water servicing−door cut−out
and the internal skin, local frames, stringers and other components from
FS349.00 to FS364.00, between STGR18R and STGR21R for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage. Give special attention to the hinge assembly and their
attachment to the surround structure.
(b) Examine the internal skin and other internal components from FS333.00 to
FS349.00 and also from FS364.00 to FS379.00, between STGR19R and
STGR20R for cracks corrosion, and other damage.
(2) External Inspection
(a) Examine the external skin panels from FS333.00 to FS379.00, between
STGR18R and STGR21R for cracks corrosion, and other damage. Pay
particular attention to the fastener holes and cut−out edge.
(b) Examine all fasteners in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded
or other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. If access inspection area through the floor, install the lightning protection panels (refer to
AMM TASK 53−01−01−400−806
F. Close the main−avionics compartment door 811 (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 52) or install
the passenger−compartment floor panel 242CRF (Refer to AMM TASK
53−01−01−400−802).
G. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−21−118 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FORMER
SEGMENT
7
FRAME
SECTOR
1
SKIN PANEL
9

FORMER
SEGMENT
FS 379.00 8

STR 18R
ANGLE
5

FS 364.00
DOOR STR 19R
ASSEMBLY
(REF)
FS 352.37
STR 20R
NOTES
FS 349.00
Examine the shaded area. STR 21R
FORMER
If installed. SEGMENT FS 333.00
7

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

HINGE FRAME SECTOR


2
ASSEMBLY
10 SHIM
SPLICE ANGLE
FORMER 3 4
SEGMENT
8 ANGLE
rnd5321118_001.dg, ab/ik, 23/04/01

SKIN PANEL 5
9 DOUBLER
12

B C − C
Inspection of the Potable−Water Servicing−Door Cut−Out
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−21−118 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

STRINGER
11
STR 18R
SUPPORT PLATE
6
STR 19R

STR 20R

STR 21R

STRINGER
11

FS 379.00

FRAME SECTOR FS 364.00


2

FS 349.00
SKIN PANEL
9
rnd5321118_002.dg, ab/ik, 20/04/01

FS 333.00

VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD

Inspection of the Potable−Water Servicing−Door Cut−Out


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−21−118 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FORWARD OR REAR LAVATORY SERVICING DOOR CUT−OUT


AND INTERNAL STRUCTURE

AWL 53−21−119

1. General
A. The detailed inspection is used to examine the surround structure and service door cutout
that follows for cracks, corrosion and other damage:
− If applicable, the forward lavatory from FS280.00 to FS320.00, between STGR19R and
STGR23R
− The aft lavatory from FS559.00+80 to FS559.00+112, between STGR20R and
STGR23R.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially available High intensity light source
Commercially available Inspection mirror
Commercially available Borescope (If necessary)

B. Parts

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
1 Frame Sector − FS310.00 601R32002 7075−T62 AL
2 Frame Sector − FS295.00 601R32001 ALY ALCD SH
3 Angle
4 Intercostal
601R38329 −
5 Skin Panel
6 Support Plate
MS28257C5−
7 Door Hinge Assembly −
1100
2024−T42 AL
8 Skin Panel 601R31021
ALY SH
9 Door Hinge Assembly 601R35232
10 Frame Sector − FS559.00+112 601R32217 7075−T62 AL
11 Frame − FS559.00+96 601R32216 ALY ALCD SH
12 Diaphragm 601R39000 −

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−21−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
2024−T42 AL
13 Skin Panel 601R38328
ALY ALCD SH
2024−T3 AL ALY
14 Doubler 601R39000
ALCD SH

C. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−01−000−801 Removal of the Single Layer
Fiberglass Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−01−400−801 Installation of the Single
Layer Fiberglass Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−802 Removal of the Passenger
Compartment Floor Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−804 Removal of the Cargo
Compartment Floor Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−400−802 Installation of the Passenger
Compartment Floor Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−400−804 Installation of the Cargo
Compartment Floor Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 53−82−01−000−811 Removal of the Aft−Panel
Wing Fairing
CSP A−001 AMM 53−82−01−400−811 Installation of the Aft−Panel
Wing Fairing

D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 51−25−56−390−802 Water−Displacing Corro-
sion−Inhibiting Compound
CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
CSP A−008 SRM 51−26−00 Cleaning

4. Job Set−Up
A. If applicable, do as follows for the forward lavatory:
(1) Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics compartment door
142AR Door

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−21−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(2) If necessary, remove the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


232BRF Floor CSP−A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−802
232CRF Floor CSP−A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−802
(3) Remove or lift the single−layer fiberglass insulation as necessary to get to the
inspection area (AMM 25−81−01−000−801).
B. Do as follows for the aft lavatory:
(1) Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
196AR Door
(2) Remove the aft−panel wing fairing (AMM 53−82−01−000−811).
(3) Remove the floor panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


282ERF Floor CSP−A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−804
282HRF Floor CSP−A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−804
(4) Remove or lift the single−layer fiberglass insulation as necessary to get to the
inspection area (AMM 25−81−01−000−801).
C. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
D. If necessary, remove the water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) with a
lint−free cloth and solvent (SRM 51−26−00).
E. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
A. If applicable, do as follows for the forward lavatory:
(1) Examine the forward−lavatory service−door−cutout and surround structure, the
fuselage internal and external skin, local frames and stringers from FS280.00 to
FS320.00, between STGR19R and STGR23R for cracks, corrosion and other
damage.
(2) Pay particular attention to the hinge assembly and its attachment to the surround
structure.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
B. Do as follows for the aft lavatory:
(1) Examine the aft−lavatory service−cutout and surround structure, the fuselage
internal and external skin, local frames and stringers from FS559.00+80 to
FS559.00+112, between STGR20R and STGR23R for cracks, corrosion and other
damage.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−21−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(2) Pay particular attention to the hinge assembly and its attachment to the surround
structure.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
C. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
B. If necessary, apply water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) to the
applicable surfaces (TASK 51−25−56−390−802).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. If applicable, do as follows for the forward lavatory:
(1) Install the single−layer fiberglass insulation (AMM 25−81−01−400−801).
(2) If removed, install the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


232BRF Floor CSP−A−001 AMM 53−01−01−400−802
232CRF Floor CSP−A−001 AMM 53−01−01−400−802

(3) Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics compartment door
142AR Door

E. Do as follows for the aft lavatory:


(1) Install the single−layer fiberglass insulation (AMM 25−81−01−400−801).
(2) Install the floor panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


282ERF Floor CSP−A−001 AMM 53−01−01−400−804
282HRF Floor CSP−A−001 AMM 53−01−01−400−804

(3) Install the aft−panel wing fairing (AMM 53−82−01−400−811).


(4) Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
196AR Door

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−21−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 320.00
A
C
FS 310.00

FS 295.00

STGR 19R
B

FS 280.00

STGR 20R

STGR 21R

STGR 22R
rnd5321119_001.dg, kp, October 3, 2013

NOTE
Examine the shaded STGR 23R
area.

A
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

Detailed Inspection of the Forward or Rear Lavatory Servicing Door Cut−Out and Internal
Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−21−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
1. Frame sector − FS310.00. 3
2. Frame sector − FS295.00.
7
3. Angle.
4 5
4. Intercostal.
5. Skin panel.
6. Support plate.
7. Door hinge assembly.
8. Skin panel.
FS 295.00

8
STGR
19R

2
STGR FS 310.00
20R
8
STGR 6
21R

1
STGR
22R

STGR
23R

FS 280.00

rnd5321119_002.dg, kp, October 11, 2013

NOTE
Examine the shaded
area.

VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD FS 320.00

Detailed Inspection of the Forward or Rear Lavatory Servicing Door Cut−Out and Internal
Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6
53−21−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
9. Door hinge assembly. 9

NOTE
Examine the shaded area.
rnd5321119_003.dg, kp, October 11, 2013

Detailed Inspection of the Forward or Rear Lavatory Servicing Door Cut−Out and Internal
Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7
53−21−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
Examine the shaded area.

FS 559.00
+112.00
F
STGR
20R G FS 559.00
+100.00
FS 559.00
+96.00
STGR
21R

STGR FS 559.00
22R +80.00

STGR
23R

rnd5321119_004.dg, kp, October 11, 2013

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

Detailed Inspection of the Forward or Rear Lavatory Servicing Door Cut−Out and Internal
Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 4)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8
53−21−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND NOTE
10. Frame sector − FSS559.00 + 112.00. Examine the shaded area.
11. Frame sector − FSS559.00 + 96.00.
12. Diaphragm.
13. Skin panel.
14. Doubler.

STGR
20R
13
11
STGR
21R

12
STGR
22R 14
10
STGR
23R

FS 559.00
+80

rnd5321119_005.dg, kp, October 11, 2013

G
VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD

Detailed Inspection of the Forward or Rear Lavatory Servicing Door Cut−Out and Internal
Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 5)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 9
53−21−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE CIRCUMFERENTIAL FUSELAGE SPLICE AT FS280.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine fuselage skin panels, splice
straps, and butt strap at FS280.00 between STGR8L and STGR8R, and between
STGR11L and STGR11R for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
equivalent unless specified.

B. Reference Information
(1) For additional data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zones 231 and 232 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03)

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external fuselage surface, through the passenger door, and through
the main avionics compartment door.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
601R33010
601R31016
601R31017
601R31020
1 Panel Skin
Panel,
601R31021 2024−T42 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
601R31022 ALCD SH
601R31062
601R31063
2 Strap, Splice
600−33010
3 Strap, Butt
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−21−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T42 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
601R31057
7075−T62 AL ALY
ALCD SH
QQ−A−250/13
7075−T6 AL ALY
4 Angle, Splice
ALCD SH
600−31057
2024−T42 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
7050−T7451 AL ALY
601R31061 BAMS 516−003
PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity

A. All aircraft.
B. It is necessary to do NDTM TASK Part 6, 53−21−125 to complete the inspection of SSI
53−21−125.

3. Tools and Equipment

A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09).
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:


(1) Open the access doors that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main Avionics Compartment Door
832 Passenger Door
(2) Remove the crawlway panels 141AFL and 141BFL (refer to AMM Chapter 25).
(3) Remove the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


231CLF
Floor Panel CSP−A−001 53−01−01−000−802
232CRF

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−21−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(4) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(5) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(7) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(8) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Fuselage Skin Panels, Splice Straps, and Butt Strap

A. Inspection Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
(1) Examine the accessible areas that follow between STGR8L and STGR8R, and
between STGR11L and STGR11R for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
(a) Skin panels (1) external surfaces 4.0 in (101.6 mm.) forward to aft of FS280.00
(b) Splice straps (2) internal surfaces at STGR16, and STGR23 4.0 in (101.6 mm.)
forward to aft of FS280.00
(c) Butt strap (3) forward fastener row at FS279.00 and both fastener rows aft of
FS280.00.
(2) Examine all accessible splice angles (4) at all stringers location for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage. Make sure you carefully examine at STGR3L and STGR3R
location.
(3) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK 51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−02−400−801).
D. Install the access panels that follow:
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−21−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


221AFL 53−01−01−400−801
231CLF Floor Panel CSP−A−001
53−01−01−400−802
232CRF

E. Install the crawlway panels 141AFL and 141BFL (refer to AMM Chapter 25).
F. Close the access doors that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main Avionics Compartment Door
832 Passenger Door

G. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−21−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS280.00
NOTES
Left side is shown, right
side is almost the same.
Area to be inspected.

LEGEND
B 1. Panel, skin.

STGR 22

STGR 23

STGR 24
4.0 in. 4.0 in.
UP

(101.6 mm) (101.6 mm)


FWD
rnd5321125_009.dc, gw/kmw, dec18/2009

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

Inspection of the Skin Panels, Splice Straps, and Butt Strap


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−21−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
Left side is shown,
right side is almost
the same. STGR16
is shown, STGR23 FS280.00
is almost the same.

LEGEND
1. Panel skin.
2. Strap, splice.
3. Strap, butt.

STGR 16

1
FS280.00
BULKHEAD
(REF)

FLOOR SILL
STGR 17 (REF)
rnd5321125_010.dg, gw/kmw, dec18/2009

B
UP

VIEW LOOKING OUTBOARD


FWD

Inspection of the Skin Panels, Splice Straps, and Butt Strap


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−21−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS280.00
NOTES
Left side is shown, right
side is almost the same.
C Examine shaded area.
2 Splice angle at STGR3 shown,
typical for all inspection areas.

LEGEND
1. Panel, skin.
4. Angle, splice.

STGR3
2 (REF)

rnd5321125_011.dc, gv, dec23/2009


UP

FS280.00 4

C FWD

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

Inspection of the Skin Panels, Splice Straps, and Butt Strap


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


53−21−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE PHASE IV PASSENGER DOOR CUT−OUT UPPER AND LOWER
SILLS
AWL 53−21−126
1. General
A. This inspection is used to visually examine the passenger door upper sill and lower
sill, support frames, local skin, and related structure for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft post MODSUM TC601R13193 (Phase IV passenger door).

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially Available Explosion Proof−Flashlight
Commercially Available Mirror−Telescopic
Commercially Available Magnifying Glass − 10 Power

B. Parts

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
7050−T73651 AL
1 Latch Bracket 600−31925
ALY PL
2024−T8511
2 Hinge Half 600−31529
EXTRN
3 Lower Sill 601R31522 7075−T73652
4 Upper Sill 601R31527 clad
7050−T73651 AL
5 Open Lock Arrester 601R31722
ALY PL
6 Frame 310.00 601R32002 7075−T62 AL
7 Frame 349.00 601R32005 ALY ALCD SH
2024−T42 AL
8 Skin Panel 601R31000
ALY ALCD SH
9 Anchor Fitting 601R38074 7075−T651 AL
10 Stop Plate 601R38075 ALY SH
Strap 601R31527
7075−T6
7075 T6 AL ALY
601R31527
ALCD SH
− 601R31522
Doubler
2024−T3 AL ALY
601R38338
ALCD SH
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−21−126 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
7075−T73652
Sill Fitting 600−31523
clad

6061−0 AL ALY
Gutter 600−31016
SH
C. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−01−000−801 Removal of the Single Layer
Fiberglass Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−02−000−801 Removal of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−01−400−801 Installation of the Single
Layer Fiberglass Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−02−400−801 Installation of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−802 Removal of the Passenger
Compartment Floor Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−806 Removal of the Lightning
Protection Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−400−802 Installation of the Passenger
Compartment Floor Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−410−801 Installation of the Lightning
Protection Panels
D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 51−25−56−390−802 Water−Displacing Corro-
sion−Inhibiting Compound
CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
CSP A−008 SRM 51−26−00 Cleaning
4. Job Set−Up
A. Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
832 Passenger door
B. Remove the left windscreen (AMM 25−24−04−000−801).
C. Remove the wardrobe (AMM 25−24−01−000−801).
D. Remove the passenger seats corresponding to the inspection area (AMM
25−21−01−000−801).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−21−126 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

E. Remove the overhead storage compartments corresponding to the inspection area (AMM
25−23−01−000−801).

F. Remove the sidewall panels corresponding to the inspection area


(AMM25−26−01−000−801).
G. Remove the floor panel that follows:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


241CLF Floor panel CSP−A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−802

H. Remove the lightning protection panel corresponding to the inspection area (231CLF)
(AMM 53−01−01−000−806).
I. Remove or lift the single−layer fiberglass insulation as necessary to get to the inspection
area (AMM 25−81−01−000−801).
J. Remove or lift the fiberglass and foam insulation as necessary to get to the inspection
area (AMM 25−81−02−000−801).
K. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
L. If necessary, remove the water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) with a
lint−free cloth and solvent (SRM 51−26−00).
M. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
A. Do the detailed inspection of the parts as follows:
(1) Examine the upper and lower passenger door sills, the sill members, the inner flange
doublers, and the fuselage skin doublers, for cracks, corrosion and other damage.
Pay particular attention to the corners of the passenger door cut−out, the hinge and
the latch fitting attachments.
(2) Examine the external and internal top and lower skin panels along the length of the
upper and lower sill panels for cracks, corrosion and other damage.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
B. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).
6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
B. If necessary, apply water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) to the
applicable surfaces (TASK 51−25−56−390−802).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. Install the single−layer fiberglass insulation (AMM 25−81−01−400−801).
E. Install the fiberglass and foam insulation (AMM 25−81−02−400−801).
F. Install the lightning protection panel removed for the inspection (AMM
53−01−01−410−801).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−21−126 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

G. Install the floor panel that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


241CLF Floor panel CSP−A−001 AMM 53−01−01−400−802

H. Install the overhead storage compartments removed for the inspection (AMM
25−23−01−400−801).

I. Install the sidewall panels removed for the inspection (AMM25−26−01−400−801).


J. Install the passenger seats removed for the inspection (AMM 25−21−01−400−801).
K. Install the wardrobe (AMM 25−24−01−400−801).
L. Install the left windscreen (AMM 25−24−04−400−801).
M. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
832 Passenger door

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−21−126 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 280.00
A FS 295.00

FS 333.00 FS 310.00
FS 319.70
B 2

FS 349.00
1

FS 364.00

STR 3L

2
1

1
STR 11L

1
2
rnd5321126_001.dg, rm, 15/08/00

STR 17L
NOTE

A 1 Examine shaded area.


STR 19L
2 Examine inner and outer skin.

Inspection of the Phase IV Passenger Door Upper and Lower Sills


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−21−126 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 319.70
FS 321.50 1

FS 333.00

UPPER
FS 364.00 SILL
4
2

STR 2L

SKIN
8 FS 295.00
6
FRAME
C 310.00
STR 3L
NOTE
1
7 1 Examine shaded area.
STR 4L B
FRAME
349.00 2 Examine inner and outer skin.

FS 349.00

FS 333.00
STR 2L
FS 321.50
STR 3L
FS 310.00
STR 4L
FS 295.00

SKIN
8

1
2
rnd5321126_002.dg, rm, 17/08/00

FS 364.00

1 5
LATCH OPEN LOCK
BRACKET ARRESTER 1 4
LATCH UPPER
C BRACKET SILL

Inspection of the Phase IV Passenger Door Upper and Lower Sills


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−21−126 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

STOP
ANCHOR PLATE
FITTING 10
9
ANCHOR 1
LOWER
FS 349.00 FITTING SILL
STOP 9 HINGE
3
PLATE HALF
2
10 STR 19L

SKIN
8

FS 310.00
STR 17L
FS 319.70

FS 333.00
NOTES
STR 18L E
1 Examine shaded area.
D
2 Examine inner and outer skin.
FS 349.00 3 Structure and outer skin
removed for clarity.

1 FS 310.00

1 rnd5321126_003.dg , rm, 17/08/00

3 STR 17L
LOWER
SILL 2
HINGE
HALF
E
VIEW LOOKING UP AT LOWER SILL 3
Inspection of the Phase IV Passenger Door Upper and Lower Sills
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


53−21−126 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR CUT−OUT FRAMES AND INTERNAL BACKUP


STRUCTURE

1. General

A. Function
This inspection is used to visually examine the forward and aft frames of the cut−out for
the passenger door and one stringer bay above and below the door cut−out for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
The inspection area is in Zones 141, 231, and 241 (Refer to the NDTM, Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the cabin interior and by the fuselage exterior.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM No. DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T42 AL ALY AMS
1 Skin Panel
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
601R31016
AMS
2 Doubler 2024−T3 AL ALY SH
QQ−A−250/4
3 601R32031 7475−T7351 AL ALY
Frame BAMS 516−002
4 601R32070 FORG
2024−T42 AL ALY AMS
5 Skin Panel
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
601R31062
AMS
6 Doubler 2024−T42 AL ALY SH
QQ−A−250/4
2024−T42 AL ALY AMS
7 Skin panel 601R31020
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
Note [1]: Parts that do not include an item number are not called out in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−21−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ITEM No. DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
AMS
8 Doubler 601R31020 2024−T3 AL ALY SH
QQ−A−250/4
2024−T3 AL ALY AMS
9 Skin Panel
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
601R31018
AMS
10 Doubler 2024−T3 AL ALY SH
QQ−A−250/4
Note [1]: Parts that do not include an item number are not called out in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
All aircraft post Modsum TC601R13193 (phase 4 passenger door).

3. Tools and Equipment


Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the floor panel 231CLF (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−000−802).
(2) Remove the lightning protection panels (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−000−806).
(3) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(4) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(5) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
(6) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(7) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection of the Passenger Door Cut−Out Frames and Internal Back−Up Structure
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.
A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the two frames along the edges of the passenger door cut−out and one
stringer bay above and below (between STGR2 and STGR19) for cracks corrosion,
and other damage. Give particular attention at the corners of the cut−out and at the
attachment areas of the pin stop fittings.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−21−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(2) Examine the interior back−up structure local to all the fittings for cracks, corrosion
and other damage.
(3) Examine the interior and exterior of the fuselage skin between FS295.00 and
FS364.00 between STGR2 and STRG19 for cracks, corrosion and other damage.
(4) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. Install the lightning protection panels (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−410−801)
F. Install the floor panel 231CLF (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−400−802).
G. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−21−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS280.00
A FS295.00

FS333.00 FS310.00
FS319.70
B
FS349.00

FS364.00

PIN STOP
FITTING
(REF)
STGR3L

PIN STOP
FITTING
(REF) 5
6 2
4

3
STGR11L

9
2 10
rnd5321127_001.dg, rm/lr, oct03/2007

NOTES
STGR17L 7
2 8
1. Examine shaded area.

A 2 Examine skin and doublers.


STGR19L

Inspection of the Passenger Door Cut−Out Frames and Internal Back−Up Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−21−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES

1. Examine shaded area.


2 Examine skin and doublers.
FS319.70
FS321.50
1
2
FS333.00

FS364.00
1
2

3
STGR2L FS295.00

FS310.00
4

STGR3L

STGR4L B
FS349.00

rnd5321127_002.dg, rm/lr, oct03/2007

Inspection of the Elevator Front Spar Assembly


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−21−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR FITTINGS ON THE FUSELAGE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the passenger door latch bracket and
latch pin fittings on the upper sill, bearing rod, pin stop and tension button fittings on
the sides of the passenger−door cut−out for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zone 230 (Refer to the NDTM, Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) It is necessary to open the passenger door.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM No. DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
1 Latch Bracket 600−31895 TI 6AL−6V−2SN CMS 514−02
2 Latch Pin 600−31450 PH13−8 Mo. Steel AMS 5629, H1000
3 Pin Stop Fitting 601R38388
AMS 5629,
5629 H1000
4 Bearing Rod 601R38389 CRES PH13−8 Mo.
5 Tension Button Fitting 600−31497 AMS 5629, H1050
Note [1]: Parts that do not include an item number are not called out in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
Aircraft post Modsum TC601R13193.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−21−128 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Open the passenger door.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless they show
deterioration or local damage.
(3) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).

5. Inspection of the Passenger Door Fittings on the Fuselage


Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the fittings that follow:
− Two latch brackets (1) and pins (2)
− Four pin stop fittings (3) and bearing rods (4)
− Four tension button fittings (5).
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

B. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


(1) All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
(2) All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
(3) Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
(4) For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−21−128 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−21−128 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

C A

B
NOTES
1. Aft side shown, A
forward side opposite.
2. Examine the shaded area.
B

rnd5321128_001.dg, lr, oct16/2007

A 1
C

Inspection of the Passenger Door Fittings on the Fuselage


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−21−128 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PASSENGER DOOR PIANO−HINGE HALF ON THE FUSELAGE SIDE

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the passenger door piano−hinge half on
the fuselage side.
B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location
(1) The passenger door hinge is in Zone 832 (refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Remove these components in the inspection area as follows:
− The passenger door hinge fairings
− The top step panel (lift this panel to get access to the hinge).
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. NUMBER
S−6871 Al. Alloy
1 Hinge Half 600−31529 [1] 2024−T8511
Extrusion
S−6871 Al. Alloy
1 Hinge Half 601R31671 [2] 2024−T8511
Extrusion
AMS 5659 COND.
2 Hinge Pin 600−31445−5/−7 15−5PH
H1100
NOTE [1]: Aircraft 7003−7078
NOTE [2]: Aircraft 7079−8400

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−21−129 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Inspection mirror.
4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(a) Remove the access panels that follow (Refer to Part 1, 51−01−04):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


141AL Passenger door hinge fairing
141BL Passenger door hinge fairing

(b) Remove the top step panel 832ET (lift this panel to get access to the door
hinge and door structure) (Refer to AMM Task 52−11−04−000−801)
(c) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the part unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(d) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the
finish (Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).
5. Inspection for Damage to the Passenger Door Piano−Hinge Half on the Fuselage Side
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the passenger door hinge pin (2) for damage or corrosion.
NOTE: It is not necessary to fully remove the hinge pin (2) from the hinge. Pull the
pin out halfway on each side.
If necessary, support the door while you examine the hinge pin (2).
(2) Examine the passenger door hinge half for cracks or damage to the lugs.
(3) Examine the passenger door hinge with the door in the open position and in the
closed position.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−21−129 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
1. Half hinge.
2. Hinge pin.
A

NOTE
Shaded area is
to be inspected.

A rnd5321129_001.dg, lr, may11/2007

Inspection of the Passenger Door Piano−Hinge Half on the Fuselage Side


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−21−129 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of damage or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the top step panel 832ET (Refer to AMM Task 52−11−04−400−801).
C. Install the panels that follow (Refer to Part 1, 51−01−04):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


141AL Passenger door hinge fairing
141BL Passenger door hinge fairing

D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−21−129 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE ADF AND DME ANTENNAS CUT−OUTS

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the components that follow for cracks,
corrosion and other damage:
− The ADF antenna cut−out at FS409+74 and STGR0 (BL0.00).
− The two DME antennas cut−outs at FS409+55, between STGR25 and STGR26,
at LBL9.00 and RBL9.00 respectively.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1− General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection areas are in Zone 260 for the ADF antenna and Zones 140 for the two
DME antennas (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area for the ADF antenna cut−out is by the external top
skin panel at FS409.00+74 and STGR0.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the ADF antenna at FS409.00+74 to inspect its
cut−out.
(2) Access to the inspection area for each DME antenna cut−out is by the external
bottom skin panel at FS409.00+55, between STGR25 and STGR26, at LBL9.00 and
RBL9.00 respectively.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the two DME antennas at FS409.00+55 to
inspect their cut−outs.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Top skin panel 601R38320−3 2024−T3 Al Alloy
y
QQ−A−250/5
2 Bottom skin panel 601R38323−3 Clad Sheet
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1 and Figure 2.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the ADF antenna at FS409.00+74 and the two DME antennas at
FS409.00+55 (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 34).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00),
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(3) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the ADF Antenna Cut−Out at FS409.00+74


Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) At FS409.00+74 and STGR0 (BL0.00), do the inspection that follows:
(a) Examine the external surface of the top skin panel 4.00 in. (102.00 mm) around
the antenna cut−out for cracks or corrosion. Pay attention to fastener holes.
(b) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent,
corroded, or other unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES A
ADF antenna removed for clarity.

Examine the shaded area.

TOP FS 409.00+64
SKIN PANEL STR 1L
1

STR 0
(BL 0.00)

FS 409.00+74
STR 1R

4.00 in.
(102.00 mm)
ALL AROUND
FS 409.00+80

rnd5341101_001.dg, ab/ik, 23/07/01

VIEW LOOKING DOWN

Inspection of the ADF Antenna Cut−Out at FS409.00+74 and STGR0 (BL0.00)


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Inspection for Damage to the DME Antennas Cut−Out at FS409.00+55


Refer to the area shaded in Figure 2.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) At FS409.00+55 and at LBL9.00, between STGR25L and STGR26L, do the
inspection that follows:
(a) Examine the external surface of the bottom skin panel 4.00 inches (102.00 mm)
around the antenna cut−outs for cracks or corrosion. Pay attention to fastener
holes.
(b) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent,
corroded, or other unserviceable condition.

7. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

8. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the ADF antenna at FS409.00+74 (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 34).
C. Install the two DME antennas at FS409.00+55 (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 34).
D. Remove all tools, equipment and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
LBL 9.00 is shown.
RBL 9.00 is similar.
DME antenna removed
for clarity. A
Examine the shaded area.

4.00 in.
STR 26L FS 409.00+48
(102.00 mm)
ALL AROUND

BOTTOM
SKIN PANEL
2
FS 409.00+55

ANTENNA
CUT−OUT
LBL 9.00

FS 409.00+64 STR 25L


rnd5341101_002.dg, gw/ik, 23/07/01

A
VIEW LOOKING UP

Inspection of the DME Antenna Cut−Outs at FS409.00+55, Between STGR25L and STGR26L
Figure 2

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−41−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE EMERGENCY LANDING LIGHT CUT−OUT BETWEEN FS409.00+112 AND


FS409.00+128, BETWEEN STGR13 AND STGR14

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the fuselage skin between FS409.00+112
and FS409.00+128 and STGR13 and STGR14 around the emergency light cut−out
for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zones 251 and 252 (refer to NDTM Part 1 General, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by the external fuselage.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Skin Panel, (chem− 0.063 in. (1.60 mm) AMS
1 601R38321
milled) Alclad 2024−T3 QQ−A−250/5
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(1) Clean the inspection area (Refer to SRM 51−26−00).
(2) Is is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless they show deterioration
or local damage.
NOTE: If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove
the finish (Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Fuselage Skin at the Emergency Landing Light Cut−Out
between FS409.00+112 and FS409.00+128, STGR13 and STGR14
A. Inspection Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
NOTE: If the surfaces of the skin are painted, look at the paint condition (for signs of
cracks and corrosion).
(1) Examine the fuselage skin over an area of 4.00 in. (102.00 mm) around the cut−out
for the emergency landing light, for cracks, corrosion or other damage.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, corroded, or other unserviceable
condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1. Examine the shaded area.
2. Left side shown, right side
is almost the same.

4.00 in.
(102.00 mm)

FS409.00+128
FS409.00+112

STGR 14

rnd5341103_001.dg, gb, 07/04/08

EMERGENCY LANDING LIGHT


(REF)

Inspection of the Emergency Landing Light Cut−Out between FS409.00+112 and FS409.128,
between STGR13 and STGR14
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FORWARD AND AFT KEEL−BEAM LUGS AND THE FORWARD
KEEL−BEAM LINK−LUGS

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the structural components that follow for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
− Forward keel−beam bayonet−fitting lugs at FS409.00+114.65
− Forward keel−beam link−lugs at FS409.00+114.65 and FS409.00+128.00
− Aft keel−beam lugs at FS513.00.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 160 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external side of the fuselage and through the MLG bay.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Forward Keel−Beam
1 601R31072
Bayonet−Fitting
Forward Keel−Beam 7150−T7751 Al Aly Pl BAMS 516−006
2 601R31070
Links
3 Aft Keel−Beam Links 601R31059
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity

A. All aircraft for the forward keel−beam bayonet−fitting lugs and the forward keel−beam
link−lugs inspection.
B. All aircraft pre Modsum TC601R25147 for the aft keel−beam lugs inspection.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment

A. Use the equipment that follows:


− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:


(1) Remove the forward−fairing access panel (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−801).
(2) Remove the main landing gear wheel bins (refer to AMM TASK
53−83−01−000−801).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Forward Keel−Beam Bayonet−Fitting Lugs at


FS409.00+114.65, the Forward Keel−Beam Link−Lugs at FS409.00+114.65 and
FS409.00+128.00, and the Aft Keel−Beam Lugs at FS513.00

A. Inspection Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
(1) Examine the lugs of the forward keel−beam bayonet fittings (1) at FS409.00+114.65
and the local support structure for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine the lugs of the forward keel−beam links (2) at FS409.00+114.65 and
FS409.00+128.00 and the local support structure for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage.
(3) Examine the lugs of the aft keel−beam (3) at 513.00 and the local support structure
for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the main landing gear wheel bins (refer to AMM TASK 53−83−01−400−801).
D. Install the forward−fairing access panel (refer to AMM TASK 53−82−01−400−801).
E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

1 FS409.00 +112

2
NOTES
1. Pressure box omitted
for clarity.
2. Examine the shaded area.

FS409.00+128

A
FRONT SPAR
(REF)

REAR SPAR
(REF)

FS513.00
rnd5341104_001.dg, gb/lr, oct15/2008

Inspection of the Forward Keel−Beam Bayonet−Fittings, Forward Keel−Beam Links, and Aft
Keel−Beam Lugs
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−41−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE VHF NO. 3 ANTENNA CUT−OUT AT FS455.80 AND STGR0

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the external and internal
surface of the top skin panel at FS455.80 and STGR0 (BL0.00) around the VHF No. 3
antenna for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zone 260 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external fuselage surface and through the passenger compartment.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T3
1 Skin Panel 601R38324 QQ−A−250/5
AL ALY ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft with the VHF No. 3 antenna installed.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the necessary main passenger cabin ceiling−panel (refer to AMM TASK
25−26−07−000−801 or TASK 25−26−07−000−802 or TASK
25−26−07−000−803).
(2) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(3) Identify the locations to be inspected (refer to Figure 1).
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the VHF Antenna Cut−Out at FS455.80 and STGR0
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the external and internal surface of the top skin panel (1) 4.00 in. (102.00
mm) around the VHF antenna at FS455.80 and STGR0 (BL0.00) for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

E. Install the main passenger cabin ceiling−panel in the area (refer to AMM TASK
25−26−07−400−801 or TASK 25−26−07−400−802 or TASK 25−26−07−400−803
F. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1 Examine the shaded area.
2 Examine the inner and outer skin.
A

LEGEND
1. Top skin panel.

FS 461.50

STA449.85 STA455.865 STA461.50


ANTENNA
CUT−OUT 1 1
(REF)
4.00 in. 2
(102 mm)

STGR 0

rnd5341107_001.dg, jp,rb 15dec2008

A
VIEW LOOKING DOWN

Inspection of the VHF No. 3 Antenna Cut−Out at FS455.80 and STGR0 (BL0.00)
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE SKIN AT STGR5 AND FRAMES FS424.00, FS449.00, FS473.00, AND
FS513.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the external surface of the top
skin panel at the machined frames from FS409.00+128.00 to FS559.00 and from
STGR5L to STGR5R.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zones 263 and 264 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the fuselage external surface.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T3 Al Aly Alcd
1 Skin Panel 601R38324 QQ−A−250/5
Sh
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1 and Figure 2.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(3) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(4) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the External Surface of the Top Skin Panel From FS409.00+128.00
to FS559.00 and from STGR5L to STGR5R
Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the external surface of the top skin panel (1) 4.0 in. (101.6 mm) forward and
aft of the machined frames at FS424.00, FS449.85, FS473.15, and FS513.00
between STGR5L and STGR5R, and that includes the area above STGR6L and
STGR6R for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to the SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1 Examine the shaded area. LEGEND
2. Left side shown, right side 1. Skin panel.
is almost the same.
1
1
STA 1 STA
409.00 STA STA
424.00 449.85 473.15
+128.00

STGR 0

STGR 1

STGR 2

STGR 3

STGR 4

STGR 5

STGR 6
4.0 in. 4.0 in. 4.0 in.
(101.6mm) (101.6mm) (101.6mm)
rnd5341108_001.dg, rb, 27jan2009

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

Inspection of the External Surface of the Top Skin Panel at the Machined Frames From
FS409.00+128.00 to FS559.00 and From STGR6L to STGR6R.
Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−41−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

STA
409.00 STA
+128.00 559.00
B

NOTES
LEGEND 1 Examine the shaded area.
1. Skin panel.
2. Left side shown, right side
is almost the same. 1

STA 1 STA
513.00 559.00

STGR 0

STGR 1

STGR 2

STGR 3

STGR 4

STGR 5

STGR 6
4.0 in.
rnd5341108_002.dg, rb, 27jan2009

(101.6mm)

B
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

Inspection of the External Surface of the Top Skin Panel at the Machined Frames From
FS409.00+128.00 to FS559.00 and From STGR6L to STGR6R.
Figure 2
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−41−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE SKIN PANEL AT MACHINED FRAMES FROM FS409.00+128.00 TO


FS559.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the external surface of the side
skin panels at the machined frames from FS409.00+128.00 to FS559.00 and from
STGR6 to STGR17.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zones 261 and 262 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the fuselage external surface.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Skin Panel 601R38325 2024−T3 Al Aly
y Alcd
QQ−A−250/5
2 Skin Panel 601R38324 Sh
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−111 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(3) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(4) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the External Surface of the Side Skin Panels From FS409.00+128.00
to FS559.00 and from STGR6 to STGR17
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the external surface of the side skin panel (1) 4.0 in. (101.6 mm) forward
and aft of the machined frames at FS424.00, FS449.85, FS473.15, and FS513.00
between STGR6 and STGR17 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure
you carefully examine these areas:
− the final two 3/16 in (4.76 mm) diameter rivet holes in STGR13 at each frame
location.
− 6.0 in. (152.4 mm) forward and aft of each machined frames of the side (1) and
the top (2) skin panels below STGR5 to above STGR7.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to the SRM TASK
51−21−16).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−111 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−111 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1 4.0 in. (101.6 mm)
LEGEND
1. Skin panel. 2 Examine the shaded area.
2. Skin panel.
3. Left side shown, right side
is almost the same.
FS409.00 4 6.0 in. (152.4 mm)
+128.00

4 4
4 4 1
2 2 2 FS559.00

STGR5
STGR6
STGR7
STGR8
STGR9
STGR10
STGR11
STGR12
STGR13
STGR14
STGR15
STGR16
STGR17

1 1 1
1
rnd5341111_001.dg, lr, feb23/2009

1 1 1
UP

1
FWD
FS424.00 FS449.85 FS473.15 FS513.00

A
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD AT LEFT SKIN
Inspection of the External Surface of the Side Skin Panels at the Machined Frames From
FS409.00+128.00 to FS559.00 and From STGR5 to STGR17.
Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−41−111 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE EMERGENCY LIGHT CUT−OUTS AT FS416.50 AND FS491.50

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the external and internal
surfaces of the side skin panels around the emergency light cut−outs at FS416.50
and FS491.50, between STGR13 and STGR14 for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same unless specified.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zones 261 and 262 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external fuselage surface and through the passenger compartment.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T3
1 Skin Panel 601R38325 QQ−A−250/5
Al Aly Alcd Sh
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1 and Figure 2.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.
(2) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Side Skin Panels at FS416.50 and FS491.50, between STGR13
and STGR14
Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the external and internal surfaces of the side skin panel (1) 5.00 in. (127.00
mm) around the emergency light cut−outs at FS416.50 and FS491.50 between
STGR13 and STGR14 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−02−400−801).


D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A
NOTE
Left side shown.
Right side almost the same.

LEGEND
1. Skin panel. 1 5.00 in.
(127.00 mm)

EMERGENCY
LIGHT CUT−OUT
(REF)

rnd5341112_001.dg, jp/rb, 16oct2008

FS 409+128 FS 416.50 FS 424.00


EXAMINE THE
A SHADED AREA
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD
Inspection of the Side Skin Panel at FS416.50, between STGR13 and STGR14.
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE B
Left side shown.
Right side almost the same.
LEGEND
1. Skin panel.
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
STR 12 WINDOW CUT−OUT
(REF)

FS 491.50

STR 13

WL 95.8

STR 14

EMERGENCY
LIGHT CUT−OUT
5.00 in. EXAMINE THE (REF)
(127.00 mm) SHADED AREA
rnd5341112_002.dg, jp/rb, 13oct2008

STR 15

B
VIEW LOOKING
FS 484.00 FS 499.00
INBOARD
Inspection of the Side Skin Panel at FS491.50, between STGR13 and STGR14.
Figure 2

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−41−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE VERTICAL BEAMS ON FRAMES AT FS409.00+128 AND


FS559.00

AWL 53−41−116

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the forward side of the pressure bulkhead
web and the related structure below floor level at FS409.00+128 for cracks,
corrosion and other damage.
(2) This inspection is also used to visually examine the pressure bulkhead web. forward
and aft side, and the related structure below the floor level at FS559.00 for cracks,
corrosion and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1 for components at FS409.00+128.
Refer to Table 2 for components at FS559.00.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data for Components at FS409.00+128


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Frame, FS409.00+128 7075−T62 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/13
2 Vertical Beam 601R32208 ALCD SH
2024−T3 AL ALY
3 Bulkhead Web QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
2024−T42 AL ALY
4 Fuselage Skin QQ−A−250/5
601R32208 ALCD SH
5 Reinforcing Plate 7075−T62 A−023
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−116 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 2 − Part Identification Data for Components at FS559.00


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Frame, FS559.00 7075−T62 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/13
2 Vertical Beam ALCD SH

601R32026 2024−T3 AL ALY


3 Bulkhead Web QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
2024−T42 AL ALY
4 Fuselage Skin Q−A−250/5
ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 2.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Open the main avionic−compartment door 811 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).
(2) Remove the necessary floor panels that follow (Refer to AMM TASK
53−01−01−000−802):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


251ALF
251BLF
251CLF Floor panels (at FS409.00+128)
252BRF
252CRF
271ALF
271CLF
271ELF Floor panels (at FS559.00)
272CRF
272ERF
(3) Remove the MLG wheel bins to get access to the forward side of the pressure
bulkhead at FS559.00 (refer to AMM TASK 53−83−01−000−801).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−116 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(4) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(5) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2).
(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(7) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(8) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Vertical Beams of the Pressure Bulkhead Webs at
FS409.00+128 and FS559.00
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1 and Figure 2.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Do the inspection that follows at FS409.00+128 below the floor level:
Inspect the entire bulkhead web of FS409.00+128 below the floor level at WL 69.00
for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Pay particular attention to the vertical row
of fasteners on the vertical beams at BL0.00, LBL/RBL9.00, LBL/RBL18.00,
LBL/RBL27.00 and LBL/RBL36.00.
(2) Do the inspection that follows at FS559.00 below the floor level:
Inspect the entire bulkhead web of FS559.00 below the floor level at WL 69.00 for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Pay particular attention to the vertical row of
fasteners on the vertical beams at BL0.00, LBL/RBL9.00, LBL/RBL18.00,
LBL/RBL27.00 and LBL/RBL36.00.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−116 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. Install the floor panels that follow (Refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−400−802):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


251ALF
251BLF
251CLF Floor panels (at FS409.00+128)
252BRF
252CRF
271ALF
271CLF
271ELF Floor panels (at FS559.00)
272CRF
272ERF

F. Close the main avionic−compartment door 811 (refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).
G. Install the MLG wheel well bins (refer to AMM TASK 53−83−01−400−801).
H. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−116 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
1 Examine the shaded area.

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)

RBL 36.00

RBL 27.00
RBL 18.00

RBL 9.00

BL 0.00 VERTICAL
BEAM
FUSELAGE LBL 9.00 2
SKIN
4 LBL 18.00

LBL 27.00

LBL 36.00

VERTICAL BEAM
2

REINFORCING
PLATE
5
rnd5341116_001.dg, ab/as, 06/06/01

BULKHEAD WEB
3 1

FRAME
1
VIEW LOOKING AFT
AT FS409.00 + 128
Inspection of the Vertical Beams of the Pressure Bulkhead Web at FS409.00+128 − Below Floor
Level
Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−41−116 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE 2.00 in.


1 Examine the shaded area. (50.80 mm)

RBL 36.00
RBL 27.00
RBL 18.00
RBL 9.00
BL 0.00
FUSELAGE
LBL 9.00 SKIN
LBL 18.00 4
VERTICAL
BEAM LBL 27.00
2
LBL 36.00

BULKHEAD WEB
3
1
VERTICAL BEAM
2
FRAME
1
rnd5341116_002.dg, as, 06/06/01

VIEW LOOKING FORWARD


AT FS 559.00
Inspection of the Vertical Beams of the Pressure Bulkhead Web at FS559.00 − Below Floor Level
Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−41−116 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

VERTICAL
BEAM
2

NOTE
1 Examine the shaded area.

RBL 36.00

RBL 27.00

RBL 18.00

RBL 9.00

BL 0.00
LBL 9.00

LBL 18.00

LBL 27.00
LBL 36.00

1 rnd5341116_003.dg, as, 06/06/01

VIEW LOOKING AFT


AT FS 559.00

Inspection of the Vertical Beams of the Bulkhead Web at FS559.00 − Below Floor Level
Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


53−41−116 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE BULKHEAD WEBS AT FS409.00+128 AND FS559.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the components that follow for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage:
− Forward side of the bulkhead web and the related structure below floor level at
FS409.00+128
− Bulkhead web and the related structure below floor level at FS559.00.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1, General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The areas of inspection are in Zones 151, 152, 163, 164, 171, and 172 (refer to
NDTM Part 1 General, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the bulkhead area at FS409.00+128 is by the main avionics compartment,
and through the interior of the passenger compartment floors.
(2) Access to the bulkhead at FS559.00 is through the interior of the passenger
compartment floors and by the MLG wheel well.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1 and Table 2.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data for the Bulkhead at FS409.00+128


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
7075−T62 AL ALY AMS
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/13
1 Frame Angle
2024−T42 AL ALY AMS
601R32208
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
7075−T62 AL ALY AMS
Angle
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/13
2
7475−T7351 AL ALY BAMS 516−002
Corner Angle 601R38567
PL (CMS 516−02)
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data for the Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Continued)


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
7075−T62 AL ALY AMS
Angle 601R32208
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/13
3
7475−T7351 AL ALY BAMS 516−002
Joint Angle 601R38568
PL (CMS 516−02)
7075−T62 AL ALY AMS
4 Reinforcing Angle
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/13
2024−T3 AL ALY AMS
5 Bulkhead Web 601R32208
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
7075−T62 AL ALY AMS
6 Stiffener
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/13
2024−T3 AL ALY AMS
7 Fuselage Skin 601R38321
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

Table 2 − Part Identification Data for the Bulkhead at FS559.00


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
601R38327 2024−T3 AL ALY AMS
1 Fuselage Skin
601R38328 ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
7075−T62 AL ALY AMS
2 Channel
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/13
2024−T3 AL ALY AMS
3 Bulkhead Web
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
4 Stiffener
Frame Segment −
5 7075−T62 AL ALY AMS
FS559.00 601R32026
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/13
6 Post
7 Angle
2024−T3511 AL ALY AMS
8 Stiffener
EXTRN QQ−A−200/3
2024−T42 AL ALY AMS
9 Reinforcing Angle
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 2.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area for the bulkhead at FS409.00+128 as follows:
(1) Open the main avionics−compartment door 811 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).
(2) Remove the necessary floor panels that follow (Refer to AMM task
53−01−01−000−802):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


251ALF
251BLF
251CLF Floor panels (at FS409.00+128)
252BRF
252CRF

(3) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(4) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(5) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(6) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(7) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
B. Prepare the inspection area for the bulkhead at FS559.00 as follows:
(1) Remove the necessary floor panels that follow (Refer to AMM task
53−01−01−000−802):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


271ALF
271CLF
271ELF Floor panels (at FS559.00)
272CRF
272ERF

(2) Remove the MLG wheel bins (Refer to AMM task 53−83−01−000−801).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−41−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(3) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(4) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 2).
(5) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(6) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(7) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Bulkhead Web and the Related Structure at FS409.00+128
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Do the inspection that follows at FS409.00+128 below floor level:
(a) Inspect the entire bulkhead web of FS409.00+128. Pay particular attention to
the web local to the vertical beams, the fuselage skin, the pressure floor
attachments, and the edges of the chem−milled pockets of the web for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.
(b) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Inspection for Damage to the Bulkhead Web and the Related Structure at FS559.00
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 2.
A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Do the inspection that follows at FS559.00 below the floor:
(a) Inspect the entire bulkhead web of FS559.00. Pay particular attention to the
web local to the stiffeners, the channels, the fuselage skin, the pressure floor
attachments, and the edges of the chem−milled pockets of the web for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.
(b) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

7. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−41−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

8. Close Out
A. Close out the bulkhead at FS409.00+128 as follows:
(1) If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to TASK
51−21−16).
(2) Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
(3) Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
(4) Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
(a) Install the floor panels that follow (Refer to AMM task 53−01−01−400−802):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


251ALF
251BLF
251CLF Floor panels (at FS409.00+128)
252BRF
252CRF

(5) Close the main avionic−compartment door 811 (refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).
(6) Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
B. Close out the bulkhead at FS559.00 as follows:
(1) If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to TASK
51−21−16).
(2) Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
(3) Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
(4) Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
(5) Install the floor panels that follow (Refer to AMM task 53−01−01−400−802):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


271ALF
271CLF
271ELF Floor panels (at FS559.00)
272CRF
272ERF

(6) Install the MLG wheel bin (Refer to AMM task 53−83−01−400−801).
(7) Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−41−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
Examine the shaded area.

LEGEND
1. Frame angle.
2. Angle.
3. Angle.
4. Reinforcing angle.
5. Bulkhead web.
6. Stiffener.
RBL36.00 7. Fuselage skin.
RBL27.00
RBL18.00

RBL9.00

BL0.00
7
LBL9.00
4
LBL18.00

LBL27.00
LBL36.00

3
rnd5341118_001.dg, jp/lr, 10/01/05

2
1

VIEW LOOKING AFT


AT FS409.00 + 128

Inspection of the Bulkhead Web at FS409.00+128 − Below Floor Level


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−41−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
Examine the shaded area.

LEGEND RBL36.00
1. Fuselage skin. RBL27.00
2. Channel.
3. Bulkhead web. RBL18.00 6
4. Stiffener.
5. Frame segment. RBL9.00 2
6. Post.
BL0.00
1
LBL9.00

LBL18.00 2

LBL27.00
LBL36.00

rnd5341124_001.dg, jp/lr, 10/01/05

VIEW LOOKING FORWARD


AT FS559.00
Inspection of the Bulkhead Web at FS559.00 − Below Floor Level
Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


53−41−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
Examine the shaded area.

RBL36.00
LEGEND
RBL27.00 3. Bulkhead web.
7. Angle.
RBL18.00 8. Stiffener.
9. Reinforcing angle.
RBL9.00

BL0.00

LBL9.00

LBL18.00

LBL27.00

LBL36.00

8
7
rnd5341124_002.dg, jp/lr, 11/01/05

8
9

VIEW LOOKING AFT


AT FS559.00
Inspection of the Bulkhead Web at FS 559.00 − Below Floor Level
Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8


53−41−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

OVER WING EMERGENCY EXIT, DOOR CUT−OUT, FRAMES AND INTERNAL BACK−UP

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the door cut−out frames and
the internal backup structure of the overwing emergency exit for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection areas are found in Zones 261 and 262 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the passenger cabin and by the external side of the fuselage.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T3 AL ALY
1 Panel, Skin 601R38325 QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
2 601R32018 7050−T7452 AL ALY
Frame BAMS 514−004
3 601R32020 CTR HD FORG
4 Doubler, Inner 601R31108
5 Segment, Frame 601R32019 7075−T62 AL ALY
6 Intercostal ALCD SH
QQ−A−250/13
QQ A 250/13
7
601R31108
Plate, Gusset 7075−T6 AL ALY
8
ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
7075−T6 AL ALY
9 Strap QQ−A−250/13
ALCD SH
2024−T4 AL ALY
10 Fitting, Tee 601R31108 QQ−A−200/3
EXTRN
7075−T62 AL ALY
11 Angle QQ−A−250/13
ALCD SH
7050−T7451 AL ALY
12 Sill 601R31121 BAMS 516−003
PL
7075−T62 AL ALY
13 Angle, Attachment 601R31108 QQ−A−250/13
ALCD SH
2024−T4 AL ALY RLD
14 Fitting, Stop 600−31381 QQ−A−225/6
BAR
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the overwing emergency exit (refer to AMM TASK 52−21−00−000−801).
(2) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(3) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Inspection for Damage to the Door Cut−Out Frames and the Internal Backup Structure of the
Overwing Emergency Exit
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the areas that follow for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
(a) External surface of the fuselage skin (1) over a width of 4.0 in. (101.4 mm)
around the perimeter of the emergency exit door cut−out
(b) Machined frames at FS449.85 (2) and FS473.15 (3), and the inner doubler (4)
between STGR6 and STGR15
(c) Top sill support structure of the emergency exit door between FS439.00 and
FS484.00, at STGR6, STGR7, and STGR 8:
− frame segment (5)
− intercostals (6)
− gusset plates (7) and (8)
− straps (9)
− tee fittings (10)
− angle (11).
(d) Bottom sill support structure of the emergency exit door between FS439.00 and
FS484.00, at STGR15:
− gusset plates (8)
− sill (12)
− attachment angles (13).
(e) Six emergency door stop fittings (14) and the adjacent support structure from
FS439.00 to FS484.00, between STGR9 and STGR10, between STGR11 and
STGR12, and between STGR13 and STGR14:
− intercostals (6)
− gusset plates (7).
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801).
D. Install the overwing emergency exit (refer to AMM TASK 52−21−00−400−801).
E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
1. Left side shown, right side
almost the same.

A
FS484.00
FS473.15
6 STGR6
FS461.50 7

6
FS449.85
FS473.15
FS439.00 6 STGR8

13 4
6
6

7 9

6 7

7 3 6
2
9 7
13

B 7 6

AFT SIDE SHOWN 7


FORWARD SIDE OPPOSITE B
6 6
7
C
6

7
rnd5341125_003.dg, lr/kmw, dec15/2009

8 12

FS461.50

Inspection of the Door Cut−Out Frames and the Internal Backup Structure of the Overwing
Emergency Exit
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−41−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

STGR8

NOTE
Left side shown, right side
almost the same.

14
(6 PLACES) STGR15

FS473.15

8
FS449.85 8
6

9
STGR6

10
rnd5341125_004.dg, lr/kmw, dec16/2009

8
11
6
10
6
STGR8

Inspection of the Door Cut−Out Frames and the Internal Backup Structure of the Overwing
Emergency Exit
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6
53−41−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE WING ATTACHMENT LUGS AT BL45.00 OF FS424.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the wing attachment lugs for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: This inspection procedure is for the components on the left side of the
aircraft. The inspection procedure for the components on the right side is
similar.

B. Reference Information
(1) For additional data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zones 161 and 162 (refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external side of the fuselage.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
7050−T7452
1 Frame Sector 601R37027 CMS 514−04
Al Aly Ctr Hd Forg
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−133 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.
(2) Remove the wing−to−fuselage side panels 161CL and 162CL (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−804).
(3) Remove the forward side fairings 161DL and 162DL (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−805).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(5) If the finish in the area to be inspected is deteriorated or damaged, remove the finish
(refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Wing Attachment Lug


Refer to the shaded area in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any components are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the wing attachment lugs for cracks, corrosion and other damage.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the forward side fairings 161DL and 162DL (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−805).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−133 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

D. Install the wing−to−fuselage side panels 161CL and 162CL (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−804).
E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−133 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS424.00

A NOTES
1. Left attachment lug shown,
the right lug is similar.
2. Examine the shaded area.

WL73.00

1
rnd5341133_001.dg, lr, jul23/2008

Inspection of the Wing to Fuselage Attachment Lugs at FS424.00


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−133 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FRAME INNER FLANGE AT FS449.85

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the frame inner flange at
FS449.85 and between STGR8 and STGR11 for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 261 and 262 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the passenger compartment.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
7050−T7452 Al Aly
1 Frame sector 601R32043 BAMS 514−004
Ctr Hd Forg
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−134 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.
(2) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get access to the inspection area (refer
to AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Frame Inner Flange at FS449.85 and between STGR8 and
STGR11
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the frame (1) inner flange at FS449.85 between STGR8 and STGR11 for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you carefully examine the fillet radii
of the frame inner flange.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−134 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−02−400−801).


D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−134 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A
FS449.85

LEGEND
1. Frame sector.

NOTES
1 Examine the shaded area.

2. Left side is shown,


right side is almost the same.

STGR8
1
1

B 1
STGR11

FRAME
DATUM
rnd5341134_001.dg, lr, feb19/2009

B B
WL73.00
A

Inspection of the Frame Inner Flange at FS449.85 and between STGR8 and STGR11.
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−134 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE WING ATTACHMENT LUGS AT FS473.15

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the wing attachment lugs at FS473.15
(2) This inspection applies to the left and right side of the aircraft. The inspection of the
left side only is given.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zones 161 and 162 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the area is by removal of the center side access fairing in Zone 161 and
162 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
7050−T7452 Al alloy
1 Frame Sector 601R32041 CMS 514−04
forging
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−138 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the center side access fairings to get access to the wing attachment lugs at
FS473.15 (Refer to AMM TASK 53−82−01−000−806).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(3) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Wing to Fuselage Attachment Lugs at FS473.15


Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Do the inspection that follows at FS473.15 below the floor (WL73.50):
(a) Carefully examine the wing−to−fuselage attachment lug for cracks and
corrosion.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
C. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the center side fairings (Refer to AMM TASK 53−82−01−400−806).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−138 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS473.15

A NOTES
1. Left attachment lug shown,
the right lug is similar.
2. Examine the shaded area.

WL73.00

rnd5341138_001.dg, lr, oct24/2007

Inspection of the Wing to Fuselage Attachment Lugs at FS473.15


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−138 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FRAMES AT FS424.00, FS473.15, AND FS513.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the frames above floor at
FS424.00, FS473.15, and FS513.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 261 thru 264 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the passenger compartment.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Frame sector
1 601R32027
FS424.00
Frame sector 7050−T7452 Al Aly
2 601R32041 BAMS 514−004
FS473.00 Ctr Hd Forg
Frame sector
3 601R32028
FS513.00
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1, Figure 2, and Figure 3.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−139 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.
(2) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Frames at FS424.00, FS473.15, and FS513.00, above WL73.00
Refer to Figure 1, Figure 2, and Figure 3.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the webs, inner and outer flanges of the frames (1), (2), and (3) above
WL73.00 at FS424.00, FS473.15, and FS513.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage. Make sure you carefully examine the frame spice locations at STGR0, and
FS513.00 between WL73.00 and STGR15.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−139 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−139 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS424.00

1
B

WL73.00

LEGEND
rnd5341139_001.dg, lr, nov11/2008

1. Frame sector FS424.00.

NOTE
B B 1 Examine the shaded area.

Frame Inspection at FS424.00 above WL73.00


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−139 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

C
FS473.15

D
2

WL73.00

LEGEND
rnd5341139_002.dg, lr, nov12/2008

2. Frame sector FS473.15.

NOTE
D D
1 Examine the shaded area.

Frame Inspection at FS473.15 above WL73.00


Figure 2

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−41−139 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS513.00

WL73.00

E
1

LEGEND
rnd5341139_003.dg, lr, nov11/2008

3. Frame sector FS513.00.

NOTE
1 Examine the shaded area.
F F

Frame Inspection at FS513.00 above WL73.00


Figure 3

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−41−139 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE WING−TO−FUSELAGE ATTACHMENT FITTINGS AT BL13.10


AND FS513.0

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the wing−to−fuselage attachment fitting
(lug fitting) and the related components that are attached to the lateral beam at
BL13.10 and FS513.00, also the lower−cap horizontal surfaces of the lateral beam.
(2) A check for proper torque is also done for the components that attach the lug fitting
to the main landing gear (MLG) side brace fittings at BL13.10.
(3) This inspection applies to the left and right side of the aircraft. The inspection of the
left side only is given.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zones 510 and 610 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the area is by removal of the MLG wheel bins in Zone 163 and 164 (Refer
to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
7050−T7452 Al alloy
1 Lateral beam 601R32028 CMS 516−03
forging
Lug fitting (machined
2 601R32076 7050−T7451 Al alloy −
bracket)
Wing−to−fuselage at-
3 NAS6316 − −
tachment bolt
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−142 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Torque wrench
− Borescope kit (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−20−09), if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Procedure
(1) Remove the MLG wheel bins to get access to the lug fittings and their related
components at BL13.10 and FS513.00 (Refer to AMM TASK 53−83−01−000−801).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(3) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Wing to Fuselage Attachment Fittings (Lug Fittings) at FS513.00
and BL13.10
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.
A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Do the inspection that follows at FS513.00 below the pressure floor (WL 69) between
LBL9.00 and LBL18.00:
(a) Carefully examine the lug fitting and its related components that are attached to
the lateral beam lower−cap at BL13.10 and FS513.00 for cracks and corrosion.
(b) Carefully examine the upper and the lower horizontal surfaces of the lateral
beam lower−cap on FS513.00 from LBL9.00 to LBL18.00 for cracks and
corrosion.
(c) Locally inspect around the lug fitting and the lateral beam lower−cap mating
surfaces. Make sure that there is not a gap between these components.
NOTE: Use the applicable borescope probe to examine the components if
required.
If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint
condition (for signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component
material.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−142 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(d) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
(e) Remove the cotter pin (P/N MS24665−377) from the bolt in the lug fitting (Refer
to Figure 1, View B−B).
(f) Do a check for proper torque of the lug bolt at the lug fitting that attaches the
lateral beam lower−cap at BL13.10 and FS513.00 to the MLG side brace fitting
as follows:
1 Torque the nut to 1200 lbf·in (135 N·m) and install a new cotter pin. If the
cotter pin cannot be installed, do the steps that follow:
a Continue to torque the nut to a maximum of 1500 lbf·in (170 N·m) until
the cotter pin can be installed.
2 If the cotter pin cannot be installed, do the steps that follow:
a Remove the nut from the bolt.
b Add or remove washers as necessary.
NOTE: It is permissible to use a combination of solid and laminated
washers as required. The maximum number of washers
allowed together is three. A laminated washer must be
installed between two solid washers.
c Install a new nut (P/N MS9363−19) on to the bolt.
(g) Do all of the torque check again as in the above steps until the cotter pin can
be installed.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. All signs of a gap between the lug fitting and the lateral beam lower−cap mating surfaces
are cause for rejection.
D. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
E. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the MLG wheel bins (Refer to AMM TASK 53−83−01−400−801).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−142 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
Examine the shaded area.
The left side of the aircraft is shown.
The right side is similar.

A
LBL 18.00 LBL 13.10 LBL 9.00

FS 513.00
B

WL 69.00

MLG LATERAL
SIDE BRACE BEAM
FITTING 1
(REF)

LATERAL
BEAM
1

LUG
WL 61.00
FITTING
2
LUG
B − B FITTING
B 2
VIEW LOOKING
INBOARD WL 57.25
rnd5341142_001.dg, rm/ik, 15/08/01

A
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD
ON WING−BOX REAR SPAR
Inspection of the Wing to Fuselage Attachment Fittings at FS513.00 and BL13.10
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−142 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE FLOOR SKIN

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the internal side of the pressure floor skin
between FS409.00+128 and FS559.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 163 (refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the passenger compartment.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
2024−T3 AL ALY
1 Pressure Floor Skin 601R31146 QQ A 250/5
ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. A/C 7002−8079

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−149 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(2) Remove the passenger compartment floor panels 261ALF, 261CLF, 261DLF, 262CRF,
and 262DRF (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−000−802).
(3) Remove the pressure box assembly (refer to AMM TASK 28−20−01−000−807).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection of the Pressure Floor Skin Between FS409.00+128 and FS559.00


Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Inspect the pressure floor skin between FS409.00+128 and FS559.00 for cracks and
corrosion. Pay particular attention to the skin local to the floor beams, and also the
edges of the chem−milled pockets.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−149 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the pressure box assembly (refer to AMM TASK 28−20−01−400−807).
D. Install the passenger compartment floor panels 261ALF, 261CLF, 261DLF, 262CRF, and
262DRF (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−400−802).
E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−149 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS559.00

FS409.00
+128.00

FLOOR STRUCTURE
(REF)

PRESSURE FLOOR SKIN


1 1
rnd5341149_001.dg, rt, 30/05/00

NOTE
1 Examine the shaded area.

Inspection of the Pressure Floor Skin between FS409.00+128 and FS559.00


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−149 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE−FLOOR SUPPORT BEAMS AND SKIN

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the pressure floor structure (floor support
beams) and local skin between FS409.00+128 and FS559.00, at BL0.00,
LBL/RBL9.00, LBL/RBL18.00, LBL/RBL27.00 and LBL/RBL36.00 for cracks, corrosion
and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 160 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) The access to the pressure floor structure is by removing the applicable
passenger−compartment floor panels.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Floor support beam 601R31118 − −
2024−T3 Al alloy alcd
2 Pressure floor skin 601R31146 QQ−A−250/5
sheet
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−150 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the applicable passenger−compartment floor panels (Refer to AMM TASK
53−01−01−000−802).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless they show
deterioration or local damage.
(3) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection of the Pressure−Floor Support Beams and Local Skin Between FS409.00+128 and
FS559.00
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Do the inspection between FS409.00+128 and FS559.00 as follows:
(a) Inspect the flanges and webs of the floor support beams at BL0.00,
LBL/RBL9.00, LBL/RBL18.00, LBL/RBL27.00 and LBL/RBL36.00, between
FS409.00+128 and FS559.00, and the local pressure floor skin for cracks and
corrosion. Pay particular attention to the fastener holes along the upper and
lower flanges of the floor support beams. Pay also attention to the lightening
holes.
(b) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install all of the passenger−compartment floor panels that were removed (Refer to AMM
TASK 53−01−01−400−802).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−150 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−150 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

RBL36.00 RBL18.00
FS559.00 BL0.00
RBL27.00 LBL18.00
RBL9.00
LBL9.00
LBL27.00

LBL36.00

FS409.00
+128.00

B
LBL9.00
A

FLOOR SUPPORT BEAM


1
1
rnd5341150_001.dg, rt, 09/04/01

2 NOTE
PRESSURE FLOOR SKIN 1 Examine the shaded area.

Inspection of the Pressure−Floor Support Beams and Local Skin Between FS409.00+128 and
FS559.00
Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−41−150 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE CHEMICALLY MILLED LINES OF THE FLOOR STRUCTURE SILL


ASSEMBLY, FS409.00+128 TO FS559.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the chemically milled (chem−mill) lines of
the sill assembly from FS409.00+128 to FS559.00 between BL36.00 and BL45.00.
The inspection also includes an examination of the webs of the pressure bulkheads
below WL73.00 at FS409.00+128 and FS559.00.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The areas of inspection are in Zones 161, 162, 261, and 262 (Refer to NDTM Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the exterior fuselage to wing fairings, through the MLG wheel wells,and
through the floor panels of the passenger compartment.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Sill Assembly Floor−
1 601R31145
Panel, Left Side 2024−T42 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
Sill Assembly Floor− ALCD SH
601R31145
Panel, Right Side
Bulkhead Web,
2 601R32208
FS409.00+128
2024−T3 AL ALY SH QQ−A−250/4
Bulkhead Web,
3 601R32026
FS559.00
NOTES: [1]: Parts that do not include an item number are not called out in Figure 1.
[2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−155 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope.
4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


161DL
Forward Side Fairings TASK 53−82−01−000−805
162DL
161EL
Center Side Fairings TASK 53−82−01−000−806
162EL
161FL CSP A−001
Rear Side Fairings TASK 53−82−01−000−807
162FL
Left Forward
191BB TASK 53−82−01−000−803
Wing−to−Fuselage Fairing
Right Forward
192BB TASK 53−82−01−000−802
Wing−to−Fuselage Fairing

(2) If required,remove the floor panels that follow (Refer to AMM TASK
53−01−01−000−802):

ACCESS DESIGNATION
251CLF
252CRF
Floor panels
261DLF
262DRF

(3) Remove the MLG wheel bins (Refer to AMM TASK 53−83−01−000−801).
(4) Identify the locations to be inspected (refer to Figure 1).
(5) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(6) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(7) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−155 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Inspection of the Floor Sill Assembly, Aft Face of the Bulkhead at FS409.00+128, and Forward
Face of the Bulkhead at FS559.00
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Carefully examine the floor structure sill assembly from FS409.00+128 to FS559.00
between BL36.00 and BL45.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: Pay particular attention to the chem−mill edges of the floor structure sill
assembly.
(2) Carefully examine the forward face of the pressure bulkhead web at FS559.00 for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(3) Carefully examine the aft face of the pressure bulkhead web at FS409.00+128 for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(4) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the floor panels that follow (Refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−400−802):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


251CLF
252CRF
Floor panel
261DLF
262DRF

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−155 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

D. Install the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


161DL
Forward Side Fairings TASK 53−82−01−000−805
162DL
161EL
Center Side Fairings TASK 53−82−01−000−806
162EL
161FL CSP A−001
Rear Side Fairings TASK 53−82−01−000−807
162FL
Left Forward
191BB TASK 53−82−01−000−803
Wing−to−Fuselage Fairing
Right Forward
192BB TASK 53−82−01−000−802
Wing−to−Fuselage Fairing

E. Install the MLG wheel bins (Refer to AMM TASK 53−83−01−400−801).


F. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−155 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS559.00

NOTES
Examine the shaded
FS409.00 area.
LBL36.00 LBL45.00
+128 Aircraft skin not shown
for clarity.

LEGEND
1. Left sill assembly
floor panel.
2. Bulkhead web
FS409.00 + 128.
3. Bulkhead web
FS559.00.
rnd5341155_001.dg, rm, 10/04/06

Inspection of the Floor Structure Sill Assembly, the Aft Face of the Forward Pressure Bulkhead at
FS409.00+128, and the Forward Face of the Aft Pressure Bulkhead at FS559.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−41−155 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND NOTES
1. Left sill assembly Examine the shaded
floor panel. area.
Aircraft skin not shown
CHEM MILL
for clarity.
FS409.00 LINE (REF)
+128 FS424.00 FS439.00 FS449.85
LBL
36.00

LBL
45.00
LBL
47.00

CHEM MILL
FS461.50 FS473.15 FS484.00 FS499.00 LINE (REF)
LBL
36.00

LBL
45.00
LBL
47.00

FS516.85 FS544.00
FS513.00 FS529.00 FS540.25 FS559.00
LBL
36.00

LBL
45.00
rnd5341155_001.dg, rm, 11/04/06

LBL
47.00
FS522.40 FS533.45 FS549.00
CHEM MILL FS554.00
LINE (REF)

Inspection of the Floor Structure Sill Assembly, the Aft Face of the Forward Pressure Bulkhead at
FS409.00+128, and the Forward Face of the Aft Pressure Bulkhead at FS559.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6
53−41−155 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE FLOOR INTERCOSTALS

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the intercostals, channels, and
adjacent structure between FS409.00+128 and FS559.00, and from BL36.00 to
BL45.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zone 165 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the main−landing gear (MLG) bay and by the external side of the
fuselage.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
7075−T62 AL ALY
1 Intercostal 601R31145 QQ−A−250/13
ALCLD SH
2024−T42 AL ALY
2 Channel 601R31058 QQ−A−250/5
ALCLD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−156 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the MLG wheel bins (refer to AMM TASK 53−83−01−000−801).
(2) Remove the left forward wing−to−fuselage fairing (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−803).
(3) Remove the right forward wing−to−fuselage fairing (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−802).
(4) Remove the forward side fairings 161DL and 162DL (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−805).
(5) Remove the center side fairings 161EL and 162EL (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−806).
(6) Remove the rear side fairings 161FL and 162FL (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−807).
(7) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(8) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(9) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(10) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Intercostals, Channels, and Adjacent Structure between
FS409.00+128 and FS559.00, and from BL36.00 to BL45.00
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the intercostals (1) and channels (2), and the adjacent structure attached to
the pressure floor skin at WL69.00, floor panel at WL73.00, floor beam at BL36.00,
and underfloor longeron at BL45.00, from FS409.00+128 to FS559.00 for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you carefully examine the structure at
FS424.00, FS473.00, and FS544.00.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−156 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.


C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the rear side fairings 161FL and 162FL (refer to AMM TASK 53−82−01−400−807).
D. Install the center side fairings 161EL and 162EL (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−806).
E. Install the forward side fairings 161DL and 162DL (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−805).
F. Install the right forward wing−to−fuselage fairing (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−802).
G. Install the left forward wing−to−fuselage fairing (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−803).
H. Install the MLG wheel bins (refer to AMM TASK 53−83−01−400−801).
I. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−156 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS559.00
A

FS409.00 B
+128
A
FS559.00

LBL36.00

FS544.00

FS513.00

FS499.00
FS484.00
FS473.15
FS409.00 FS461.50
+128 FS449.85
FS439.00 B 1
FS424.00
BL36.00 BL47.00
rnd5341156_002.dg, gw, may12/2009

NOTES
1 Left side is shown,
right side is almost the same.

2. Shaded area to be inspected.

Inspection of the Intercostals, Channels, and Adjacent Structure between FS409.00+128 and
FS559.00, and from BL36.00 to BL45.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−41−156 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

BL
FLOOR PANEL
45.00
(REF)
BL
36.00

WL73.00 1

FLOOR
BEAM
LONGERON (REF)
(REF)

WL69.00

M/C PRESSURE
BRACKET FLOOR SKIN
(REF) (REF)
DE−ICING
(REF)
LEGEND
1. Intercostal.
2. Channel.

BL BL BL
47.00 45.00 36.00

WL73.00

FLOOR
BEAM
(REF)

WL69.00

LONGERON NOTES
(REF)
1. Examine the shaded area.
2 2. Left side shown, right side almost
rnd5341156_003.dg, gw, may12/2009

the same.
FS427.00 shown, typical for all
inspection areas between FS409.00+128
and FS513.00.

Inspection of the Intercostals, Channels, and Adjacent Structure between FS409.00+128 and
FS559.00, and from BL36.00 to BL45.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−41−156 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FRAME ATTACHMENT TO SILL LONGERON

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the frame−to−longeron cleats
at WL73.00 of FS439.00, FS461.50, FS484.00, FS499.00, FS529.00, and FS544.00
for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zone 165 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the passenger compartment.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
601R38605
1 Cleat 7050−T7451 Al Aly Pl BAMS 516−003
601R38609
2024−T3 Al Aly Alcd
2 Floor Angle 601R31145 QQ−A−250/5
Sh
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−157 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(2) Identify the locations to be examined.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Frame−to−Longeron Cleats at WL73.00 of FS439.00, FS461.50,


FS484.00, FS499.00, FS529.00, and FS544.00
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the frame−to−longeron cleats (1) at WL73.00 of FS439.00, FS461.50,
FS484.00, FS499.00, FS529.00, and FS544.00 for for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage. Make sure you carefully examine the fillet radii of the cleats.
(2) Examine 2.0 in. (50.80 mm) of the floor angle (2) around the edges of the
frame−to−longeron cleats (1) at WL73.00 of FS439.00, FS461.50, FS484.00,
FS499.00, FS529.00, and FS544.00 for for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(3) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−157 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−157 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS439.00 FS544.00
(REF) SKIN PANEL FS499.00
1 (REF) FS461.50
3

FS529.00
B
FS484.00
FS439.00
4

WL73.00
4 (STGR17)
2

FS439.00
(REF)
1 3
A

SKIN PANEL
(REF)

NOTES
4
1. Left side is shown, right side is
almost the same.
2. FS439.00 is shown, almost the same 4
for FS461.50, FS484.00, FS499.00,
FS529.00, and FS544.00.
3 Area to be examined.

Examine 2.0 inches (50.8 mm) around


rnd5341157_001.cgm, lr, feb25/2009

4
the edges of the frame−to−longeron WL73.00
cleat (1). (STGR17)

2
B

Inspection of the Frame−to−Longeron Cleats at WL73.00 of FS439.00, FS461.50, FS484.00,


FS499.00, FS529.00, and FS544.00
Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−41−157 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE UNDERFLOOR LONGERON ASSEMBLY LOCAL TO FS409.00+128 AND


FS559.00

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the underfloor longeron assemblies for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) The inspection applies to the longeron assemblies local to FS409.00+128 and
FS559.00.
(3) This inspection applies to the left and right side of the aircraft. The inspection of the
left side is given. Differences for the right side are identified.
B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 160 (refer to NDTM Part 1 General, 51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access is from the outside of the fuselage, under the floor inside the passenger
compartment and the main landing gear (MLG) bay.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the wing−to−fuselage fairings 191BB/192BB and
the passenger−compartment floor panels 251CLF, 252CRF, 272ERF and
271ELF to gain access to the inspection areas.
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
Fwd floor fitting
601R31227−1/2
FS409.00+128
Aft floor fitting
601R31227−5/6
FS559.00
Longeron assy
FS409.00+128− 601R31229−7/8 7050−T7452 AMS 4108
FS424.00
Longeron assy
601R31233−9/10
FS513.00−FS559.00
Clip, FS409.00+128 601R31228−5/6
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−158 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope kit
Model: Olympus 1F6D3−20 or the equivalent.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the left forward wing−to−fuselage fairing (Refer to AMM TASK
53−82−81−000−803).
(2) Remove the right forward wing−to−fuselage fairing (Refer to AMM TASK
53−82−81−000−802).
(3) Remove the floor panels 251CLF, 252CRF, 272ERF and 271ELF if necessary (Refer
to AMM TASK 53−01−01−000−802).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(5) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Underfloor Longeron Assembly at FS409.00+128 and FS559.00
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 2.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Use the inspection mirror and a light source, and the borescope if required, to
examine the longeron assemblies 601R31229, 601R31233, forward and aft floor
fitting 601R31227 3.00 in. (76.00 mm) forward and 3 in. (76.00 mm) aft of FS409.00
+128 and FS559.00 for cracks and corrosion.
(2) Carefully examine the clip 601R31228 at FS409.00+128.
(3) Inspect the frame web 2 in. (50.8 mm) around the periphery of the longeron
attachment members (clip or longeron end faces) for cracks and corrosion.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−158 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
FS 473.15
Left hand side shown, (REF)
right hand side opposite.

A
FS 424.00
FS 409.00+128

EXAMINE THE B LONGERON


SHADED AREAS ASSEMBLY
601R31230
(REF) FS 559.00+16
LONGERON
FS 409.00+112 AFT FLOOR
ASSEMBLY
601R31229 FITTING
FRAME 601R31227
(REF)
FS 559.00

WL 73.00 EXAMINE THE


3.00 in. SHADED AREA
FWD FLOOR
FITTING LONGERON FRAME
601R31227 ASSEMBLY (REF)
601R31233 3.00 in.
FRAME
(REF) 3.00 in. FS 513.00
(REF) 3.00 in.

CLIP
BL 45.00 (601R31228)

2.00 in. WL 73.00


LONGERON
(REF)
rnd5341158_001.dg, jp, 21/01/97

LONGERON
A ASSEMBLY FRAME WEB
601R31231 B
(REF) EXAMINE THE
(REF) SHADED AREA 2.00 in.
Inspection of the Underfloor Longeron Assembly Local to FS409.00+128 and FS559.00
Figure 2

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−158 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(4) Examine the fasteners for signs of loose, bent, corroded, or other unserviceable
conditions.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. If removed, install the floor panels 251CLF, 252CRF, 272ERF and 271ELF (Refer to AMM
TASK 53−01−01−400−802).
C. Install the right forward wing−to−fuselage fairing (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−81−400−802).
D. Install the left forward wing−to−fuselage fairing (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−81−400−803).
E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−158 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE LONGERON ASSEMBLY AT FS424.00

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the longeron assembly at FS424.00 for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) This inspection applies to the left and right side of the aircraft. The inspection of the
left side is given. Differences for the right side are identified.
B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 160 (refer to NDTM Part 1 General Information, 51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access is through the wing to fuselage fairings.
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
Longeron assembly
1 FS409+128 to 601R31229
FS424.00 7050−T7452 AMS 4108
Longeron assembly
2 601R31230
FS424.00 to FS473.15
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope (Refer to NDTM Part1, 51−20−09), if required.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−159 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Remove the fairings and the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


161CL Wing−to−Fuselage
g g Side
AMM53−82−01−000−804
162CL Panels
CSP A−001
161DL
Forward Side Fairings AMM53−82−01−000−805
162DL

B. Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).


C. If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
D. If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(1) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(2) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage (refer to
SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Longeron Assembly at FS424.00


Refer to Figure 1.
A. Use the inspection mirror, a light source, and the borescope to examine the longeron
assembly (1 & 2), 3 in. (76.00 mm) forward and 3 in. (76.00 mm) aft of FS424.00 for cracks
and corrosion. Pay particular attention to the end plate of the longeron and the longeron
fasteners.
B. Examine the fasteners for signs of loose, bent, corroded, or other unserviceable
conditions.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−159 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the fairings and the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


161CL Wing−to−Fuselage
g g Side
AMM53−82−01−400−804
162CL Panels
CSP A−001
161DL
Forward Side Fairings AMM53−82−01−400−805
162DL

D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−159 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1 Examine shaded area.
Left hand side shown, FS 473.15
(Typical both sides). (REF) BL 45.00

LONGERON
ASSEMBLY
2
A

A
LONGERON
ASSEMBLY
1 C

WL 73.00
B

FS 424.00

3.00 in.
3.00 in.

1
1
rnd5341159_001.dg, rt, 26/05/00

CHECK FASTENERS CHECK FASTENERS


B (4 REQ’D) (4 REQ’D) C

Inspection of the Longeron Assemblies at FS424.00


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−159 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE UNDERFLOOR LONGERON AT BL45.00, FROM FS409.00+128 TO


FS559.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the entire underfloor longeron at BL45.00,
between FS409.00+128 and FS559.00 for cracks, corrosion and other damage.
NOTE: This inspection applies to the left and right side of the aircraft. The
inspection of the left side only is given.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 161/162 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) It is necessary to remove the wing−to−fuselage fairings and side panels to get
access to the underfloor longeron.
(2) It is also necessary to remove the main landing−gear (MLG) wheel well bins to get
access to the underfloor longeron.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
Longeron assembly,
1 601R31229
FS409+128 to FS424.00
Longeron assembly,
2 601R31230
FS424.00 to FS473.15
7050−T7452 AMS 4108
Longeron assembly,
3 601R31231
FS473.15 to FS513.00
Longeron assembly,
4 601R31233
FS513.00 to FS559.00
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−163 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−20−09), if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove any applicable wing−to−fuselage fairings and side panels to access the
underfloor longeron (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03 and the AMM, Chapter 53).
(2) Remove the main landing−gear (MLG) wheel well bins (Refer to the AMM, Chapter
53).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(4) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Underfloor Longeron


Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the entire underfloor longeron at BL45.00, from FS409.00+128 to FS559.00
for cracks and corrosion. Pay particular attention to the longeron cut−outs and
attachment to the fuselage frames.
(2) Examine the fasteners for signs of loose, bent, corroded, or other unserviceable
conditions.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−163 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 559.00

WL 73.00
LONGERON
ASSEMBLY
4

FS 513.00

LONGERON
ASSEMBLY FS 473.15
3
FS 473.15

LONGERON
ASSEMBLY
2

FS 424.00

LONGERON
ASSEMBLY
1

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

NOTE
rnd5341163_001.dg, rt/gw, 07/08/01

FS 409.00+128 The left side of the


aircraft is shown.
The right side is similar.
Examine the shaded area.

Inspection of the Underfloor Longeron At BL45.00, Between FS409.00+128 and FS559.00


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−163 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 409.00+128

WL 73.00 1
LONGERON
ASSEMBLY
1
FS 424.00 1

FRAME
(REF)

CLIP LONGERON
(REF) ASSEMBLY
2
FRAME
WL 73.00 (REF)

LONGERON
NOTE
ASSEMBLY
The left side of the 1
aircraft is shown.
The right side is similar.
Examine the shaded area.

LONGERON
ASSEMBLY
3
FS 473.15

LONGERON
ASSEMBLY
2
rnd5341163_002.dg, rt/gw, 07/08/01

FRAME
(REF)

Inspection of the Underfloor Longeron At BL45.00, Between FS409.00+128 and FS559.00


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−163 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WL 73.00

1
FS 513.00

LONGERON
ASSEMBLY
4

FRAME
(REF)

LONGERON
ASSEMBLY
3
FS 559.00

NOTE 1
The left side of the
LONGERON
aircraft is shown.
ASSEMBLY
The right side is similar.
4
Examine the shaded area.

FRAME
rnd5341163_003.dg, rt/gw, 02/08/01

(REF)

WL 73.00

Inspection of the Underfloor Longeron At BL45.00, Between FS409.00+128 and FS559.00


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−41−163 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the wing−to−fuselage fairings and side panels that were removed (Refer to NDTM
Part 1, 51−01−03 and the AMM, Chapter 53).
C. Install the main landing−gear (MLG) wheel well bins (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 53).
D. Remove all tools, equipment and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−41−163 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF UPPER SKIN PANEL FS559.00 TO FS559.00+112

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the top skin panel assembly from
FS559.00 to FS559.00+112 for cracks, corrosion and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For additional data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zone 273 and 274 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external fuselage surface.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Skin Panel 601R38326 2024−T3
QQ−A−250/5
2 Skin Panel 601R38327 Al Aly Alcd Sh
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−165 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(3) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(4) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Fuselage Skin Panel from FS559.00 to FS559.00+112, between
STGR7L and STGR7R

A. Inspection Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
(1) Examine the external surface of the skin panel (1) from above STGR7L to above
STGR7R between FS559.00 to FS559.00+112 for cracks and corrosion, and other
damage. Make sure you carefully examine the longitudinal splice area of the skin
panel at STGR6L and STGR6R.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−165 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
LEGEND 1. Examine the shaded area.
1. Skin panel. 2. Examine the outer skin
2. Skin panel. left side shown, right side similar.

FS559.00 1 FS559.00 FS559.00


FS559.00 + 32 + 80 + 112
STRG0
STRG1
STRG2
STRG3
STRG4
STRG5
STRG6

STGR7

B A 2

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

REFERENCE FS559.00
FS559.00 LONGITUDINAL SPLICE 1 + 16

rnd5341165_001.cgm rb/lr, mar05/2009

STRG 6

B 2

Inspection of the Fuselage Skin Panel from FS559.00 to FS559.00+112, between STGR7L and
STGR7R.
Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−41−165 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE SIDE SKIN PANEL FROM FS559.00 TO FS559.00+112

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the external surface of the side skin panel
from FS559.00 to FS559.00+112 between STGR6 and STGR20 for cracks, corrosion
and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For additional data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zone 171, 172, 271, and 272 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the fuselage external surface.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T3
1 Skin Panel 601R38327 QQ−A−250/5
Al Aly Alcd Sh
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−166 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(3) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(4) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Fuselage Skin Panel from FS559.00 to FS559.00+112, between
STGR6 and STGR20

A. Inspection Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
(1) Examine the external surface of the skin panel (1) from below STGR6 to STGR20
between FS559.00 to FS559.00+112 for cracks and corrosion, and other damage.
Make sure you carefully examine each side of the STGR10 area of the skin panel.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−166 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS559.0 FS559.0 FS559.0 FS559.0 FS559.0 FS559.0 FS559.0 FS559.0


+ 16 + 32 + 48 + 64 + 80 + 96 + 112

STGR7L

STGR8L

STGR9L

STGR10L

STGR11L

STGR12L

STGR13L

STGR14L

STGR15L

STGR16L

STGR17L
STGR18L

STGR19L

STGR20L rnd5341166_001.dg, lr, mar05/2009

1
UP

A
NOTES
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD
1. Inspect shaded area.
2. Examine the outer skin LEGEND
3. Left side shown, right 1. Skin panel.
side almost the same.

Inspection of the Fuselage Skin Panel from FS559.00 to FS559.00+112, between STGR6 and
STGR20.
Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−41−166 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE OXYGEN INDICATOR CUT−OUT AT FS409.00+80 BETWEEN STGR24L


AND STGR25L

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the fuselage skin at between
FS409.00+80 and FS409.00+96 and STGR24L and STGR25L around the oxygen
indicator cut−out for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM).
C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 140 (refer to NDTM Part 1 General, 51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by the external fuselage.
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No. [1] NUMBER [2]
Skin Panel, 0.058 in. (1.60 mm)
1 601R38323 AMS QQ−250/5
(chem−milled) Alclad 2024−T3
Note [1]: Item number corresponds to the item number shown in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. Aircraft with Modsum TC601R60256 incorporated.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Procedure
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(1) Clean the inspection area (Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−171 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(2) Is is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless they show deterioration
or local damage.
NOTE: If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove
the finish (Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the fuselage Skin at the Oxygen Indicator Cut−Out at FS409.00+80
between STGR24L and STGR25L
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.
NOTE: If the surfaces of the skin are painted, look at the paint condition (for signs of cracks
and corrosion).

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the fuselage skin over an area of 4.00 in. (102.00 mm) around the cut−out
for the oxygen discharge indicator for cracks, corrosion or other damage.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, corroded, or other unserviceable
condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. Procedure
(1) All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
(2) All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
(3) Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
(4) For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out

A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−171 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
Examine the shaded area.

FS409.00+96

FS409.00+88

STGR25L

OXYGEN
DISCHARGE
INDICATOR
(REF)

STGR24L
rnd5341171_001.dg, lr, sep06/2007

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

Oxygen Indicator Cutout between FS409.00+80 and FS409.00+96


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−171 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FUSELAGE SKIN AROUND THE GPS ANTENNA(S)

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the fuselage skin around the single or
dual GPS antenna(s) from FS409.00+32 and FS409.00+48, between STGR1L and
STGR1R.

B. Reference Information
(1) For additional data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zones 253 and 254 (Refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external fuselage surface.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T3
1 Top Skin Panel 601R38320 QQ−A−250/5
Al Aly Alcld Sh
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft post Mosdum TC601R14601, TC601R14602, TC601R60256, TC601R60420, or
with SB 601R−34−096 incorporated.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−176 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(3) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(4) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Fuselage Skin around the GPS Antenna(s)
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the external surface of the top skin panel (1) 4.00 in. (101.6 mm) around the
GPS antenna(s) (2) for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−176 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A
FS409 32
NOTES
1. Top skin panel.
2. GPS antenna.
3. Examine the shaded area.

FS409 32
4.00 in. (101.60 mm)
ALL AROUND
FS409 48
GPS ANTENNA
1
2

STGR1R

BL0.00

FWD

STGR1L
rnd5341176_001.dg, gb, 01/10/08

2 3
A
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
Inspection of the Fuselage Skin around the GPS Antenna(s) from FS409.00+32 and
FS409.00+48, between STGR1L and STGR1R.
Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−41−176 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD AT FS409.00+128, BETWEEN RBL12.00 AND


LBL12.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the forward and the aft faces of the
pressure bulkhead, frame FS409.00+128, at the keel beam box (pressure box)
between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 150 (refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the main avionics compartment−door and the wing−to−fuselage
fairings.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


On aircraft with Rework Configuration No. 1, refer to Table 1.
On aircraft with Rework Configuration No. 2, refer to Table 2.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data for Rework Configuration No. 1


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
Transverse angle 601R30006−3 7075 T6
Pressure bulkhead
601R32208−123 A023
web 2024 T3
Filler 601R30006−11
Gusset 601R30006−5/−6 17−7PH HT1050 S020
Pressure box angle 601R32208−73
Frame angle 601R32208−15/−16 7075 T62 A023
Angle 601R32208−69/−70
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−177 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 2 − Part Identification Data for Rework Configuration No. 2


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
Channel 601R32207−5 7075−T7351 A024
Gusset 601R30007−3 17−7PH HT1050 S020
Pressure bulkhead
601R32208−123 2024 T3
web
Frame angle 601R32208−15/−16 A023
Pressure box angle 601R32208−73 7075 T62
Angle 601R32208−69/−70
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft with SB 601R−53−047 incorporated (Rework Configuration No. 1).
B. All aircraft with Modsum TC601R14465 (bulkhead repairs) incorporated (Rework
Configuration No. 2).

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the left wing−to−fuselage fairing 191BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−803).
(2) Remove the right wing−to−fuselage fairing 192BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−802).
(3) Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics compartment−door

(4) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(5) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2).
(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(7) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−177 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(8) If the inspection surfaces are painted:


(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Pressure Bulkhead at Frame FS409.00+128, Between


RBL12.00 and LBL12.00
On aircraft with Rework Configuration No. 1, refer to Figure 1. On aircraft with Rework
Configuration No. 2, refer to Figure 2.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) On aircraft with Rework Configuration No. 1, do the inspection that follows (refer to
Figure 1):
(a) Examine the aft face of the pressure bulkhead between RBL12.00 and
LBL12.00, and 2.00 in. (50.80 mm) below the transverse angle 601R30006−3.
Carefully examine the corners of the pressure−bulkhead web cut−out.
(b) Examine the lower flange of the transverse angle 601R30006−3 between
RBL12.00 and LBL12.00. Carefully examine the transverse angle
601R30006−3 at RBL6.00 and LBL6.00.
(c) Examine the forward face of the pressure bulkhead and support structure
between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00, and between WL45.00 and WL73.00, full
depth of the bulkhead web 601R32208−123. Carefully examine the pressure
bulkhead web immediately above the pressure box angle 601R32208−73.
(2) On aircraft with Rework Configuration No. 2, do the inspection that follows (refer to
Figure 2):
(a) Examine the aft face of the pressure bulkhead between RBL12.00 and
LBL12.00, and 2.00 in. (50.80 mm) below the channel 601R32207−5. Carefully
examine the corners of the pressure−bulkhead web cut−out.
(b) Examine the lower flange of the channel 601R32207−5 between RBL12.00 and
LBL12.00. Carefully examine the channel 601R32207−5 at RBL6.00 and
LBL6.00.
(c) Examine the forward face of the pressure bulkhead and support structure
between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00, and between WL45.00 and WL73.00, full
depth of the bulkhead web 601R32208−123. Carefully examine the pressure
bulkhead web immediately above the pressure box angle 601R32208−73.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−41−177 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics compartment−door

F. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
G. Install the left wing−to−fuselage fairing 191BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−803).
H. Install the right wing−to−fuselage fairing 192BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−802).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−177 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A RBL 12.00 BL 0.00 LBL 12.00


RBL 9.00 LBL 9.00

WL 73.00

WL 69.00

EXAMINE THE WL 48.95


SHADED AREA WL 45.00
B
STR 26 STR 26
RBL 12.00 (RBL 6.00) (LBL 6.00) LBL 12.00
NOTE A

This inspection applies to all aircaft VIEW LOOKING AFT


with SB 601R−53−047 incorporated. AT FS 409.00 + 128

LBL 12.00
GUSSET LBL 9.00
PRESSURE BOX 601R30006−5
ANGLE
601R32208−73
C BL 0.00
GUSSET
601R30006−6
PRESSURE
BULKHEAD WEB RBL 9.00
FRAME ANGLE
601R32208−123 RBL 12.00 601R32208−15

ANGLE
601R32208−69

FRAME ANGLE PRESSURE BOX


rnd5341177_001.dg, jp/rm, 20/03/00

601R32208−16 (REF)
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
ANGLE B
601R32208−70 VIEW LOOKING AFT AT
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00
Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 1)
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−41−177 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual
ANGLE
601R32208−79
ANGLE (REF)
PRESSURE
BULKHEAD WEB 601R32208−81 WL 48.95
RBL 9.00
601R32208−123 (REF)
BL 0.00
LBL 9.00
FILLER
601R30006−11

RBL 12.00
D
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
TRANSVERSE LBL 12.00
ANGLE C FILLER
601R30006−3 601R30006−11
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD AT
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN 2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00

ANGLE BL 0.00
601R32208−81
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

ANGLE
601R32208−79

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)
LBL 12.00
rnd5341177_002.dg, jp/rm, 21/03/00

PRESSURE
BULKHEAD WEB
601R32208−123

D
VIEW LOOKING UP ON TRANSVERSE ANGLE
RBL 12.00 AT FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00
Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 1)
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−41−177 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

RBL 18.00 BL 0.00 LBL 18.00


RBL 9.00 LBL 9.00
WL 73.00

WL 69.00

EXAMINE THE WL 48.95


SHADED AREA WL 45.00
B

STR 26 STR 26
RBL 12.00 (RBL 6.00) (LBL 6.00) LBL 12.00
NOTE
A
This inspection applies to all aircraft VIEW LOOKING AFT
with Modsum TC601R14465. AT FS 409.00 + 128
LBL 12.00
GUSSET LBL 9.00
PRESSURE BOX 601R30007−3
ANGLE
601R32208−73
BL 0.00
C
PRESSURE
BULKHEAD WEB RBL 9.00
601R32208−123 FRAME ANGLE
RBL 12.00 601R32208−15

ANGLE
601R32208−69

FRAME ANGLE PRESSURE BOX


rnd5341177_003.dg, jp/rm, 21/03/00

601R32208−16 (REF)
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
ANGLE B
601R32208−70
VIEW LOOKING AFT AT
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00
Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 2)
Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


53−41−177 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual
CHANNEL
601R32207−5
RADIUS BLOCK
PRESSURE (REF) RBL 9.00 WL 48.95
BULKHEAD WEB BL 0.00
601R32208−123
LBL 9.00
GUSSET
601R30007−3 RADIUS BLOCK
(REF)

RBL 12.00
D
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
LBL 12.00 GUSSET
C 601R30007−3
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD AT 2.00 in.
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN (50.80 mm)
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00

BL 0.00

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)
LBL 12.00
rnd5341177_004.dg, jp/rm, 21/03/00

PRESSURE
BULKHEAD WEB
601R32208−123

D
VIEW LOOKING UP ON CHANNEL
RBL 12.00 AT FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00
Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 2)
Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8


53−41−177 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD AT FS409.00+128, BETWEEN RBL12.00 AND


LBL12.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the forward and the aft faces of the
pressure bulkhead, frame FS409.00+128, at the keel beam box (pressure box)
between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 150 (Refer to NDTM Part 1 General, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the main avionics compartment−door and the wing−to−fuselage
fairings.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
7475−T7351 AL ALY
1 Channel 601R38566 BAMS 516−002
PL
Pressure bulkhead 2024−T3 AL ALY
2
web ALCD SH
601R32208 QQ−A−250/5
2024−T42 AL ALY
3 Frame angle
ALCD SH
4 Joint angle 601R38568 7475−T7351 AL ALY
BAMS 516−002
5 Corner angle 601R38567 PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft with MODSUMS TC601R25125 (Bulkhead FS409+128 reinforcement),
TC601R25126 and TC601R25127 (Bulkhead rework) incorporated.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−179 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the left wing−to−fuselage fairing 191BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−803).
(2) Remove the right wing−to−fuselage fairing 192BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−802).
(3) Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics compartment−door
(4) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(5) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(7) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(8) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Pressure Bulkhead at Frame FS409.00+128, Between RBL12.00
and LBL12.00
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the forward face of the pressure bulkhead web (2) and the frame angle (3)
between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00, and between WL 45.00 and WL 73.00. Make sure
you carefully examine the pressure bulkhead web immediately above the joint angle
(4) and corner angle (5).
(2) Examine the aft face of the pressure bulkhead (2) between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00,
and 2.00 in. (50.80 mm) below the channel (1). Make sure you carefully examine the
corners of the pressure−bulkhead web cut−out.
(3) Examine the lower flange of the channel (1) between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00. Make
sure you carefully examine the channel at RBL6.00 and LBL6.00.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−179 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics compartment−door

F. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
G. Install the left wing−to−fuselage fairing 191BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−803).
H. Install the right wing−to−fuselage fairing 192BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−802).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−179 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A RBL 12.00 BL 0.00 LBL 12.00


RBL 9.00 LBL 9.00

WL 73.00

WL 69.00

WL 48.95
1
WL 45.00
B
STR 26 STR 26
RBL 12.00 (RBL 6.00) (LBL 6.00) LBL 12.00
NOTE
A
1 Examine the shaded area.
VIEW LOOKING AFT
This inspection applies to all aircraft AT FS 409.00 + 128
with TC601R25125, TC601R25126,
and TC601R25127 incorporated.
CORNER LBL 12.00
ANGLE
5 LBL 9.00

1
CORNER
C ANGLE
BL 0.00
5

PRESSURE
RBL 9.00
BULKHEAD WEB FRAME ANGLE
2 RBL 12.00 3

PRESSURE BOX
(REF)
rnd5341179_001.dg, jp/rm, 25/01/01

FRAME ANGLE JOINT ANGLE


3 4

B
VIEW LOOKING AFT AT
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00

Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−179 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

CHANNEL
1
RBL 9.00
PRESSURE BL 0.00 WL 48.95
BULKHEAD WEB
2 LBL 9.00

D RBL 12.00
1

LBL 12.00 C
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD AT
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN 2.00 in.
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00 (50.80 mm)

BL 0.00

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)
RBL 12.00
rnd5341179_002.dg, kms/sw, 05/03/01

PRESSURE
BULKHEAD WEB
2

D
VIEW LOOKING UP ON CHANNEL
LBL 12.00 AT FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00
Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−41−179 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE STRAP MODIFICATION TO THE FS409.00+128 BULKHEAD

AWL 53−41−180

1. General

A. This nondestructive testing procedure is for the detailed inspection procedure is used to
visually examine the forward and aft surfaces of the pressure bulkhead web, the lower
flange of the reinforcing channel and reinforcing strap at FS409.00+128 for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 171 and 172 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the aircraft main avionics door.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Reinforcing Channel 601R38566 7475−T7351 Al−Aly QQ−A−250/12
2 Bulkhead Web 601R32208 2024−T3 Aly Alcd Sh QQ−A−250/5
3 Reinforcing Strap 601R38569 7475−T7351 Al Aly QQ−A−250/12
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft Post−Modsum TC601R25125, TC601R25126, and TC601R25127.
B. All aircraft Post−Modsum TC601R25128 or SB 601R−53−050.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−180 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the Left Forward Wing to Fuselage Fairing (191BB) (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−803).
(2) Remove the Right Forward Wing to Fuselage Fairing (192BB) refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−802).
(3) Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics compartment−door

(4) Remove or lift insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(5) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(7) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(8) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration on local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Forward and Aft Face Pressure Bulkhead Web surfaces with
Reinforcing Strap
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the forward face pressure bulkhead web (2) between LBL12 and RBL12
and between WL45 and WL 73 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure
you pay attention to the pressure bulkhead web (2) immediately above the pressure
box corner angles and the corners of the pressure bulkhead.
(2) Examine the reinforcing strap (3) that’s below the keel beam links make sure you
carefully examine each fastener holes.
(3) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−180 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(4) Examine the aft pressure bulkhead web (2) between LBL 12 and RLB 12, and 2
inches below the reinforcing channel (3).
(5) Examine the lower flange of the reinforcing channel (1).

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−180 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS409.00+128

WL 66.50

1
rnd5341180_001.dg, gw, aug6/2009

Inspection of the Forward and Aft Face Pressure Bulkhead Web with Reinforcing Strap
Figure 1 Sheet 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−180 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
Examine shaded area.

WL73 RBL RBL LBL LBL


18 12 12 18

WL
68.92
STGR 18
STGR 19
STGR 19
STGR 20 STGR 20
STGR 21 STGR 21
STGR 22 STGR 22
STGR 23 STGR 23
1 STGR 24
WL45
STGR 25
STGR 24 STGR 26 STGR 26
FRAME ANGLE STGR 25
CORNER ANGLE
(REF)
(REF)

VIEW LOOKING AFT

3
rnd5341180_002.dg, kp, 26−Feb−2014

Inspection of the Forward and Aft Face Pressure Bulkhead Web with Reinforcing Strap
Figure 1 Sheet 2

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−41−180 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WL
68.92
STGR 18

STGR 19 STGR 19

STGR 20 STGR 20
STGR 21 STGR 21

STGR 22 STGR 22
STGR 23 STGR 23
STGR 24
STGR 24
STGR 25 STGR 25
STGR 26 STGR 26

NOTE
Examine shaded
area.
VIEW LOOKING AFT

TOP FLANGE
(REF)

LOWER
FLANGE
rnd5341180_003.dg, gw, aug5/2009

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−41−180 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD AT FS409.00+128, BETWEEN RBL12.00 AND


LBL12.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the forward and the aft faces of the
pressure bulkhead, frame FS409.00+128, at the keel beam box between RBL12.00
and LBL12.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 150 (refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the main avionics compartment−door and the wing−to−fuselage
fairings.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


On aircraft with Rework Configuration No. 1, refer to Table 1.
On aircraft with Rework Configuration No. 2, refer to Table 2.
On aircraft with Rework Configuration No. 3, refer to Table 3.
On aircraft with Rework Configuration No. 4, refer to Table 4.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data for Rework Configuration No. 1


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
Transverse angle 601R30006−3 7075 T6 A023
Pressure bulkhead
601R32208−123 2024 T3 A023
web
Filler 601R30006−11 2024 T3 A023
Skin 601R38323−7 2024 T3 A048
Gusset 601R30006−5/−6 17−7PH HT1050 S020
Pressure box angle 601R32208−73 7075 T62 A023
Frame angle 601R32208−15/−16 7075 T62 A023
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data for Rework Configuration No. 1 (Continued)


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
601R32208−69 7075 T62 A023
Angle
601R32208−70 7075 T62 A023
AL AL 7475−T7351
Strap 601R30008−3 −
CMS 516−02
MIL−S−22499/1 TYPE
Shim 601R30008−5 −
1 CLASS 1
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

Table 2 − Part Identification Data for Rework Configuration No. 2


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
Channel 601R32207−5 7075−T7351 A024
Skin 601R38323−7 2024 T3 A048
Gusset 601R30007−3 17−7PH HT1050 S020
Pressure box angle 601R32208−73
Frame angle 601R32208−15/−16
7075 T62
601R32208−69
Angle A023
601R32208−70
Pressure bulkhead
601R32208−123 2024 T3
web
AL AL 7475−T7351
Strap 601R30008−3 −
CMS 516−02
MIL−S−22499/1 TYPE
Shim 601R30008−5 −
1 CLASS 1
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

Table 3 − Part Identification Data for Rework Configuration No. 3


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
601R−53−31−012− 7075 T6511
Transverse angle −
13 MF−S3579
Pressure bulkhead
601R322208−123 2024 T3 A023
web
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 3 − Part Identification Data for Rework Configuration No. 3 (Continued)


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
Repair web doubler 53−10002−1
601R−53−31−012−
Filler
15
2024 T3 −
Filler 53−10002−3
Filler 53−10002−9
Filler 53−10002−27
Pressure box angle 53−10002−17 7075 T6511 −
Frame angle 53−10002−11/−12 −
601R−53−31−019−
Angle
21/−22 2024 T42

601R−53−31−019−
Angle
19
Skin 601R38323−7 2024 T3 A048
AL AL 7475−T7351
Strap 601R30008−3 −
CMS 516−02
MIL−S−22499/1 TYPE
Shim 601R30008−5 −
1 CLASS 1
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

Table 4 − Part Identification Data for Rework Configuration No. 4


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
Pressure bulkhead
601R32208−123
web
Doubler 601R−53−31−012−1
Doubler 601R−53−31−012−3
Packer 601R−53−31−012−7
2024 T3
2024−T3 −
Packer 601R−53−31−012−9
Packer 601R−53−31−012−31
Packer 601R−53−31−012−33
Packer 601R−53−31−012−43
Packer 601R−53−31−012−27
Packer 601R−53−31−012−29
Packer 601R−53−31−012−35 2024−T3 −
Skin filler 601R−53−31−012−5
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 4 − Part Identification Data for Rework Configuration No. 4 (Continued)


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
601R−53−31−012−23
Flange angle
/−24
Pressure box angle 601R−53−31−012−59
2024−T42 −
601R−53−31−012−21
Angle
/−22
Splice angle 601R−53−31−012−41
601R−53−31−012−11
Frame section 7075−T62 −
/−12
Transverse angle 601R−53−31−012−13 S−3579 −
Skin 601R38323−7 2024 T3 A048
AL AL 7475−T7351
Strap 601R30008−3 −
CMS 516−02
MIL−S−22499/1 TYPE
Shim 601R30008−5 −
1 CLASS 1
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
− Rework Configuration No. 1 − All aircraft with SB 601R−53−047, and SB 601R−53−050 or
Modsum TC601R14589 (external reinforcing strap) incorporated
− Rework Configuration No. 2 − All aircraft with Modsum TC601R14465 (bulkhead repairs),
and SB 601R−53−050 or Modsum TC601R14589 (external reinforcing strap) incorporated
− Rework Configuration No. 3 − All aircraft repaired in accordance with Air Canada Drawing
53−10002, and SB 601R−53−050 or Modsum TC601R14589 (external reinforcing strap)
incorporated
− Rework Configuration No. 4 − All aircraft repaired in accordance with REO
601R−53−31−012 (SB 601R−53−046), and SB 601R−53−050 or Modsum TC601R14589
(external reinforcing strap) incorporated.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the left wing−to−fuselage fairing 191BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−803).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(2) Remove the right wing−to−fuselage fairing 192BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−802).
(3) Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics compartment−door

(4) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(5) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1, Figure 2, Figure 3, and
Figure 4).
(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(7) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(8) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Pressure Bulkhead at Frame FS409.00+128, Between


RBL12.00 and LBL12.00

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) On aircraft with Rework Configuration No. 1, do the inspection that follows (refer to
the shaded area in Figure 1):
(a) Examine the aft face of the pressure bulkhead between RBL12.00 and
LBL12.00, and 2.00 in. (50.80 mm) below the transverse angle 601R30006−3.
Carefully examine the corners of the pressure−bulkhead web cut−out.
(b) Examine the lower flange of the transverse angle 601R30006−3 between
RBL12.00 and LBL12.00. Carefully examine the transverse angle 601R3006−3
at RBL6.00 and LBL6.00
(c) Examine the forward face of the pressure bulkhead between RBL12.00 and
LBL12.00, and between WL45.00 and WL73.00, full depth of the bulkhead web.
Carefully examine the pressure bulkhead web immediately above the pressure
box angle 601R32208−73.
(d) Examine the strap 601R30008−3, shim 601R30008−5 and the skin
601R38323−7 area 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) around the strap.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A RBL 12.00 BL 0.00 LBL 12.00


RBL 9.00 LBL 9.00

WL 73.00

WL 69.00

EXAMINE THE WL 48.95


SHADED AREA WL 45.00
B
STR 26 STR 26
NOTE RBL 12.00 (RBL 6.00) (LBL 6.00) LBL 12.00
This inspection applies to all aircraft
A
with SB 601R−53−047, and SB 601R−53−050
or Modsum TC601R14589 incorporated. VIEW LOOKING AFT
AT FS 409.00 + 128
PRESSURE
BULKHEAD WEB
601R32208−123 LBL 12.00
GUSSET LBL 9.00
PRESSURE BOX 601R30006−5
ANGLE
601R32208−73
C
BL 0.00
GUSSET
601R30006−6

RBL 9.00
FRAME ANGLE
RBL 12.00 601R32208−15
ANGLE
601R32208−69
PRESSURE BOX
(REF)
rnd5341185_001.dg, rm/jp, 29/11/99

FRAME ANGLE
601R32208−16
EXAMINE THE STRAP
ANGLE SHADED AREA 601R30008−3
B 601R32208−70
VIEW LOOKING AFT AT
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00
Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 1)
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

TRANSVERSE ANGLE RBL 18.00


PRESSURE ANGLE 601R32208−79
BULKHEAD WEB 601R30006−3 (REF)
601R32208−123 ANGLE WL 48.95
601R32208−81 RBL 9.00
(REF) BL 0.00
FILLER
601R30006−11
LBL 9.00

LBL 18.00
RADIUS BLOCK
(REF)

RBL 12.00
D
SHIM
601R30008−5
(TWO PLACES)
EXAMINE THE
STRAP SHADED AREA
601R30008−3 FILLER
LBL 12.00 601R30006−11
RADIUS BLOCK C
(REF) VIEW LOOKING FORWARD AT 2.00 in.
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN (50.80 mm)
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00

ANGLE BL 0.00
601R32208−81
TRANSVERSE
ANGLE
601R30006−3
ANGLE 2.00 in.
601R32208−79 (50.80 mm)

SKIN
601R38323−7
2.00 in.
(50.80 mm) PRESSURE
RBL 12.00 BULKHEAD WEB
601R32208−123
rnd5341185_002.dg, jp/kms, 22/02/00

SKIN SHIM
601R38323−7 601R30008−5
(TWO PLACES) STRAP
601R30008−3
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA D
2.00 in.
(50.80 mm) VIEW LOOKING UP ON TRANSVERSE ANGLE AND STRAP
LBL 12.00 AT FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00
Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 1)
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(2) On aircraft with Rework Configuration No. 2, do the inspection that follows (refer to
the shaded area in Figure 2):
(a) Examine the aft face of the pressure bulkhead between RBL12.00 and
LBL12.00, and 2.00 in. (50.80 mm) below the channel 601R32207−5. Carefully
examine the corners of the pressure−bulkhead web cut−out.
(b) Examine the lower flange of the channel 601R32207−5 between RBL12.00 and
LBL12.00. Carefully examine the channel 601R32207−5 at RBL6.00 and
LBL6.00.
(c) Examine the forward face of the pressure bulkhead between RBL12.00 and
LBL12.00, and between WL45.00 and WL73.00, full depth of the bulkhead web.
Carefully examine the pressure bulkhead web immediately above the pressure
box angle 601R32208−73.
(d) Examine the strap 601R30008−3, shim 601R30008−5 and the skin
601R38323−7 area 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) around the strap.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

RBL 18.00 BL 0.00 LBL 18.00


RBL 9.00 LBL 9.00

WL 73.00

WL 69.00

EXAMINE THE WL 48.95


SHADED AREA WL 45.00
B
STR 26 STR 26
RBL 12.00 (RBL 6.00) (LBL 6.00) LBL 12.00
NOTE
A
This inspection applies to all aircraft with
Modsum TC601R14589 or SB 601R−53−050, VIEW LOOKING AFT
and Modsum TC601R14465 incorporated. AT FS 409.00 + 128

PRESSURE LBL 12.00


BULKHEAD WEB GUSSET
LBL 9.00
601R32208−123 601R30007−3

PRESSURE BOX
ANGLE
601R32208−73 BL 0.00
C

RBL 9.00
FRAME ANGLE
RBL 12.00 601R32208−15
ANGLE
601R32208−69
PRESSURE BOX
(REF)
FRAME ANGLE
rnd5341185_003.dg, rm/jp, 29/11/99

601R32208−16 STRAP
EXAMINE THE 601R30008−3
SHADED AREA
ANGLE
B 601R32208−70
VIEW LOOKING AFT AT
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00
Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 2)
Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 9


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

RBL 18.00
CHANNEL
PRESSURE RADIUS 601R32207−5
BULKHEAD WEB BLOCK
RBL 9.00 WL 48.95
601R32208−123 (REF)
BL 0.00
GUSSET
601R30007−3 LBL 9.00 RADIUS
BLOCK
(REF)
LBL 18.00
RADIUS BLOCK
(REF)

D RBL 12.00
SHIM
601R30008−5
(TWO PLACES)
EXAMINE THE
STRAP SHADED AREA
601R30008−3 GUSSET
LBL 12.00 601R30007−3
RADIUS BLOCK C
(REF) 2.00 in.
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD AT (50.80 mm)
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00

BL 0.00

CHANNEL
601R32207−5

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)

PRESSURE
2.00 in. BULKHEAD WEB
(50.80 mm) 601R32208−123
RBL 12.00
SKIN
rnd5341185_004.dg, jp/kms, 22/02/00

SKIN SHIM 601R38323−7


601R38323−7 601R30008−5
(TWO PLACES) STRAP
601R30008−3
EXAMINE THE
2.00 in. SHADED AREA
D
(50.80 mm)
VIEW LOOKING UP ON CHANNEL AND STRAP AT
LBL 12.00 FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00
Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 2)
Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 10


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(3) On aircraft with Rework Configuration No. 3, do the inspection that follows (refer to
the shaded area in Figure 3):
(a) Examine the aft face of the pressure bulkhead and the repair web doubler
between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00, and 2.00 in. (50.80 mm) below the
transverse angle 601R−53−31−012−13. Carefully examine the corners of the
repair web doubler cut−out.
(b) Examine the lower flange of the transverse angle 601R−53−31−012−13
between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00. Carefully examine the transverse angle
601R−53−31−012−13 at RBL6.00 and LBL6.00.
(c) Examine the forward face of the pressure bulkhead between RBL12.00 and
LBL12.00, and between WL45.00 and WL73.00, full depth of the bulkhead web
and repair web doubler. Carefully examine the repair web doubler immediately
above the pressure box angle 53−10002−17.
(d) Examine the strap 601R30008−3, shim 601R30008−5 and the skin
601R38323−7 area 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) around the strap.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 11


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
A RBL 12.00 BL 0.00 LBL 12.00
RBL 9.00 LBL 9.00

WL 73.00

WL 69.00

A
WL 48.95
VIEW LOOKING AFT
AT FS 409.00 + 128 WL 45.00
B
STR 26 STR 26
NOTES
RBL 12.00 (RBL 6.00) (LBL 6.00) LBL 12.00
1 Optional trim.
2. This inspection applies to all PRESSURE
aircraft repaired to Air Canada REPAIR WEB LBL 12.00 BULKHEAD WEB
drawing 53−10002, and Modsum DOUBLER 601R32208−123
TC601R14589 or SB 601R−53−050 53−10002−1 LBL 9.00
incorporated.
BL 0.00
FILLER FRAME ANGLE
C
53−10002−27 601R32208−15
RBL 9.00 (REF)
PRESSURE
BULKHEAD WEB RBL 12.00
601R32208−123
FRAME ANGLE
53−10002−11
1
PRESSURE BOX
FILLER
(REF)
53−10002−9
PRESSURE BOX
rnd5341185_005.dg, jp/kms, 17/12/99

ANGLE 53−10002−17

EXAMINE THE ANGLE


SHADED AREA 601R−53−31−019−19
ANGLE B
1 601R−53−31− VIEW LOOKING AFT AT
FRAME ANGLE
FRAME ANGLE STRAP 012−22
601R32208−16 FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
(REF) 53−10002−12 601R30008−3 RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00
Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 3)
Figure 3 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 12


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FILLER RBL 9.00 PRESSURE


53−10002−3 BULKHEAD WEB
REPAIR WEB 601R32208−123
DOUBLER BL 0.00
53−10002−1

LBL 9.00

ANGLE RADIUS
601R32208−79 BLOCK
(REF) (REF)

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
PRESSURE D RBL 12.00
BULKHEAD WEB
601R32208−123
TRANSVERSE ANGLE
601R−53−31−012−13
FILLER (REF)
STRAP
601R−53−31−012−15
601R30008−3
LBL 12.00
EXAMINE THE
RADIUS BLOCK SHADED AREA
(REF)
rnd5341185_006.dg, jp, 29/11/99

C
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD AT
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 + LBL 12.00

Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 3)


Figure 3 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 13


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

PRESSURE
RBL 9.00 BULKHEAD WEB
FILLER 601R32208−123
53−10002−3

BL 0.00
ANGLE
601R32208−81
(REF)
FILLER
LBL 9.00 601R−53−31−012−15
REPAIR WEB
DOUBLER
53−10002−1

PRESSURE
BULKHEAD WEB
601R32208−123

2.00 in. SKIN


(50.80 mm) 601R38323−7

STRAP
RBL 12.00 601R30008−3

SHIM
601R30008−5
(TWO PLACES)

TRANSVERSE
ANGLE
601R−53−31−012−13
SKIN
rnd5341185_007.dg, jp/kms, 22/02/00

LBL 12.00 601R38323−7

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)
D

VIEW LOOKING UP ON TRANSVERSE


ANGLE AND STRAP AT FS409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00
Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 3)
Figure 3 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 14


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(4) On aircraft with Rework Configuration No. 4, do the inspection that follows (refer to
the shaded area in Figure 4):
(a) Examine the aft face of the pressure bulkhead, the skin filler
601R−53−31−012−5 and the two doublers 601R−53−31−012−1/−3
between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00, and 2.00 in. (50.80 mm) below the
transverse angle 601R−53−31−012−13. Carefully examine the corners of the
skin filler cut−out.
(b) Examine the lower flange of the transverse angle 601R−53−31−012−13
between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00. Carefully examine the transverse angle
601R−53−31−012−13 at RBL6.00 and LBL6.00.
(c) Examine the forward face of the pressure bulkhead between RBL12.00 and
LBL12.00, and between WL45.00 and WL73.00, full depth of the bulkhead web
and the two doublers. Carefully examine the two doublers immediately above
the pressure box angle 601R−53−31−012−9.
(d) Examine the strap 601R30008−3, shim 601R30008−5 and the skin
601R38323−7 area 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) around the strap.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics compartment−door

F. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
G. Install the left wing−to−fuselage fairing 191BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−803).
H. Install the right wing−to−fuselage fairing 192BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−802).
I. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 15
53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
This inspection applies to all aircraft
repaired to REO 601R−53−31−012
A
(SB 601R−53−046), and Modsum
TC601R14589 or SB 601R−53−050
incorporated.

RBL BL LBL
12.00 0.00 12.00
RBL LBL
9.00 9.00

WL
73.00

WL
69.00

WL
48.95
EXAMINE THE WL
SHADED AREA 45.00
B
STR 26 STR 26
(RBL 6.00) (LBL 6.00) LBL
RBL
12.00 12.00

A
VIEW LOOKING AFT
AT FS 409.00 + 128
rnd5341185_008.dg, jp/kms, 20/12/99

Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 4)


Figure 4 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 16


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

PACKER FRAME SECTION


601R−53−31−012−31 601R−53−31−012−11 WL 73.00
LBL 12.00
(TWO PLACES)
PACKER LBL 9.00
PACKER 601R−53−31−012−33
601R−53−31−012−29 (TWO PLACES) PACKER
(TWO PLACES) 601R−53−31−012−43
BL 0.00

C
PACKER
601R−53−31−012−47
PRESSURE RBL 9.00
BULKHEAD WEB SPLICE ANGLE
601R32208−123 RBL 12.00 601R−53−31−012−41
(TWO PLACES)

PACKER FRAME ANGLE


601R−53−31−012−27 601R32208−15
(REF)
FLANGE ANGLE
601R−53−31−012−24
(601R−53−31−012−23
OPPOSITE)
PACKER STR 25
601R−53−31−012−35
EXAMINE THE
PACKER
SHADED AREA
601R−53−31−012−45
DOUBLER
601R−53−31−012−3 PRESSURE BOX
DOUBLER (REF)
601R−53−31−012−1
PRESSURE
SPLICE ANGLE BOX ANGLE
601R−53−31−012−42 601R−53−31−012−59
(TWO PLACES) STR 25 PACKER
601R−53−31−012−9
FRAME ANGLE STRAP PACKER
601R32208−16 601R30008−3 601R−53−31−012−7
(REF)
ANGLE
rnd5341185_009.dg, jp/kms, 23/02/00

FRAME SECTION 601R−53−31−012−22


601R−53−31−012−12 (601R−53−31−012−21
OPPOSITE) B
VIEW LOOKING AFT AT
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00

Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 4)


Figure 4 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 17


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WEB FILLER RBL 9.00


601R−53−31−012−5 PRESSURE
BULKHEAD WEB
BL 0.00 601R32208−123

LBL 9.00

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

RADIUS BLOCK
(REF)
D RBL 12.00

TRANSVERSE ANGLE
601R−53−31−012−13

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
PACKER STRAP
601R−53−31−012−15 LBL 12.00 601R30008−3
ANGLE
RADIUS BLOCK 601R32208−79
rnd5341185_010.dg, jp/gw, 29/02/00

(REF) (REF)
C
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD AT
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00

Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 4)


Figure 4 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 18


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

RBL 9.00
PACKER
WEB FILLER
601R−53−31−012−15
601R−53−31−012−5

BL 0.00
ANGLE
601R32208−81
(REF) 2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)
PRESSURE LBL 9.00
BULKHEAD WEB
601R32208−123

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)

RBL 12.00
SHIM
601R30008−5
(TWO PLACES)
STRAP
601R30008−3
TRANSVERSE
ANGLE
601R−53−31−012−13

EXAMINE THE
LBL 12.00
SHADED AREA SKIN
rnd5341185_011.dg, jp/gw, 29/02/00

2.00 in. 601R38323−7


(50.80 mm)
D

VIEW LOOKING UP ON TRANSVERSE


ANGLE AT FS409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00

Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128 (Rework Configuration No. 4)


Figure 4 (Sheet 4)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 19


53−41−185 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PRESSURE BULKHEAD AT FS409.00+128, BETWEEN RBL12.00 AND


LBL12.00

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the forward and the aft faces of the
pressure bulkhead, frame FS409.00+128, at the keel beam box (pressure box)
between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 150 (refer to NDTM Part 1 General, 51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access is through the main avionics compartment−door and the wing−to−fuselage
fairings.
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
Pressure bulkhead
601R32208−123
web
Doubler 601R−53−31−012−1
Doubler 601R−53−31−012−3 2024−T3 −
Packer 601R−53−31−012−7
Packer 601R−53−31−012−9
Packer 601R−53−31−012−31
Packer 601R−53−31−012−33
Packer 601R−53−31−012−43
Packer 601R−53−31−012−27
Packer 601R−53−31−012−29 2024−T3 −
Packer 601R−53−31−012−45
Packer 601R−53−31−012−35
Web filler 601R−53−31−012−5
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−188 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
601R−53−31−012−23
Flange angle
/−24
Pressure box angle 601R−53−31−012−59
601R−53−31−012−21 2024−T42 −
Angle
/−22
601R−53−31−012−41
Splice angle
/−42
601R−53−31−012−11
Frame section 7075−T62 −
/−12
Transverse angle 601R−53−31−012−13 S−3579 −
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft repaired in accordance with REO 601R−53−31−012 (SB 601R−53−046).

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(2) Remove the left wing−to−fuselage fairing 191BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−803).
(3) Remove the right wing−to−fuselage fairing 192BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−802).
(4) Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics compartment−door

(5) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(7) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−188 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(8) If the inspection surfaces are painted:


(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Pressure Bulkhead at Frame FS409.00+128, Between


RBL12.00 and LBL12.00
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the aft face of the pressure bulkhead between RBL12.00 and LBL12.00, and
2.00 in. (50.80 mm) below the transverse angle 601R−53−31−012−13. Carefully
examine the corners of the pressure−bulkhead web cut−out.
(2) Examine the lower flange of the transverse angle 601R−53−31−012−13 between
RBL12.00 and LBL12.00. Carefully examine the transverse angle
601R−53−31−012−13 at RBL6.00 and LBL6.00.
(3) Examine the forward face of the pressure bulkhead between RBL12.00 and
LBL12.00, and between WL 45.00 and WL 73.00, full depth of the bulkhead web.
Carefully examine the pressure bulkhead web, web filler and doublers immediately
above the pressure box angle 601R−53−31−012−59 and fastener holes.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the close out area.
E. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics compartment−door

F. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−41−188 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

G. Install the left wing−to−fuselage fairing 191BB (refer to AMM TASK


53−82−01−400−803).
H. Install the right wing−to−fuselage fairing 192BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−802).
I. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−188 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
This inspection applies to all aircraft
repaired to REO 601R−53−31−012
A
(SB 601R−53−046).

RBL BL LBL
12.00 0.00 12.00
RBL LBL
9.00 9.00

WL
73.00

WL
69.00

WL
48.95
EXAMINE THE WL
SHADED AREA B 45.00

STR 26 STR 26
(RBL 6.00) (LBL 6.00) LBL
RBL
12.00 12.00

A
VIEW LOOKING AFT
AT FS 409.00 + 128
rnd5341188_001.dg, rm/jp, 08/12/99

Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−41−188 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

PACKER FRAME SECTION


601R−53−31−012−31 601R−53−31−012−11 WL 73.00
(TWO PLACES) LBL 12.00
PACKER
601R−53−31−012−33 LBL 9.00
PACKER (TWO PLACES)
601R−53−31−012−29 PACKER
(TWO PLACES) 601R−53−31−012−43
BL 0.00

C
PACKER
601R−53−31−012−47
PRESSURE RBL 9.00
BULKHEAD WEB SPLICE ANGLE
601R32208−123 RBL 12.00 601R−53−31−012−41
(TWO PLACES)

PACKER FRAME ANGLE


601R−53−31−012−27 601R32208−15
(REF)
FLANGE ANGLE
601R−53−31−012−24
(601R−53−31−012−23
OPPOSITE)
PACKER STR 25
601R−53−31−012−35
EXAMINE THE PACKER
SHADED AREA 601R−53−31−012−45
DOUBLER
601R−53−31−012−3 PRESSURE BOX
(REF)
DOUBLER
601R−53−31−012−1 PRESSURE
BOX ANGLE
SPLICE ANGLE 601R−53−31−012−59
601R−53−31−012−42 STR 25 PACKER
(TWO PLACES) 601R−53−31−012−9
FRAME ANGLE
PACKER
601R32208−16
601R−53−31−012−7
(REF)
ANGLE
rnd5341188_002.dg, jp/kms, 23/02/00

FRAME SECTION 601R−53−31−012−22


601R−53−31−012−12 (601R−53−31−012−21
OPPOSITE)
B
VIEW LOOKING AFT AT
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00

Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−41−188 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WEB FILLER RBL 9.00


601R−53−31−012−5 PRESSURE
BULKHEAD WEB
BL 0.00 601R32208−123

LBL 9.00

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA

RBL 12.00

D TRANSVERSE ANGLE
601R−53−31−012−13
EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREA
PACKER LBL 12.00
601R−53−31−012−15 ANGLE
rnd5341188_003.dg, jp/kms, 28/02/00

601R32208−79
(REF)
C
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD AT
FS 409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00

Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


53−41−188 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

RBL 9.00
PACKER
WEB FILLER
601R−53−31−012−15
601R−53−31−012−5

BL 0.00
ANGLE
601R32208−81
(REF)

PRESSURE LBL 9.00


BULKHEAD WEB
601R32208−123

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)

RBL 12.00

TRANSVERSE
ANGLE
601R−53−31−012−13

EXAMINE THE
LBL 12.00
rnd5341188_004.dg, jp/kms, 23/02/00

SHADED AREA

VIEW LOOKING UP ON TRANSVERSE


ANGLE AT FS409.00 + 128 BETWEEN
RBL 12.00 AND LBL 12.00
Inspection of the Pressure Bulkhead at FS409.00+128
Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8


53−41−188 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE BEACON LIGHT CUT−OUTS AT FS409.00+24 TO STGR0 AND STGR27

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the outer skin of the top and
bottom beacon light cut−outs at FS409.00+24, located at STGR0, and STGR27 for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 141, 142, 243, and 244 (refer to NDTM TASK
Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the exterior of the fuselage.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Top Skin Panel 601R38320 2024−T3 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
2 Bottom Skin Panel 601R38323 ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−190 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(3) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(4) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Outer Skin of the Top and Bottom Beacon Light Cut−Outs at
FS409.00+24, Located at STGR0, and STGR27
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the external surface of the top skin (1), and bottom skin (2) panels, and 2.0
in. (50.8 mm) around the beacon light at FS409.00+24 at STGR0 and STGR27 for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−190 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

VHF ANTENNA
(REF) 2
FWD

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm) L STGR 26

STGR 27

R STGR 26

FS409.00+16 FS409.00+24 FS409.00+32


rnd5341190_001.dg, gw, aug10/2009

VIEW LOOKING UP
NOTE
Bottom skin shown,
top skin almost the same. LEGEND
Inspect shaded area. 2. Bottom skin.

Inspection of the Outer Skin of the Top and Bottom Beacon Light Cut−Outs at FS409.00+24,
Located at STGR0, and STGR27
Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−41−190 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE INTERNAL PRESSURE FLOOR SKIN, FS409.00+128 TO


FS559.00, LEFT EXTREMITY OF FLOOR TO RIGHT EXTREMITY

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the skin panel of the pressure floor from
the right edge to the left edge between FS409+128 and FS559.00.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The skin panel of the pressure floor is in Zone 261/262 (refer to NDTM Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the passenger compartment.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
2024−T3 AL ALY
1 Skin Panel 601R31146 QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. A/C 8080−8999

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−193 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the passenger compartment floor panels 261ALF, 261CLF, 261DLF, 262CRF,
and 262DRF (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−000−802).
(2) Remove the pressure box assembly (refer to AMM TASK 28−20−01−000−807).
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection of the Pressure Floor Skin Boarded by FS409+128 and FS559.00, Left Extremity of
Floor to the Right Extremity
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Do the inspection that follows:
(a) Examine the pressure floor skin panel for cracks and corrosion.
(b) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the pressure box assembly (refer to AMM TASK 28−20−01−400−807).
D. Install the passenger compartment floor panels 261ALF, 261CLF, 261DLF, 262CRF, and
262DRF (refer to AMM TASK 53−01−01−400−802).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−193 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS559.00

WL73.00

FS409.00
+128.00

RBL36.00

LBL36.00

1
rnd5341193_001.dg, lr, 08/03/04

SKIN PANEL NOTE


1 Examine the shaded area.
B

Inspection of the Internal Pressure Floor Skin Boarded by FS409+128 and FS559.00, Left
Extremity of Floor to Right Extremity
Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
53−41−193 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF FS409.00+128 SPLICE ANGLES AT STR21 L AND R

AWL 53−41−198

1. General

A. This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the Forward and Aft splice angles
for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. This procedure is applicable to the left side and
the right side.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft Post SB 601R−53−074, or Post SB 601R−53−083, or Post−Modsum
TC601R25334 or Post SB601R−53−083.

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially available High intensity light source
Commercially available Inspection mirror
Commercially available Borescope, if required

B. Parts

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
1 Splice Angles K601R32208 QQ−A−250/12
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

C. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−02−000−801 Removal of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−02−400−801 Installation of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 53−82−01−000−802 Removal of the Right
Forward Wing−to−
Fuselage Fairing
CSP A−001 AMM 53−82−01−400−802 Installation of the Right
Forward Wing−to−
Fuselage Fairing

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−198 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

CSP A−001 AMM 53−82−01−000−803 Removal of the Left Forward


Wing−to−Fuselage Fairing
CSP A−001 AMM 53−82−01−000−803 Installation of the Left For-
ward Wing−to−Fuselage
Fairing
D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 51−25−56−390−802 Water−Displacing Corro-
sion−Inhibiting Compound
CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
CSP A−008 SRM 51−26−00 Cleaning

4. Job Set−Up
A. Remove the Left Forward Wing−to−Fuselage Fairing (AMM 53−82−01−000−803).
B. Remove the Right Forward Wing−to−Fuselage Fairing (AMM 53−82−01−000−802).
C. Open the access doors that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics door−compartment
D. Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (AMM
25−81−02−000−801).
E. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
F. If necessary, remove the water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) with a
lint−free cloth and solvent (SRM 51−26−00).
G. If necessary, remove the sealant.
H. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Do the detailed inspection of the parts as follows:


(1) Examine the Forward and Aft Splice Angles at FS409.00+128 between Stringers 20
and 22 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.
B. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−198 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. If necessary, apply water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) to the


applicable surfaces (AMM 51−25−56−390−802).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
D. Install the insulation (AMM 25−81−02−400−801).
E. Close the access doors that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics door−compartment

F. Install the Left Forward Wing−to−Fuselage Fairing (AMM 53−82−01−400−803).


G. Install the Right Forward Wing−to−Fuselage Fairing (AMM 53−82−01−400−802).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−198 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
Examine shaded area.
Left side is shown,
right side is almost the same.

LEGEND FS409.00+128
1. Splice angle.

LBL 27 LBL 36

STGR. 17

WL 69.00

STGR. 18

STGR. 19
1

STGR. 20
rnd5341198_001.dg, gw, aug5/2009

STGR. 21

STGR. 22
VIEW LOOKING AFT

Inspection of the Forward And Aft Splice Angles


Figure 1 (Sheet 1 of 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−198 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

0.55 MINIMUM
EDGE DISTANCE

B − B

0.55 MINIMUM
EDGE DISTANCE

rnd5341198_002.dg, gw/hg, sep19/2017


1

C − C

Inspection of the Forward and Aft Splice Angles


Figure 1 (Sheet 2 of 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−41−198 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FS409.00+128 FRAME CAP AFT AND FORWARD SPLICE
ANGLES AT STGR21 LEFT AND RIGHT
AWL 53−41−200

1. General

A. The nondestructive testing procedure that follows is for the inspection for surface cracks
on the splice angles of the pressure bulkhead FS409.00+128 at STGR21L and STGR21R.
This data applies to both sides of the aircraft. The inspection procedure for the
components on the left side is given. The procedure for the components on the right side
is similar.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially Available Explosion Proof−Flashlight
Commercially Available Mirror−Telescopic
B. Parts

MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION DRAWING NUMBER
SPECIFICATION
1 Angle
7075−T62
7075 T62 AL ALY
2 Angle, Splice 601R32208
ALCD SH
3 Angle
C. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 25−81−02−000−801 Removal of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
CSP A−001 25−81−02−400−801 Removal of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
CSP A−001 51−25−56−390−802 Water−Displacing Corro-
sion−Inhibiting Compound
CSP A−001 53−01−01−000−802 Removal of the Passenger
Compartment Floor Panels
CSP A−001 53−01−01−400−802 Installation of the Passenger
Compartment Floor Panels
CSP A−001 53−82−01−000−802 Removal of the Right For-
ward Wing−to−Fuselage
Fairing
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−41−200 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

CSP A−001 53−82−01−000−803 Removal of the Left Forward


Wing−to−Fuselage Fairing
CSP A−001 53−82−01−400−802 Installation of the Right For-
ward Wing−to−Fuselage
Fairing
CSP A−001 53−82−01−400−803 Installation of the Left For-
ward Wing−to−Fuselage
Fairing
CSP A−010 51−20−09 (Part 1) Visual − Inspection Proce-
dures

D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−008 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
CSP A−008 51−21−16 Finish Codes
CSP A−008 51−26−00 Cleaning

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Obey all the visual inspection procedures (NDT 51−20−09 (Part 1)).
B. Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics compartment−door

C. Remove the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


Fairing, Wing to fuselage
191BB CSP A−001 53−82−01−000−803
(forward)
Fairing, Wing to fuselage
192BB CSP A−001 53−82−01−000−802
(forward)

D. If necessary, remove the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


251BLF Floor Panel CSP A−001 53−01−01−000−802
251CLF Floor Panel CSP A−001 53−01−01−000−802
252BRF Floor Panel CSP A−001 53−01−01−000−802
252CRF Floor Panel CSP A−001 53−01−01−000−802

E. Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (AMM
25−81−02−000−801).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−200 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

F. Make sure the inspection area is clean.


G. If necessary, remove the water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) with a
lint−free cloth and solvent (SRM 51−26−00).
H. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
A. Do the detailed inspection of the parts as follows:
(1) Examine the angles (1 & 3) and splice angles (2) on the forward and aft sides of the
pressure bulkhead in the area around STGR21L and STGR21R.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.
B. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
B. If necessary, apply water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) to the
applicable surfaces (AMM 51−25−56−390−802).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. Install the insulation (AMM 25−81−02−400−801).
E. Install the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


251BLF Floor Panel CSP A−001 53−01−01−400−802
251CLF Floor Panel CSP A−001 53−01−01−400−802
252BRF Floor Panel CSP A−001 53−01−01−400−802
252CRF Floor Panel CSP A−001 53−01−01−400−802

F. Install the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


Fairing, Wing to fuselage
191BB CSP A−001 53−82−01−400−803
(forward)
Fairing, Wing to fuselage
192BB CSP A−001 53−82−01−400−802
(forward)

G. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics compartment−door

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−200 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS409 +128 WL69.00 RBL27.00

BL0.00

A LBL27.00
STGR20R

WL73.00
(STGR17.00)
B
STGR20L
A
C

D STGR20

1
C 3

DOUBLER
(REF)
D 2

STGR22 B
VIEW LOOKING AFT AT FS409 +128 OUTER SKIN
C C (REF)
LEFT SIDE SHOWN, RIGHT SIDE OPPOSITE

1
3
LEGEND
1. Angle.
rnd5341200_001.dg, gb/lr, apr15/2006

2. Splice angle.
3. Ahgle. 2

OUTER SKIN
(REF) D D

Detailed Inspection of the Angles and Splice Angles


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−200 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FS559.00 PRESSURE BULKHEAD WEB AND CAP ANGLE
LOCAL TO BL9.00 AND BL18.00 LEFT AND RIGHT

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the pressure bulkhead web
(written as the web) and the cap−angle at FS559.00 from BL9.00 to BL18.00 for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zone 171and 172 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by by the interior of the fuselage cabin.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
AL ALY ALCD SH
1 Web QQ−A−250/5
601R32026 2024−T3
2 AL ALY ALCD SH
Cap Angles QQ−A−250/13
3 K601R32026 7075−T62
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1, Figure 2 and, Figure 3.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft post MODSUM TC601R17941 (Modification of FS559.00 bulkhead web by
adding reinforcement doublers) or Post SB 601R−53−076.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−202 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Identify the locations to be inspected (Figure 1, Figure 2 and, Figure 3).
B. Remove the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


271ALF
271CLF
271ELF Floor panels CSP A−001 TASK 53−01−01−000−802
272CRF
272ERF

C. Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−01−000−801 and/or AMM TASK 25−81−02−000−801).

CAUTION: DO NOT USE METAL SCRAPERS OR OTHER SHARP TOOLS TO REMOVE


PAINT, SEALANT, OR DECALS. METAL SCRAPERS OR SHARP TOOLS
CAN CAUSE STRUCTURAL DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
D. Use a nonmetallic scraper and remove any sealant that may be on the inner surface of the
cap angle bend radius that will interfere with the inspection (refer to SRM TASK
51−23−00).
E. Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
F. If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, go directly to the inspection.
G. If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(1) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(2) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage (refer to
SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Web and the Cap−Angle at FS559.00 Local to BL9.00 and
BL18.00
Refer to Figure 1, Figure 2 and, Figure 3.
A. Examine the web (1) at the FS559.00 from the BL9.00 to the BL18.00 and 1 inch (25.4mm)
areas on each side of the posts for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you
carefully examine the following areas:
(1) The web chem−mill areas close to the support−aileron mixer attachment points.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−41−202 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(2) Around the doublers edges.


B. Examine the cap angles (2 & 3) in the radii from the BL9.00 to the BL18.00 and 1 inch
(25.4mm) areas on each side of the posts for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
C. Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, and
other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For area that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact MHIRJ
Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Replace any pressure and environmental sealant that was removed from the inspection
areas (refer to SRM TASK 51−23−00).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
D. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−01−400−801 and/or AMM TASK
25−81−02−400−801).
E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
F. Install the floor panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


271ALF
271CLF
271ELF Floor panels CSP A−001 TASK 53−01−01−400−802
272CRF
272ERF

G. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−202 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WL73.00

RBL18.00
RBL9.00
BL0.00
LBL9.00
LBL18.00

rnd5341202_001.dg, mg, dec14/2010

FS559.00

Inspection of the Web and the Cap−Angle at FS559.00 Local to BL9.00 and BL18.00
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−41−202 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
1. Web.
2. Cap Angle.
3. Cap Angle.

LBL18.00 LBL9.00 BL0.00 RBL9.00 RBL18.00


POSTS
POSTS (REF)
1.00 in. (REF) 1.00 in. 1.00 in. 1.00 in.
(25.40 mm) (25.40 mm) (25.40 mm) 1 (25.40 mm)

WEB CHEM−MILL
1 (REF)

DOUBLERS
(REF)

3 SUPPORT AILERON
2
rnd5341202_002.dg, mgr, dec15/2010

MIXER (REF)

VIEW LOOKING FORWARD


NOTE
Examine the shaded areas.

Inspection of the Web and the Cap−Angle at FS559.00 Local to BL9.00 and BL18.00
Figure 2

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−41−202 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS559.00

WL69.00

1 LEGEND
1. Web.
2. Cap Angle.
DOUBLER 3. Cap Angle.
(REF)

NOTE
Examine the shaded areas

DOUBLER
3 (REF)

WL50.00 2

rnd5341202_002.dg, mg, dec14/2010

Right side only

Inspection of the Web and the Cap−Angle at FS559.00 Local to BL9.00 and BL18.00
Figure 3

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−41−202 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FS409+128 VERTICAL BEAMS AT BL0 & BL18 LOCAL TO WL69
AWL 53−41−203

1. General

A. This inspection procedure is used to visually examine FS409+128 vertical beams at BL0 &
BL18 local to WL69 for cracks, corrosion and other damage.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft Post SB 601R−53−083.

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially Available Explosion Proof−Flashlight
Commercially Available Mirror−Telescopic
Commercially Available Magnifying Glass − 10 Power
B. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−02−000−801 Removal of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−02−400−801 Installation of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
C. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 51−25−56−390−802 Water−Displacing Corro-
sion−Inhibiting Compound
CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
CSP A−008 SRM 51−23−00 Pressure, Environmental,
Fuel Tank and Firewall Seal-
ing
CSP A−008 SRM 51−26−00 Cleaning

4. Job Set−Up
A. Open the access doors that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics door−compartment

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−41−203 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Remove or lift the fiberglass and foam insulation as necessary to get to the inspection
area (AMM 25−81−02−000−801).
C. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
D. If necessary, remove the water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) with a
lint−free cloth and solvent (SRM 51−26−00).
E. If necessary, remove the sealant.
F. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
A. Do the detailed inspection of the FS409+128 vertical beams at BL0 &BL18 local to WL69
as follows:
(1) Examine the items that follow:
− Fwd flanges
− Web
− Reinforce strap
(2) Make sure you carefully examine the fastener holes attaching the strap to the
flanges.
(3) Examine the areas for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(4) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.
B. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
B. If necessary, apply water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) to the
applicable surfaces.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. Install the fiberglass and foam insulation (AMM 25−81−02−400−801).
E. Close the access doors that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
811 Main avionics door−compartment

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−41−203 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS409.00 +128 A

WL69.00
RBL18.00

BL0.00

LBL18.00
STGR20
C

C WL73.00
LEGEND (STGR17.00)
A STGR20
1. Vertical beam at BL0.00 channel.
2. Vertical beam at BL0.00 channel.
3. Vertical beam at BL18.00 channel.
4. Vertical beam at BL18.00 channel.

NOTES
B
1 Shaded areas to be inspected on C−channels
(flange and web).
B
3 2 View looking Aft on vertical beam C−channels
4 at FS409+128.

END OF STRAP B
1
1 2
0.50 in.
(12.70 mm) END OF STRAP

1
WL69.00

0.50 in.
rnd5341199_002.dg, YL, May 21, 2014

(12.70 mm)

C BL18.00 2

D BL0.00 2

Detailed Inspection of the FS409+128 VERTICAL BEAMS AT BL0 & BL18 LOCAL TO WL69
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−41−203 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD VERTICAL STIFFENERS AND


WEB

1. General
A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the rear pressure bulkhead at FS621.00
above and below the floor.
B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM).
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location

(1) The areas are in Zones 170, 280 and 310 (Refer to NDTM Part 1 General,
51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access to the area to be inspected is from the Aft equipment compartment door
311BB (Refer to NDTM Part 1 General, 51−01−04).
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
2024−T3 AL ALY
1 Bulkhead Web QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
Z−Member Vertical 2024−T8511 AL ALY
2 601R36008 QQ−A−200/3
Stiffener EXTRN
2024−T3 AL ALY
3 Doubler
ALCD SH
QQ−A250/13
2024−T42 AL ALY
4 Splice Fitting 600−36000
ALCD SH
2024−T3 AL ALY
5 Angle QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
601R36008
6 Attaching Clip Angle
− −
7 Intercostal
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−61−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.
3. Tools and Equipment
A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.
4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Open the aft equipment compartment access door 311BB to get access to the rear
pressure bulkhead.
(3) Remove the APU enclosure assembly (Refer to AMM TASK 49−11−01−000−801).
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, go directly to the inspection.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
5. Inspection for Damage to the Rear Pressure Bulkhead at FS621.00
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the entire rear pressure bulkhead including the bulkhead web, vertical
stiffeners, attaching clip angles, doublers, splice fittings, and intercostals.
(2) Pay particular attention to the vertical stiffener aft mid flange, bulkhead cut−outs and
the following attachments:
− Attaching clip angles
− Bulkhead web to floor
− Bulkhead web to vertical stiffener
− Bulkhead web to intercostal
− Splice fitting
− Bulkhead web to engine support beam.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−61−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(3) Examine all fasteners of the bulkhead web for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or
other unserviceable conditions.
6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
C. Install the APU and the complete APU enclosure (Refer to AMM TASK
49−11−01−400−801).
D. Close the aft equipment compartment access door 311BB (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 6).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−61−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A BL 0.00 C RBL 36.20


BULKHEAD
WEB INTERCOSTAL
1 7

NOTE LBL 36.20 1


1 Examine the shaded area.

ANGLE
ASSEMBLY
5

FITTING
4

INTERCOSTAL VERTICAL
7 STIFFENER
2

ATTACHING CLIP
ANGLE
6

DOUBLER RBL 18.00


B 3
A 1
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD
1 AT FS 621.00
DOUBLER
3
BULKHEAD
WEB
rnd5361101_002.dg, rm/ab 06/09/00

VERTICAL 1
STIFFENER
2 VERTICAL
STIFFENER
2
B
C
TYPICAL 4 PLACES
Inspection of the Rear Pressure Bulkhead at FS621.00
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−61−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE LONGERON TO STGR1 SPLICE AT FRAME FS718.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the longeron, STGR1, and
doubler between FS712.00 and FS721.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 311 and 312 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the aft equipment compartment.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
7050−T7451 AL ALY
1 Longeron 600−35045 BAMS 516−003
PL
2 STGR1 2024−T42 AL ALY
601R35003 QQ−A−250/5
3 Doubler ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−61−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
311BB Aft−equipment compartment door

(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).


(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Longeron, STGR1, and Doubler between FS712.00 and
FS721.00
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the longeron (1), STGR1 (2), and 1.0 in (25.4 mm) of the adjacent doubler
(3) between FS712.00 and FS721.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−61−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
311BB Aft−equipment compartment door

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−61−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
Examine shaded area.
Left side is shown, right side
is almost the same.

LEGEND
1. Longeron.
2. STGR 1.
3. Doubler.

STGR 1 STGR 2

STGR 0

FS700.00 RAM AIR FS718.00 RAM AIR FS736.00


rnd5361104_001.dg, gw, dec15/2009

INTAKE ANGLE CUT−OUT


(REF) (REF)
FWD
OUTBD

VIEW LOOKING UP

Inspection of the Longeron, STGR1, and Doubler between FS712.00 and FS721.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−61−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

SHIM
3 (REF)

1.0 in.
RAM AIR (24.5 mm)
INTAKE
ANGLE
(REF) 1

STGR 1

1.0 in.
(24.5 mm)

SKIN
(REF)
FS712.00 FS718.00 FS721.00

VIEW LOOKING UP

FS712.00 FS718.00 FS721.00


SKIN
(REF) 3

2
rnd5361104_002.dg, gw, dec16/2009

SHIM
(REF)

Inspection of the Longeron, STGR1, and Doubler between FS712.00 and FS721.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−61−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD FRAME CAP

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the cap angle of the rear pressure
bulkhead (RPB) at FS621.00 as well as a 1.0−inch (25.4−mm) width of the bulkhead
web above WL78.00.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM).

C. Location
(1) The RPB is located in the aft equipment compartment, above and below the floor.
(2) The area of inspection is in Zone 280 (Refer to Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is through the cargo compartment door (Refer to
Part1, 51−01−03).
(2) It is necessary to remove the cargo compartment rear bulkhead linings to access the
inspection area.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T42 Al Alloy
1 Upper cap, right 601R36008−151 QQ−A250/5
Sheet
2024−T3 Al Alloy
601R36008−183 QQ−A−250/5
Sheet
2 Upper web
2024−T3 Al Alloy
601R360081 QQ−A−250/4
Sheet
2024−T42 Al Alloy
3 Upper cap, left 601R36008−149 QQ−A250/5
Sheet
601R36008−197
2024−T42
2024 T42 Al Alloy
4 Lower cap, left 601R36008−201 QQ−A250/5
Sheet
601R36008−217
NOTES: [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
[2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−61−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
601R36008−179
2024−T3
2024 T3 Al Alloy
601R36008−203 QQ−A−250/5
Sheet
5 Lower web 601R36008−219
2024−T3 Al Alloy
601R360082 QQ−A−250/4
Sheet
2024−T42 Al Alloy
6 Lower cap, right 601R36008−147 QQ−A250/5
Sheet
NOTES: [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
[2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft, including those with modification summary TC601R16159 or TC601R16430
incorporated.
3. Tools and Equipment
A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.
4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the cargo compartment rear bulkhead linings (Refer to AMM Task
25−52−01−000−802).
(2) Identify the locations to be inspected.

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(4) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−61−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Inspection of the Rear Pressure Bulkhead Frame Cap


Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the cap angles of the rear pressure bulkhead as well as a 1.0−inch
(25.4−mm) wide strip of the bulkhead web that is next to the cap angles above
WL78.00.
(2) Examine all fasteners of the cap angles and a the narrow adjoining perimeter of the
bulkhead web for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other unserviceable condition.
6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the cargo compartment rear bulkhead linings (Refer to AMM Task
25−52−01−400−802).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−61−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE LEGEND
Examine the shaded 1. Right upper cap.
area. 2. Upper web.
3. Left upper cap.
4. Left lower cap.
5. Lower web.
A 1 6. Right lower cap.
2

WL78.00

A
rnd5361105_001.dg, rm, 24/08/05

VIEW LOOKING AFT


WL78.00
AT FS621.00

Inspection of the Rear Pressure Bulkhead Frame Cap


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−61−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE REAR FUSELAGE TO VERTICAL STABILIZER DRAG ANGLE AT FS755.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the drag angle of the rear
fuselage−to−vertical stabilizer (written as drag angle) between FS718.00 and
VS81.79% at STGR2 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 310 and 350 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external surface of the fuselage.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Angle, Drag 600−21046 2024−T42 AL ALY
2 Skin, Top Panel 601R35003 ALCD SH
3 Skin, Side Panel 600−21031 QQ−A−250/5
2024−T3
2024 T3 AL ALY
Skin, Vertical Stabilizer 600−21023
4 ALCD SH
Panel 600−21024
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−61−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(3) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(4) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Drag Angle between FS718.00 and VS81.79% at STGR2
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the drag angle (1) and 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) of the adjacent top skin panel (2),
side skin panel (3), and vertical stabilizer skin panel (4) between FS718.00 and
VS81.79% at STGR2 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you
carefully examine the drag angle 3.0 in. (76.2 mm) forward to 3.0 in. (76.2 mm) aft of
FS755.00.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−61−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

RAM AIR
INTAKE FAIRING
VS81.70%
(REF) 1 4

1.0 in.
(25.4 mm) 3

FS755.00

1.0 in.
(25.4 mm)

FS718.00

UP

1.0 in.
(25.4 mm) FWD
rnd5361106_001.dc, gw, dec10/2009

NOTES
Left side shown, right side
almost the same.
1 Area to be examined.

Inspection of the Drag Angle between FS718.00 and VS81.79% at STGR2


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−61−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FLOOR BEAM ATTACHMENT TO REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the floor beams attachment
structure to the rear pressure bulkhead from FS609.00 to FS621.00, BL9.00 and
BL27.00, and between WL69.00 and WL73.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 172 and 172 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the cargo compartment.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Floor beam end fitting 600−35136 7050−T73651 Al Aly
y
BAMS 516−003
2 Floor rail fitting 601−35017 Pl
7075−T6511 Al Aly
3 Seat rail beam 601R35031 QQ−A−200/11
Extn
2024−T3 Al Aly Alcld
4 Bulkhead web 601R35008 QQ−A−250/5
Sh
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−61−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
834 Cargo door

(2) Remove the cargo compartment floor panels that follow (refer to AMM TASK
53−01−01−000−802):

ACCESS DESIGNATION
281DLF Floor panel
281JLF Floor panel
281LLF Floor panel
282GRF Floor panel
282KRF Floor panel

(3) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
(4) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(5) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(6) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(7) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Floor Beams Attachment Structure to the Rear Pressure
Bulkhead from FS609.00 to FS621.00, BL9.00 and BL27.00, and between WL69.00 and
WL73.00
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the areas that follow from FS609.00 to FS621.00, BL9.00 and BL27.00, and
between WL69.00 and WL73.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
− Floor beam end fitting (1)
− Floor rail fitting (2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−61−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Seat rail beam (3) and adjacent structure up to a length of 12.0 in (304.8 mm)
forward of the pressure bulkhead
− Forward side of the bulkhead web (4) 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) around the perimeter of
the adjacent fittings.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−02−400−801).
D. Install the cargo compartment floor panels that follow (refer to AMM TASK
53−01−01−400−802):

ACCESS DESIGNATION
282KRF Floor panel
282GRF Floor panel
281LLF Floor panel
281JLF Floor panel
281DLF Floor panel

E. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
834 Cargo door

F. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−61−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS621.00

FS559.00
+112

A
BL27.0
BL9.0
FWD
LEGEND BL9.0
1. Floor beam end fitting. BL27.0
2. Floor rail fitting.
3. Seat rail beam. A
4. Bulkhead web.

NOTE 2
Shaded area is to 4
be inspected.

12.0 in.
(304.8 mm)

3
1

rnd5361108_001.dg, gw, may22/2009

Inspection of the Floor Beam Attachment Structure to the Rear Pressure Bulkhead from
FS609.00 to FS621.00, BL9.00 and BL27.00, and between WL69.00 and WL73.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−61−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

STA. STA.
605.00 621.00
3

BL9.00

STA. STA.
605.00 2 621.00

WL73.00

12.0 in.
(304.8 mm)

BL0.00 BL9.00
4
1.0 in.
(25.4 mm)

1 rnd5361108_002.dg, gw, may22/2009

VIEW LOOKING AFT AT


PRESURE BULKHEAD FS621.00
Inspection of the Floor Beam Attachment Structure to the Rear Pressure Bulkhead from
FS609.00 to FS621.00, BL9.00 and BL27.00, and between WL69.00 and WL73.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−61−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE SKIN PANEL LOCAL TO THE REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD STGR7L TO
STGR7R

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the top skin, side skin,
stringers and doublers from FS615.00 to FS631.30 between STGR7L and STGR7R
for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 281, 282, 311 and 312 (refer to NDTM TASK
Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the aft equipment compartment and cargo door.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T42 AL ALY
1 Skin, Top 601R35003 QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
601−35003
601−35004 2024−T42 AL ALY
2 Stringer QQ−A−250/5
601R35003 EXTRN
601R35004
2024−T3 AL ALY
3 Doubler 601−35003
ALCD SH
QQ−A−250/5
2024−T42 AL ALY
4 Skin, Side 601−35004
ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−61−113 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
311BB Aft−equipment compartment door
834AZ Cargo door

(2) As necessary, remove cargo compartment sidewall linings (refer to AMM TASK
25−52−01−000−801).
(3) As necessary, remove cargo compartment rear bulkhead linings (refer to AMM TASK
25−52−01−000−802).
(4) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(5) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(6) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(7) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Top Skin Panel, Stringers, and Doubler
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the areas that follow from 6.0 in. (152.4 mm) forward of FS621.00 to 6.0 in.
(152.4 mm) aft of FS625.30 between STGR7L and STGR7R for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage:
− External surfaces of the top (1) and side (4) skin panels
− Stringer (2) and 1.0 in (25.4 mm) of the adjacent doubler (3).
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−61−113 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. As necessary,install cargo compartment sidewall linings (refer to AMM TASK
25−52−01−400−801).
E. As necessary, install cargo compartment rear bulkhead linings (refer to AMM TASK
25−52−01−400−802).
F. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
311BB Aft−equipment compartment door
834AZ Cargo door

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−61−113 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS625.30

FS625.30
FS621.00

6.0 in. 6.0 in.


(152.4 mm) (152.4 mm)
FS605.00 FS640.00

STGR 0

2 2
STGR 1

2
STGR 2

2 2
3
STGR 3
1
2

STGR 4

2 2
STGR 5

STRG 6
rnd5361113_001.dg, gw, dec14/2009

FWD
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
OUTBD

LEGEND NOTES
1. Skin, top. Left side shown, right side
2. Stringer. is almost the same.
3. Doubler. Area to be inspected.

Inspection of the Top Skin Panel, Stringers, and Doubler


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−61−113 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS625.30
FS621.00 FS640.00
6.0 in. 6.0 in.
(152.4 mm) (152.4 mm)

STGR 6

2 2 3 4

STRG 7

STRG 8

FWD

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

rnd5361113_002.dg, gw, dec15/2009

LEGEND NOTES
2. Stringer. Left side shown, right side
3. Doubler. is almost the same.
4. Side skin. Area to be inspected.

Inspection of the Side Skin Panel, Stringers, and Doubler


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−61−113 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FS621.00 REAR PRESSURE−BULKHEAD FORWARD−FACE


AWL 53−61−147

1. General
A. The nondestructive testing procedure that follows is for the inspection of the rear
pressure−bulkhead webs and splice at FS621.00. This procedure is applicable to the left
side and the right side.

2. Effectivity
A. Aircraft Serial Nos. 8026 to 8029, 8031 to 8033, 8035 to 8999.

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially Available Explosion Proof−Flashlight
Commercially Available Mirror−Telescopic
Commercially Available Magnifying Glass − 10 Power
B. Parts

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
2024−T3
1 Web, Upper 601R360081
AL ALY SH
2024−T3
2 Web, Lower 601R360082
AL ALY SH
2024−T3
3 Splice 601R360088
AL ALY SH
C. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−01−000−801 Removal of the Single Layer
Fiberglass Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−01−400−801 Installation of the Single
Layer Fiberglass Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−02−000−801 Removal of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−02−400−801 Installation of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−804 Removal of the Cargo
Compartment Floor Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−400−804 Installation of the Cargo
Compartment Floor Panels
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−61−147 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

CSP A−001 AMM 53−61−19−000−801 Removal of the Bulkhead


Protective Barrier on the
Rear Pressure Bulkhead
CSP A−001 AMM 53−61−19−400−801 Installation of the Bulkhead
Protective Barrier on the
Rear Pressure Bulkhead
D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 51−25−56−390−802 Water−Displacing Corro-
sion−Inhibiting Compound
CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
CSP A−008 SRM 51−26−00 Cleaning

4. Job Set−Up
A. Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
834 Cargo door
B. Remove the bulkhead protective barrier on the rear pressure bulkhead (AMM
53−61−19−000−801).
C. Remove the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


281DLF Floor Panel CSP−A−001 53−01−01−000−804
281JLF Floor Panel CSP−A−001 53−01−01−000−804
281LLF Floor Panel CSP−A−001 53−01−01−000−804
282GRF Floor Panel CSP−A−001 53−01−01−000−804
282KRF Floor Panel CSP−A−001 53−01−01−000−804
D. Remove or lift the single−layer fiberglass insulation as necessary to get to the inspection
area (AMM 25−81−01−000−801).
E. Remove or lift the fiberglass and foam insulation as necessary to get to the inspection
area (AMM 25−81−02−000−801).
F. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
G. If necessary, remove the water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) with a
lint−free cloth and solvent.
H. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−61−147 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A. Do the detailed inspection of the parts as follows:


(1) Examine the forward surfaces the upper web (1), lower web (2), and splice (3) for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.
B. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
B. If necessary, apply water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) to the
applicable surfaces (TASK 51−25−56−390−802).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. Install the fiberglass and foam insulation (AMM 25−81−02−400−801).
E. Install the single−layer fiberglass insulation (AMM 25−81−01−400−801).
F. Install the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


281DLF Floor Panel CSP−A−001 53−01−01−400−804
281JLF Floor Panel CSP−A−001 53−01−01−400−804
281LLF Floor Panel CSP−A−001 53−01−01−400−804
282GRF Floor Panel CSP−A−001 53−01−01−400−804
282KRF Floor Panel CSP−A−001 53−01−01−400−804

G. Install the bulkhead protective barrier on the rear pressure bulkhead (AMM
53−61−19−400−801).
H. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
834 Cargo door

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−61−147 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

CLIPS (REF)

3 A
1

rnd5361147_001.dg, cr, 30−may−2013

LEGEND
1. Web, upper.
2. Web, lower.
3. Splice.

Detailed Inspection of the FS621.00 Rear Pressure−Bulkhead Forward−Face


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−61−147 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE ENGINE SUPPORT BEAM, ALTERNATIVE MEANS OF COMPLIANCE


(AMOC) TO AD CF−2001−26R1, SERVICE BULLETIN 601R−53−071

1. General
A. Function
This inspection is used to visually examine the parts of the engine support beam that were
not examined in NDTM Part 4, 53−61−152 or NDTM Part 6, 53−61−152:
− Complete upper web from the edge of the engine support beam not covered by
doubler or cap angles
− Lower web not covered by doubler or cap angles
− Forward and aft sides of engine support beam
− Angles
− Shims.
B. Reference Information
For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information, and 51−20−06
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location
The inspection area is in Zone 311/312 (Refer to the NDTM, Part 1, 51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access to the engine support beam is through the aft−equipment compartment door
311BB.
(2) It is recommended that the auxiliary power unit (APU) and the complete APU
enclosure be removed to gain access to the engine support beam.
E. Parts Examined in This Procedure
For aircraft repaired per kit K601R35011 (modification summary TC601R16420)
incorporated, refer to Table 1.
For aircraft repaired per modification summary TC601R16486 or kit K601R35012
incorporated, refer to Table 2.
For aircraft repaired per REO 601R−53−61−870, refer to Table 3.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data for Aircraft Post TC601R16420 (Kit Drawing K601R35011)

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No. [1] NUMBER [2]
601−35006−3, −5, 7075−T62 Al Alloy AMS
1 Web
−7 Alcd Sheet QQ−A−250/13
2024−T42 Al Alloy AMS
2 Web 601−35006−9
Alcd Sheet QQ−A−250/5
Note [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−61−152 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data for Aircraft Post TC601R16420 (Kit Drawing K601R35011)
(Continued)
ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No. [1] NUMBER [2]
601−35006 2024−T42 Al Alloy
y AMS
601R−99002−49 Alcd Sheet QQ−A−250/5
601−35006
3 Angle 7050−T76511 AMS 4340
601R−53−61−345
601−35006 7075−T62 Al Alloy
y AMS
601R−53−61−345 Alcd Sheet QQ−A−250/13
2024−T3 Al Alloy Alcd AMS
601R−53−61−345
Sheet QQ−A−250/5
2024−T3 Al Alloy Alcd AMS
4 Shim Sheet QQ−A−250/5
K601R35011 S10249
1100 Al Sheet MIL−S−22499
QQ−A−250/1
7075−T62 Al Alloy AMS
Clip 601−35006−73, −77
Alcd Sheet QQ−A−250/13
Note [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

Table 2 − Part Identification Data for Aircraft Post TC601R16486 (Kit Drawing K601R35012)

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No. [1] NUMBER [2]
601−35006−3, −5, 7075−T62 Al Alloy AMS
1 Web
−7, Alcd Sheet QQ−A−250/13
2024−T42 Al Alloy AMS
2 Web 601−35006−9
Alcd Sheet QQ−A−250/5
601−35006 2024−T42 Al Alloy
y AMS
601R−99002 Alcd Sheet QQ−A−250/5
QQ A 250/5
3 Angle 7050−T76511 AMS 4340
601−35006 7075−T62 Al Alloy
y AMS
Alcd Sheet QQ−A−250/13
Note [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−61−152 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 2 − Part Identification Data for Aircraft Post TC601R16486 (Kit Drawing K601R35012)
(Continued)
ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T3 Al Alloy Alcd AMS
Sheet QQ−A−250/5
4 Shim K601R35012 S10249
1100 Al Sheet MIL−S−22499
QQ−A−250/1
7075−T62 Al Alloy AMS
Clip 601−35006−73, −77
Alcd Sheet QQ−A−250/13
Note [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

Table 3 − Part Identification Data for Aircraft REO 601R−53−61−870 Incorporated

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
No. [1] NUMBER [2]
601−35006−3, −5, 7075−T62 Al Alloy AMS
1 Web
−7, Alcd Sheet QQ−A−250/13
2024−T42 Al Alloy AMS
2 Web 601−35006−9
Alcd Sheet QQ−A−250/5
601−35006 2024 T42 Al Alloy
2024−T42 AMS
601R−53−61−870 Alcd S
Sheet QQ−A−250/5
QQ /
3 Angle 7050−T76511 AMS 4340
601−35006 7075−T62 Al Alloy
y AMS
Alcd Sheet QQ−A−250/13
2024−T3 Al Alloy Alcd AMS
4 Shim 601R−53−61−870
Sheet QQ−A−250/5
7075−T62 Al Alloy AMS
Clip 601−35006−73, −77
Alcd Sheet QQ−A−250/13
Note [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft post one of the following configurations:
− TC601R16420 (SB601R−53−068 Part A (Kit K601R35011))
− TC601R16486 (SB601R−53−068 Part B (Kit K601R35012))
− REO 601R−53−61−870.
NOTE: NDTM Part 4, 53−61−152 and NDTM Part 6, 53−61−152 must be accomplished in
order to complete the full inspection.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−61−152 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Open the aft−equipment compartment door 311BB to get access to the engine
support beam (Refer to Part 1, 51−01−04).
(2) Remove the auxiliary power unit (APU) and the complete APU enclosure (Refer to
AMM Task 49−11−01−000−801).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(4) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).

5. Inspection of the Engine Support Beam


Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Visually examine the engine support beam. Pay particular attention to the areas that
follow:
− Upper, lower, forward, and aft webs not covered by the upper or lower doubler
− Horizontal and vertical angles
− Shims
− Clips.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−61−152 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3
A

1
B

NOTE LBL36.20
1
Examine the shaded areas.
LBL27.50
LBL18.00

LBL9.50

BL0.00

RBL9.50
RBL36.20
RBL18.00 1 FS625.30
A
RBL27.50
RBL27.50
RBL18.00
RBL36.20
FS640.00 RBL9.50

BL0.0

LBL9.50
4
LBL18.00

LBL27.50

LBL36.20 2

rnd5361152_001.dg, lr/yf, 08/04/05

LEGEND
1. Web.
B 2. Web.
3. Angle.
4. Shim.

Inspection of the Engine Support Beam, Alternative Means of Compliance (AMOC) to


AD CF−2001−26R1, Service Bulletin 601R−53−071
Figure 1
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−61−152 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. Make sure that NDTM Part 4, 53−61−152 and NDTM Part 6, 53−61−152 have been
completed.
B. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
C. Install the APU and the complete APU enclosure (Refer to AMM Task
49−11−01−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
E. Close the aft−equipment compartment door (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−04).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


53−61−152 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD WEB FORWARD FACE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the bulkhead webs at FS621.00 for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zone 280 (Refer to the NDTM, Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is through the cargo compartment door.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Upper Web
2024−T3
2024 T3 Al Alloy AMS
2 Web Splice 601R36008
Sheet QQ−A−250/5
QQ A 250/5
3 Lower Web
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft post modification summary TC601R16430.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−61−154 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the cargo compartment rear bulkhead linings (Refer to AMM Task
25−52−01−000−802).
(2) Remove the protective barrier from the rear pressure bulkhead (Refer to AMM Task
53−61−19−000−801).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(4) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).

5. Inspection of the Rear Pressure Bulkhead at FS621.00


Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the areas that follow:
− Bulkhead web
− Web splices.
(2) Carefully examine the area where the lintel of the cargo compartment door attaches
to the bulkhead web.
(3) Carefully examine the doublers which are in line with the heel of the Z members in
the zones that follow:
− Zone 1 − WL74.00 to WL110.00 at LBL36.20, LBL27.50, LBL18.00, LBL9.50,
BL0.00, RBL9.50, RBL18.00, RBL27.50, and RBL36.20
− Zone 2 − From WL122.00 to WL140.00 (including the horizontal splice) at
LBL27.50, LBL18.00, LBL9.50, BL0.00, RBL9.50, RBL18.00, and RBL27.50
− Zone 3 − From WL140.00 to the lower edge of the upper cap angle attaching the
rear pressure bulkhead to the fuselage skin at LBL18.00, LBL9.50, BL0.00,
RBL9.50, and RBL18.00.
(4) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−61−154 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2
LBL9.50
1
WL122.00
LBL27.50
WL110.00

A
3

NOTE
B
Examine the shaded
area.
WL140.00
LEGEND
WL74.00
1. Upper web.
C
2. Splice web.
3. Lower web.

Inspection Zone 1
RBL36.20
Inspection Zone 2
RBL27.50
Inspection Zone 3
RBL18.00

FASTENER RBL9.50
CENTERLINE BL0.00
A
(REF)
LBL18.00
VIEW LOOKING AFT
AT FS621.00
LBL36.20
FASTENER
LINTEL
CENTERLINE
(REF) ATTACHMENT
FITTING
(REF)

rnd5361154_001.dg, rm, 23/08/05

B TYPICAL C
Inspection of the Rear Pressure Bulkhead Web Forward Face
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−61−154 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the protective barrier on the rear pressure bulkhead (Refer to AMM Task
53−61−19−400−801).
C. Install the cargo compartment rear bulkhead linings (Refer to AMM Task
25−52−01−400−802).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−61−154 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE LAVATORY DRAIN MAST CUT−OUT

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the surround structure of the lavatory
drain mast cut−out for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is in Zone 172 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external fuselage surface.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T42
1 Skin Panel 601R35005 QQ−A−250/5
Aly Alcd Sheet
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09).
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−61−155 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(3) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(4) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−21−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Lavatory Drain Mast Cut−Out at FS608.00

A. Inspection Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the external surface of the bottom skin panel (1) from FS605.00 to
FS621.00, between STGR25R and STGR26R in the shaded area. Make sure to
carefully examine the skin around the periphery of the drain mast for cracks or
corrosion.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or
other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Remove all tools, equipment and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


53−61−155 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1 Examine shaded area.

FS
621.00
LEGEND
1. Skin.

STRG
25

RBL
8.70

STRG
26
A
FS FS
1 1 621.00 PRE MODSUM TC601R12355 605.00
STRG
25

RBL
8.70
rnd5361155_001.iso, rb, 16dec2008

STRG
26
A
POST MODSUM TC601R12355

Inspection of the Lavatory Drain Mast Cut−Out at FS608.00, between STGR25R and STGR26R
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−61−155 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE REAR PRESSURE−BULKHEAD WEB

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the rear pressure−bulkhead
web at FS621.00 below WL69.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 171 and 172 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the cargo compartment.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Pressure bulkhead 2024−T3 Al Aly Alcd
1 601R36008 QQ−A−250/5
web Sh
2024−T8511 Al Aly
2 Z member 601R36008 QQ−A−200/3
Ext
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft pre MODSUM TC601R17063 or SB601R−53−078.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−61−156 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.
(2) Remove the cargo compartment floor panels that follow (Refer to AMM TASK
53−01−01−000−804):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


281DLF Floor panel
281JLF Floor panel
281LLF Floor panel
282GRF Floor panel
282KRF Floor panel
(3) Remove or lift the insulation as necessary to get to the inspection area (refer to AMM
TASK 25−81−02−000−801).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Rear Pressure Bulkhead Web


Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the forward face visible area of the rear pressure−bulkhead web (1) 0.5 in.
(12.7 mm) inboard and outboard of the Z−member (2) flange heel below WL69.00 at
BL0.0, BL9.5, BL18.0, BL27.5, BL36.20 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−61−156 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.


C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the insulation (refer to AMM TASK 25−81−02−400−801).
D. Install the cargo compartment floor panels that follow (Refer to AMM TASK
53−01−01−400−804):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


281DLF Floor panel
281JLF Floor panel
281LLF Floor panel
282GRF Floor panel
282KRF Floor panel

E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−61−156 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

0.5 in.
(12.7 mm)
0.5 in. TYPICAL
A (12.7 mm) 1
TYPICAL

WL73.00
WL69.00

RBL36.20 LBL36.20

RBL27.50 B B LBL27.50
WL45.00
RBL18.00 LBL18.00
RBL9.50 LBL9.50
BL0.00 NOTES
1 Examine the shaded area.
A
0.50 in. (12.7 mm).
VIEW LOOKING AFT
LEGEND Z member installation
typical for BL0.00,
1. Pressure bulkhead web.
2. Z member. LBL9.50, LBL18.00.
Z member installation
typical for RBL9.50,
RBL18.00, RBL27.50,
BL0.00 RBL9.50 and RBL36.20.
2

HEEL OF Z
MEMBER FLANGE
rnd5361156_001.dg, gb, 19/01/10

FS621.00

1 1

B B

Inspection of the Rear Pressure−Bulkhead Web


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−61−156 Oct 10/20
See Effective TR CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE REAR PRESSURE BULKHEAD FORWARD FACE BELOW


FLOOR
AWL 53−61−157

1. General
A. The nondestructive testing procedure that follows is for the inspection of the rear pressure
bulkhead forward face below floor surface/subsurface cracks.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft post MODSUM TC601R17063 / Post SB 601R−53−078.

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially Available Explosion Proof−Flashlight
Commercially Available Mirror−Telescopic
Commercially Available Magnifying Glass − 10 Power
Commercially Available Borescope
B. Parts

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
1 Pressure bulkhead web reinforce doubler K601R36014 QQ−A250/12
C. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−02−000−801 Removal of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 25−81−02−400−801 Installation of the Fiberglass
and Foam Insulation
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−804 Removal of the Cargo
Compartment Floor Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 53−01−01−000−804 Installation of the Cargo
Compartment Floor Panels
D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 51−25−56−390−802 Water−Displacing Corro-
sion−Inhibiting Compound
CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−61−157 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

CSP A−008 SRM 51−23−00 Pressure, Environmental,


Fuel Tank and Firewall Seal-
ing
CSP A−008 SRM 51−26−00 Cleaning

4. Job Set−Up
A. Remove the cargo compartment floor panels that follow (AMM 53−01−01−000−804):

ACCESS DESIGNATION
281DLF Floor panel
281JLF Floor panel
281LLF Floor panel
282GRF Floor panel
282KRF Floor panel

B. Remove or lift the fiberglass and foam insulation as necessary to get to the inspection
area (AMM 25−81−02−000−801).
C. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
D. If necessary, remove the water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) with a
lint−free cloth and solvent (SRM 51−26−00).
E. If necessary, remove the sealant.
F. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
A. Do the detailed inspection of the rear pressure bulkhead FWD face below floor as follows:
(1) Examine the forward face visible area of the reinforcing doubler (1) of the rear
pressure−bulkhead web between LBL27.0 and RBL27.0 for cracks, corrosion and
other damage.
(2) Pay particular attention in line with the heels of the vertical z stiffeners.
(3) Examine the area for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you carefully
examine
(4) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.
B. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
B. Install the fiberglass and foam insulation (AMM 25−81−02−400−801).
C. Install the cargo compartment floor panels that follow (AMM 53−01−01−000−804):
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−61−157 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ACCESS DESIGNATION
281DLF Floor panel
281JLF Floor panel
281LLF Floor panel
282GRF Floor panel
282KRF Floor panel

D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−61−157 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

1
A

WL69.00

B B
RBL36.20

LBL36.20
RBL27.50
RBL18.00 LBL27.50
LBL18.00
RBL9.50 BL0.00 LBL9.50

RBL13.75 LBL13.75

A
VIEW LOOKING AFT

BL0.00
Z−MEMBER
(REF)
LEGEND
1. Pressure bulkhead web.
HEEL OF Z
MEMBER FLANGE
rnd5361157_001.dg, kp, June 13, 2014

NOTE
1 Examine the shaded area.

FS621.00

B B 1

Detailed Inspection of the rear pressure bulkhead FWD face below floor
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−61−157 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FRAME FS755.00 ABOVE WL125.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine from the top part of the
FS755.00 bulkhead to WL125.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The frame is refered to as the bulkhead in this procedure.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 351 and 352 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the aft equipment compartment.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Forward Angle
2 Aft Angle 2024−T42 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
3 Upper Web ALCD SH
600−36008
600 36008
4 Doubler
7075−T7351 AL ALY
5 Reinforcing Plate QQ−A−250/12
SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−71−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
311BB Aft−equipment compartment door
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage From the Top Part of the FS755.00 Bulkhead to WL125.00
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the forward and aft side of the FS755.00 bulkhead from WL125.00 to
WL138.50 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you carefully
examine the areas that follow:
− Forward (1) and aft (2) angle from BL0.00 to 3.0 in. (76.2 mm) outboard of the
vertical stabilizer−to−frame attachment fittings
− Upper web (3) and doubler (4)
− Reinforcing plate (5).
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−71−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
311BB Aft−equipment compartment door

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−71−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WL FS
A 125.00 755.00

FWD

LEGEND NOTE
1. Forward angle. Inspect shaded area. A
2. Aft angle.
3. Upper web.
4. Doubler.
5. Reinforcing plate.
VERTICAL
STABILIZER−TO−FRAME 2
4
ATTACHMENT FITTING BL 0.00
(REF)
BL 6.93

5
WL
131.35

WL
128.30

WL
125.00
rnd5371101_001.dg, gw, may26/2009

UP
3 4
OUTBD

VIEW LOOKING FORWARD AT FS 755.00


LEFT SIDE SHOWN, RIGHT SIDE ALMOST THE SAME

Inspection From the Top Part of the FS755.00 Bulkhead to WL125.00


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−71−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

SKIN
(REF)

WL WL WL
135.57 131.35 125.00
2 3

FS 755.00

UP
5 4

1 FWD

WL WL
135.43 125.00

FS 755.00

5 UP

FWD
LEGEND
rnd5371101_002.dg, gw, may26/2009

1. Forward angle.
2. Aft angle.
3. Upper web.
4. Doubler.
5. Reinforcing plate.

Inspection From the Top Part of the FS755.00 Bulkhead to WL125.00


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−71−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE STRINGER EXTENSION ATTACHMENTS AT VS31.875% AND VS55.625%

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the stringer extensions where
they are attached to the VS31.875% and VS55.625% canted frames for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 351 and 352 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the aft equipment compartment.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Stringer Extension 7050−T73651 AL ALY
1 600−21075 BAMS 516−003
VS31.875% PL
2 Web
2024−T42
2024 T42 AL ALY
3 600−21019 QQ−A−250/5
Reinforcing Angle ALCD SH
4
Stringer Extension 7050−T73651 AL ALY
5 600−21076 BAMS 516−003
VS55.625% PL
6 Web 7050−T6 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/13
7 ALCD SH
600−21021
600 21021
Reinforcing Angle 2024−T42 AL ALY
8 QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−71−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
311BB Aft−equipment compartment door
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Stringer Extensions Where they are Attached to the VS31.875%
and VS55.625% Canted Frames
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the stringer extensions (1) and (5) and 2.0 in. (25.2 mm) of the adjacent
structure that follow at VS31.875% and VS55.625% for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage:
− Webs (2) and (6)
− Reinforcing angles (3), (4), (7), and (8).
(2) Make sure you carefully examine where the stringer extensions are attached to the
reinforcing angles (4 & 8).
(3) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−71−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.


C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
311BB Aft−equipment compartment door

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−71−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

67.5%
55.625%
43.75%

31.875%

NOTE
Examine the shaded area.
LEGEND
1. Stringer extension.
2. Web.
3. Reinforcing angle.
4. Reinforcing angle. FS755.00

4 3 1 2.0 in.
(25.2 mm)

2 2.0 in.
(25.2 mm)
rnd5371102_001.dg, kmw, aug10/2009

UP VIEW LOOKING AFT


AT VS31.875%
OUTBD

Inspection of the Stringer Extensions Where they are Attached to the VS31.875% Canted Frame
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−71−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

67.5%
55.625%
43.75% NOTES
31.875% Examine the shaded area.

LEGEND
5. Stringer extension.
6. Web.
7. Reinforcing angle.
8. Reinforcing angle.

2.0 in.
FS755.00 (25.2 mm)

2.0 in.
(25.2 mm)

VIEW LOOKING AFT 8


AT VS55.625%

UP

7
OUTBD
6
rnd5371102_002.dg, kmw, Jun19/2009

Inspection of the Stringer Extensions Where they are Attached to the VS55.625% Canted Frame
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


53−71−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE VERTICAL STABILIZER REAR SPAR AND FUSELAGE FRAME AT


FUSELAGE STATION VS67.5%

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the vertical stabilizer
rear−spar where it is attached to the VS67.5% canted frame for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 361 and 362 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the tail cone compartment.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Vertical Stabilizer 7050−T73651 AL ALY
1 600−21057 BAMS 516−003
Rear−Spar PL
2 Upper Web 2024−T42 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
3 Upper Skin Angle ALCD SH
600−21022
600 21022
7475−T7351 AL ALY
4 Reinforcing Web BAMS 516−002
PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−71−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the tail cone (refer to AMM TASK 53−84−01−000−801).
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Vertical Stabilizer Rear−Spar at VS67.5%


Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the vertical stabilizer rear−spar (1) where it is attached to the VS67.5%
canted frame and 3.0 in. (76.2 mm) of the adjacent structure for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage. Make sure you carefully examine where the vertical stabilizer
rear−spar is attached to the:
− Upper web (2)
− Upper skin angle (3)
− Reinforcing web (4).
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−71−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

C. Install the tail cone (refer to AMM TASK 53−84−01−400−801).


D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−71−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND A
1. Vertical stabilizer
rear−spar.
2. Upper web.
3. Upper skin angle.
4. Reinforcing web. BL0.00
NOTE
Examine shaded area. 2
1

rnd5371103_001.dg, kmw, Jun17/2009

3.0 in. 3.0 in.


(76.2 mm) (76.2 mm)

Inspection of the Vertical Stabilizer Rear−Spar at VS67.5%


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−71−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE VERTICAL STABILIZER MID SPAR AND FUSELAGE FRAME AT VS43.75%

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the vertical stabilizer mid−spar
where it is attached to the VS43.75% canted frame for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 351 and 352 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the aft equipment compartment.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Vertical Stabilizer Mid- 7050−T7351 AL ALY
1 600−21049 BAMS 516−003
Spar PL
2 Upper Web 600−21002 2024−T42 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
3 Angle ALCD SH
600−21020 7475 T7351 AL ALY
4 Reinforcing Plate BAMS 516−002
PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
53−71−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
311BB Aft−equipment compartment door
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Vertical Stabilizer Mid−Spar at VS43.75%


Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the vertical stabilizer mid−spar (1) where it is attached to the VS43.75%
canted frame and 3.0 in. (76.2 mm) of the adjacent structure for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage. Make sure you carefully examine where the vertical stabilizer
mid−spar is attached to the:
− Upper web (2)
− Angle (3)
− Reinforcing plate (4).
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−71−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
311BB Aft−equipment compartment door

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−71−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

67.5%
55.625%
LEGEND 43.75%
31.875%
1. Vertical stabilizer mid−spar.
2. Upper web.
3. Angle.
4. Reinforcing plate.
NOTE
Examine shaded areas.

BL0.00
3.0 in. 3.0 in.
(76.2 mm) (76.2 mm)
1
3 4

FS755.00

3.0 in. 3.0 in.


(76.2 mm) (76.2 mm) rnd5371104_001.dg, gw, jun1/2009

VIEW LOOKING AFT AT VS43.75%

Inspection for Damage to the Vertical Stabilizer Mid−Spar at VS43.75%


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


53−71−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE VERTICAL STABILIZER FRONT SPAR ATTACHMENT FITTINGS AT


FS755.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the vertical stabilizer front
spar−to−frame fittings and the adjacent frame structure at FS755.00 for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 351 and 352 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the aft equipment compartment.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Vertical Stabilizer Front
1 Spar−to−Frame Fit- 600−21041 4340 ST MIL−S−5000
ting
2 Forward Angle
2024−T42
2024 T42 AL ALY
3 Aft Angle QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
4 Upper Web
600 36008
600−36008
7050−T73651 AL ALY
5 C Member BAMS 516−003
PL
7075−T7351 AL ALY
6 Reinforcing Plate QQ−A−250/12
SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


53−71−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Open the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
311BB Aft−equipment compartment door

(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).


(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Vertical Stabilizer Front Spar−to−Frame Fittings and the
Adjacent Frame Structure at FS755.00
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the vertical stabilizer front spar−to−frame fittings (1) where they are
attached to the FS755.00 frame for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine the forward and aft surfaces of the adjacent frame structure that follows at
FS755.00 from WL130.00 to WL138.50 and from LBL12.0 to RBL12.0:
− Forward (2) and aft (3) angle
− Upper web (4)
− C member (5)
− Reinforcing plate (6).
(3) Make sure you carefully examine where the vertical stabilizer front spar−to−frame
fittings (1) are attached to the C member (5) and the reinforcing plate (6) at the
Hi−Lok fasteners areas.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
53−71−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(4) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
D. Close the access door that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
311BB Aft−equipment compartment door

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


53−71−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WL
A 125.00

FS
755.00

FWD

A
LEGEND
1. Vertical stabilizer front spar−to−frame
attachment fitting.
2. Forward angle.
3. Aft angle.
4. Upper web.
5. C member. 1
6. Reinforcing plate.
BL 0.00

NOTE BL 12.00
Inspect shaded area.

WL
130.00

WL
125.00
rnd5371105_001.dg, gv/kmw, dec07/2009

UP
4

OUTBD

VIEW LOOKING FORWARD AT FS 755.00


LEFT SIDE SHOWN, RIGHT SIDE ALMOST THE SAME

Inspection of the Vertical Stabilizer Front Spar−to−Frame Fittings and the Adjacent Frame
Structure at FS755.00.
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
53−71−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FWD

OUTBD
5

FS 755.00

3 1 4 6

HI−LOK
FASTENERS
(REF)

LEGEND
1. Vertical stabilizer front spar−to−frame
attachment fitting.
2. Forward angle.
rnd5371105_002.dg, gv, sep11/2009

3. Aft angle.
4. Upper web.
5. C member.
6. Reinforcing plate.

Inspection of the Vertical Stabilizer Front Spar−to−Frame Fittings and the Adjacent Frame
Structure at FS755.00.
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
53−71−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE ENGINE NACELLE A4 ATTACHMENT RING

AWL 54−10−104

1. General

A. This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the nose cowl attachment−ring for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially Available Explosion Proof−Flashlight
Commercially Available Mirror−Telescopic
Commercially Available Magnifying Glass − 10 Power

B. Parts

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
7075−T73 ROLL
1 Nose Cowl Attachment−Ring 228−50056
RING FORG
C. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 71−14−01−000−801 Removal of the Upper Nose
Access−Cowl
CSP A−001 AMM 71−14−01−000−802 Removal of the Lower Nose
Access−Cowl
CSP A−001 AMM 71−14−01−400−801 Installation of the Upper
Nose Access−Cowl
CSP A−001 AMM 71−14−01−400−802 Installation of the Lower
Nose Access−Cowl
D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
CSP A−008 SRM 51−26−00 Cleaning

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


54−10−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Job Set−Up
A. Remove the lower nose access−cowl (AMM 71−14−01−000−802).
B. Remove the upper nose access−cowl (AMM 71−14−01−000−801).
C. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
D. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
A. Do the detailed inspection of the part as follows:
(1) Examine the nose cowl attachment−ring (1) for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage. Make sure you carefully examine the fastener holes and the machined
radius.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.
B. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
C. Install the upper nose access−cowl (AMM 71−14−01−400−801).
D. Install the lower nose access−cowl (AMM 71−14−01−400−802).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


54−10−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1. Examine shaded areas.

2. Left side shown, right side


almost the same.

rnd5410104_001.dg, lr/hg, feb14/2013

XN135.84

Detailed Inspection of the Nose Cowl Attachment−Ring


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


54−10−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE TOP AND BOTTOM PYLON SKINS FROM FS672.00 TO FS682.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the top and bottom pylon
skins and their support structure for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection areas are found in Zones 412 and 422 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the exterior of the aircraft.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Top pylon skin 601−37003
Titanium Type III,
III
2 Bottom pylon skin 601−37003 MIL−T−9046
Comp C, Cond A
3 Skin−to−spar doubler 601−37003
4 Cap angle 601−37029
Aft engine−mount
5 601−37026 Titanium Aly Bar
forward−spar BAMS 514−002
6AL−6V−2Sn
6AL 6V 2Sn
Aft engine−mount
6 601−37026
aft−spar
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


54−51−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Aft engine−mount Titanium Aly Bar
7 601−37010 BAMS 514−002
inboard−rib 6AL−6V−2Sn
Aft engine−mount Titanium Aly Bar
8 601−37009 BAMS 514−002
outboard−rib 6AL−6V−2Sn
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the lines disconnect inboard−access panels (412BB and 422BB) (refer to
AMM TASK 54−60−01−000−804).
(2) Remove the rear mount inboard−access−panels (412CB and 422CB) (refer to AMM
TASK 54−60−01−000−806).
(3) Remove the lines disconnect outboard−access panels (412DB and 422DB) (refer to
AMM TASK 54−60−01−000−808).
(4) Remove the rear mount center−access−panels (412EB and 422EB) (refer to AMM
TASK 54−60−01−000−809).
(5) Remove the nacelle/pylon−services access panels (413BB and 423BB) (refer to
AMM TASK 54−60−01−000−812).
(6) Identify the locations to be inspected.
(7) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(8) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(9) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
54−51−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Inspection for Damage to the Top and Bottom Pylon Skins and Support Structure from
FS668.00 to FS686.00
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the areas that follow for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
(a) External and internal sides of the top (1) and bottom (2) pylon skins 4.0 inches
(101.6 mm) forward of FS672.00 to 4.0 inches (101.6 mm) aft of FS682.00.
(b) Support structure at FS672.00 and FS682.00:
− Skin−to−spar doubler (3)
− Cap angle (4)
− Aft engine−mount forward−spar (5)
− Aft engine−mount aft−spar (6)
− Aft engine−mount inboard−rib (7)
− Aft engine−mount outboard−rib (8).
(2) Each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, and other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the nacelle/pylon−services access panels (413BB and 423BB) (refer to AMM TASK
54−60−01−400−812).
D. Install the rear mount center−access−panels (412EB and 422EB) (refer to AMM TASK
54−60−01−400−809).
E. Install the lines disconnect outboard−access panels (412DB and 422DB) (refer to AMM
TASK 54−60−01−400−808).
F. Install the rear mount inboard−access−panels (412CB and 422CB) (refer to AMM TASK
54−60−01−400−806).
G. Install the lines disconnect inboard−access panels (412BB and 422BB) (refer to AMM
TASK 54−60−01−000−804).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
54−51−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

H. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


54−51−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS682.00
PBL−7.05
FS672.00
PBL5.20
B

C
A
A
4.0 in.
(101.6 mm) 1 4.0 in.
(101.6 mm)

LEGEND 3
4
1. Top pylon skin. 4 3
2. Bottom pylon skin. 5
3. Skin−to−spar doubler. 6
4. Cap angle.
5. Aft engine−mount forward−spar. 7
6. Aft engine−mount, aft−spar.
7. Aft engine−mount, inboard−rib. 4 4
3 3
8. Aft engine−mount, outboard−rib.

FS668.00 FS672.20 2 FS682.00 FS686.00

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD AT THE LEFT


4.0 in. B B INBOARD RIB OF OF THE AFT ENGINE MOUNT
(101.6 mm) 1 4.0 in.
8 (101.6 mm)

3
4
4 3
5
NOTES
6 1. Examine shaded area.
2. Left side shown,
4 4 right side almost the same.
rnd5451102_001.dg, lr, apr08/2009

3 3

FS668.00 FS672.20 2 FS682.00 FS686.00

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD AT THE LEFT


C
OUTBOARD RIB OF OF THE AFT ENGINE MOUNT
Inspection of the Top and Bottom Pylon Skins and Support Structure from FS668.00 to FS686.00
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


54−51−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE CANTED RIBS AND DRAG BRACES

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the pylon canted ribs, pylon
canted−rib splices, and front spar braces for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 412 and 422 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the exterior of the aircraft.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Pylon Top Canted−Rib 601−37023
Pylon Bottom
2 601−37024 Ti−6AL−6V−2Sn Ti
Canted−Rib BAMS 514−002
ALY Bar
Pylon Canted−Rib
3 601−37031
Splice
7050−T73651 AL ALY
4 Front Spar Brace 601−37030 BAMS 516−003
PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
54−51−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the forward mount lower−access−panels (412AB and 422AB) (refer to
AMM TASK 54−60−01−000−802).
(2) Remove the forward mount upper−access−panels (412AT and 422AT) (refer to AMM
TASK 54−60−01−000−803).
(3) Remove the lines disconnect inboard−access−panels (412BB and 422BB) (refer to
AMM TASK 54−60−01−000−804).
(4) Remove the lines disconnect outboard−access−panels (412DB and 422DB) (refer
to AMM TASK 54−60−01−000−808).
(5) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(7) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(8) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Pylon Canted Ribs, Pylon Canted−Rib Splices, and Front Spar
Braces
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the areas that follow between FS625.30 and FS672.20 for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage:
− Pylon top (1) and bottom (2) canted−ribs
− Pylon canted−rib top and bottom splices (3)
− Front spar top and bottom braces (4).
(2) Make sure you carefully examine the areas that follow for cracks, corrosion, and
other damage:
− Pylon canted−rib top and bottom splices (3) that attaches the pylon canted ribs
(1 & 2) to the pylon spar of the forward engine−mount
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
54−51−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Forward end of the the pylon canted ribs (1 & 2) where they are attached to the
pylon canted−rip top and bottom splices (3)
− Aft end of the the pylon canted ribs (1 & 2) where they are attached to the cap
angle at FS672.00.
(3) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the lines disconnect outboard−access−panels (412DB and 422DB) (refer to AMM
TASK 54−60−01−400−808).
D. Install the lines disconnect inboard−access−panels (412BB and 422BB) (refer to AMM
TASK 54−60−01−400−804).
E. Install the forward mount upper−access−panels (412AT and 422AT) (refer to AMM TASK
54−60−01−400−803).
F. Install the forward mount lower−access−panels (412AB and 422AB) (refer to AMM TASK
54−60−01−400−802).
G. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


54−51−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS672.20

FS625.30

A
rnd5451103_001.dg, kmw, Jun09/2009

Inspection of the Pylon Canted Ribs, Pylon Canted−Rib Splices, and Front Spar Braces
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


54−51−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4 FS640.00 FS654.50

VIEW LOOKING DOWN AFT


AT TOP LEFT SIDE OF OUTBD
PYLON

FS625.30
SKIN
(REF) CAP SPAR DOUBLER SKIN
ANGLE (REF) (REF) (REF)
(REF)
DOUBLER
(REF)
1
1
3
PYLON SPAR OF THE 1
FORWARD ENGINE−MOUNT

NOTES
rnd5451103_002.dg, kmw, jul07/2009

1. Left side shown, right side


almost the same.
2. Examine the shaded areas. 2 2

VIEW LOOKING AFT


AT FS672.00
Inspection of the Pylon Canted Ribs, Pylon Canted−Rib Splices, and Front Spar Braces
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


54−51−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS654.50
FS672.20 2

4
2 PBL
−4.625

FS640.00
FS625.30

VIEW LOOKING UP
AT BOTTOM LEFT SIDE OF
PYLON

rnd5451103_003.dg, kmw, jun10/2009

Inspection of the Pylon Canted Ribs, Pylon Canted−Rib Splices, and Front Spar Braces
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


54−51−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE SCREW−JACK ATTACH FITTINGS ON THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER


CENTER−SECTION FRONT SPAR

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the screw−jack attach fittings
and support structure for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zone 326 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the exterior of the aircraft.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
7050−T73651 AL ALY
1 Screw Jack Fitting 600−23056 BAMS 516−003
PL
7050−T73651 AL ALY
PL (alternate)
2 Bathtub Fitting 600−23073 AMS 4108
7050−T73652 AL ALY
FOR
3 Top Skin 600−23039
2024−T3 AL ALY
External Center Sec- QQ−A−250/5
4 600−23071 ALCD SH
tion Top doubler
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
55−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the middle upper fairing 326BT (refer to AMM TASK 55−32−05−000−806).
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Screw−Jack Attach Fittings and Support Structure
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the screw jack fitting (1) for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make
sure you carefully examine the fitting local to the attachment to the horizontal
stabilizer upper spar cap.
(2) Examine the top bathtub fittings (2) and 1.0 in. (25.4 mm) of the adjacent top skin (3)
and doubler (4) for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you carefully
examine the corners of the barrel−nut bore, the top edge of the side walls, and the
base at the four attachment fasteners of the bathtub−fittings (2).
(3) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


55−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the middle upper fairing 326BT (refer to AMM TASK 55−32−05−400−806).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A LEGEND
1. Screw jack fitting.
2. Bathtub Fitting.
3. Top skin.
FRONT SPAR 4. Top doubler.
(REF)
NOTES
FWD
Examine the shaded area.
Examine the skin 1.0 in.
C (25.4 mm) around the
bathtub fittings (2).

A
VERTICAL STABILIZER SEPARATED
FROM AIRCRAFT FOR CLARITY

1 2

4
rnd5511102_001.dg, kmw, dec14/2009

3
B C
VIEW LOOKING AFT VIEW LOOKING FORWARD

Inspection of the Screw Jack Fittings and Support Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


55−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
1. Screw jack fitting.
2. Bathtub fitting.
3. Top skin.
4. Top doubler.

NOTE
Examine the shaded area.

BARREL
NUT
(REF) 2
4
3
1

UPPER
SPAR CAP
(REF)

F/SPAR
DATUM

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD


rnd5511102_002.dg, kmw, dec17/2009

Inspection of the Screw Jack Fittings and Support Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


55−11−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER FRONT−SPAR SPLICE AT BL6.00 AND THE


FRONT SPAR ASSEMBLY FROM BL6.00 TO THE TIP

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the front spar splice at BL6.00
and the front spar and skin assembly from BL6.00 to the tip for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 332 and 342 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is from the exterior of the aircraft and through the
lightening holes in the 8% leading edge spar.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T3 AL ALY
1 Top Skin 600−23039 QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
7075−T6 AL ALY
2 Bottom Skin 600−23041 QQ−A−250/13
ALCD SH
Forward−Spar 7050−T73652 AL ALY
3 600−23048 AMS 4108
Splice Fitting FRG
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


55−11−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Top Center Section
4 600−23043 2024−T3 AL ALY
Doubler QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
5 Front Spar Web
2024−T8511 AL ALY
6 Upper Cap QQ−A−200/3
EXTRN
600−23057 7075−T6511 AL ALY
7 Lower Cap QQ−A−200/11
EXTRN
2024−T3 AL ALY
8 Front Spar Web Splice QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
Bottom Center−Sec- 7075−T6 AL ALY
9 600−23044 QQ−A−250/13
tion Doubler ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


Horizontal Stabilizer
331AL/341AR CSP−A−001 55−12−02−000−801
Leading−Edge
326AL/326AR Upper Visor Assembly CSP−A−001 55−32−05−000−804
326BL/326BR Lower Visor Assembly CSP−A−001 55−32−05−000−805

(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).


(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


55−11−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:


(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Front Spar Splice at BL6.00 and the Front Spar from BL6.00 to
the Tip
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the forward−spar splice fittings (3) and the front spar web−splice (8) for
cracks, corrosion and other damage:
(2) Examine the components that follow for cracks, corrosion and other damage from
BL6.00 to the tip. Specially examine the areas around the first nine fastener holes
outboard of BL6.00:
− top center−section doubler (4)
− front spar web (5)
− upper (6) and lower (7) caps
− bottom center−section doubler (9).
(3) Examine the outer surface of the upper (1) and lower (2) skins, 2 in. (50.8 mm)
forward and aft of the front spar datum for cracks, corrosion, and other damage,
from BL6.00 to the tip. Specially examine the areas around the first nine fastener
holes outboard of BL6.00.
(4) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.
NOTE: Use an applicable borescope probe to examine the internal components.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−11−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

C. Install the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


Horizontal Stabilizer
331AL/341AR CSP−A−001 55−12−02−000−801
Leading−Edge
326AL/326AR Upper Visor Assembly CSP−A−001 55−32−05−400−804
326BL/326BR Lower Visor Assembly CSP−A−001 55−32−05−400−805

D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


55−11−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FRONT SPAR
DATUM
(REF)

BL 6.00 8 3 5
2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)
DATUM
(REF)
BL 6.00
NOTE BL 0.00
Examine the shaded area.

FIRST
FASTENER
NINTH C
FASTENER

LEGEND
1. Top skin.
2. Bottom skin. 2.0 in. C
3. Forward−spar splice fitting. (50.8 mm)
4. Top center−section doubler. 2.0 in.
5. Front spar web. (50.8 mm)
6. Upper cap.
7. Lower cap.
rnd5511103_002.dg, gv, nov23/2009

8. Front spar web−splice.


9. Bottom center−section doubler.
3
4

B
VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON UPPER SKIN
Inspection of the Horizontal Stabilizer Front Spar Splice at BL6.00 and the Front Spar from
BL6.00 to the Tip
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


55−11−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

SPAR DATUM
(REF)
2 in. 2 in.
(50.8 mm) (50.8 mm)
1

4
6

8
3

7
9

LEGEND
C − C
1. Top skin. 2
2. Bottom skin.
3. Forward−spar splice fitting.
4. Top center−section doubler.
5. Front spar web.
6. Upper cap.
7. Lower cap.
8. Front spar web−splice. NOTE
rnd5511103_003.dg, gv, nov23/2009

9. Bottom center−section doubler. Examine the shaded area.

Inspection of the Horizontal Stabilizer Front Spar Splice at BL6.00 and the Front Spar from
BL6.00 to the Tip
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6
55−11−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER UPPER SURFACE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the top skin from BL6.00 to
BL112.00 and the power−control−unit (PCU) fittings of the horizontal stabilizer for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 332 and 342 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external surface of the horizontal stabilizer.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T3 AL ALY
1 Top Skin 600−23039 QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
7050−T7452 HD
2 PCU Fitting 600−23051 AMS 4108
FORG
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


55−11−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source.
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


332AB
Elevator PCU Access−Panel CSP−A−001 TASK 55−12−01−000−801
342AB

(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).


(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Top skin from BL6.00 to the BL112.00 and the PCU Fittings of
the Horizontal Stabilizer
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the top surface of the top skin (1) at all fastener locations from BL6.0 to
BL112.0 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you carefully examine
the top skin−to−STGR3 fasteners and, number 1 PCU (outboard) fitting−to−skin
first inboard fastener hole.
(2) Examine all accessible areas of the PCU fittings (2) for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage.
(3) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


55−11−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


332AB
Elevator PCU Access−Panel CSP−A−001 TASK 55−12−01−400−801
342AB

D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−11−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A
LEGEND
1. Top skin.
2. PCU fitting.

NOTES
Examine the shaded area.
Left side is shown, right BL6.00
side is almost the same.

BL0.00

RIB 1
BL112.00 RIB 2
RIB 3

RIB 4
RIB 3A
RIB 5

RIB 6
rnd5511105_001.dg, gw, dec10/2009

STGR1 RIB 7
STGR2
STGR3
STGR4

A
VIEW LOOKING DOWN AT UPPER SKIN
Inspection of the Top Skin from BL6.00 to BL112.00 and the PCU Fittings of the Horizontal
Stabilizer
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
55−11−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

No. 1 PCU (OUTBOARD)


FITTING−TO−SKIN FIRST
INBOARD FASTENER HOLE
(REF)

STGR 3
(REF)

B.L. 6.00

ELEVATOR
(REF) 2
2
2
rnd5511105_002.dg, dec12/2009

Inspection of the Top Skin from BL6.00 to BL112.00 and the PCU Fittings of the Horizontal
Stabilizer
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
55−11−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

rnd5511105_003.dg, gw, dec12/2009

Inspection of the Top Skin from BL6.00 to BL112.00 and the PCU Fittings of the Horizontal
Stabilizer
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6
55−11−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE HORIZONTAL−STABILIZER REAR SPAR SPLICE AND SKIN STRUCTURE


FROM LBL11.00 TO RBL11.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the rear spar splice and the
skin structure from the LBL11.00 to the RBL11.00 of the horizontal stabilizer (HS) for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zone 332, 326, and 342 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external side of the horizontal stabilizer.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Top Skin, 2024−T3 AL ALY
1 600−23039 QQ−A−250/5
Horizontal Stabilizer ALCD SH
Bottom Skin, 7075−T6 AL ALY
2 600−23041 QQ−A−250/13
Horizontal Stabilizer ALCD SH
Doubler, Outer Top
3
Center
600−23071
Doubler, Outer Bottom 2024−T3 AL ALY
4 QQ−A−250/5
Center ALCD SH
Doubler, Inner Top
5 600−23043
Center
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


55−11−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Doubler, Inner Bottom 7075−T6 AL ALY
6 600−23044 QQ−A−250/13
Center ALCD SH
2024−T8511 AL ALY
7 Upper Cap, Rear Spar QQ−A−200/3
EXTN
601R23058
7075−T6 AL ALY
8 Lower Cap, Rear Spar QQ−A−200/11
EXTN
Fitting, Aft−Spar
9
Top−Aft Splice
Fitting, Aft−Spar
10
Top−Forward Splice
600−23049 7050−T73652 AMS 4108
Fitting, Aft−Spar
11
Bottom−Aft Splice
Fitting, Aft−Spar Bot-
12
tom−Forward Splice
Forward Web, Rear 2024−T3 AL ALY
13
Spar ALCD SH
601R23058 2024−T3 or QQ−A−250/5
14 Aft Web, Rear Spar 2024−T42
AL ALY ALCD SH
Top Cap, Aft Center 2024−T351 AL ALY
15 QQ−A−200/3
Rib EXTD BAR
2024−T3 AL ALY
16 Angle, Aft Center Rib QQ−A−250/5
600−23027
600 23027 ALCD SH
Bottom Cap, Aft 2024−T3511 AL ALY
17 QQ−A−200/3
Center Rib EXTD BAR
18 Fitting, Aft Center Rib 7050−T73652 AMS 4108
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


55−11−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


332AB Elevator p
power−control−unit
TASK 55−12−01−000−801
342AB access−panel
326CT Rear fairing CSP−A−001 TASK 55−32−05−000−808
334AB Elevator hinge
g and PCU
TASK 55−23−01−000−801
344AB attachments access−panels

(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).


(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the HS Rear Spar Splice and the Skin Structure from the LBL11.00
to the RBL11.00
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine externally and internally, the items that follow, 6.0 in. (152.4 mm) forward of
the rear spar datum to the aft edge of the skin between LBL11.00 to RBL11.00 for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
− Top and bottom skins (1 & 2)
− Top outer and top inner doublers (3 & 5)
− Bottom outer and bottom inner doublers (4 & 6)
− Top and bottom caps (15 & 17)
− Angle (16).
(2) Examine externally and internally, the items that follow, 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) of the top
rear spar between LBL11.00 to RBL11.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
− Upper and Lower caps (7 & 8)
− Top forward and top aft fittings (9 & 10)
− Bottom forward and bottom aft fittings (11 & 12)
− Forward and aft webs (13 & 14).
(3) Examine the aft center rib−fitting (18) for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
55−11−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(4) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


332AB Elevator p
power−control−unit
TASK 55−12−01−400−801
342AB access−panel
326CT Rear fairing CSP−A−001 TASK 55−32−05−400−808
334AB Elevator hinge
g and PCU
TASK 55−23−01−400−801
344AB attachments access−panels

D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


55−11−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A
LEGEND
1. Top skin, horizontal stabilizer.
3. Doubler, outer top center.
5. Doubler, inner top center.
7. Upper cap, rear spar.
9. Fitting, aft−spar, top−aft splice.
10. Fitting, aft−spar, top−forward splice.
11. Fitting, aft−spar, bottom−aft−splice.
15. Top cap, aft center rib.
16. Angle, aft center rib.

NOTE
1 Examine the shaded area.
Left side is shown. Right
side is almost the same.

16 15 FWD
6.00 in. 5
B 3
(152.4 mm)

10

BL 0.00

1 C 1
1
rnd5511106_006.dg, sd, 05/12/09

LBL 6.00 RBL 6.00


9
11 7

A
LBL 11.00 RBL 11.00
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
ON UPPER SKIN
Inspection of the HS Rear Spar Splice and the Skin Structure from the LBL11.00 to the RBL11.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


55−11−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
1. Top skin, horizontal stabilizer. 10. Fitting, aft−spar, top−forward splice.
2. Bottom skin, horizontal stabilizer. 11. Fitting, aft−spar, bottom−aft splice.
3. Doubler, outer top center. 12. Fitting, aft−spar, bottom−forward splice.
4. Doubler, outer bottom center. 13. Forward web, rear spar.
5. Doubler, inner top center. 14. Aft web, rear spar.
6. Doubler, Inner bottom center. 15. Top cap, aft center rib.
7. Upper cap, rear spar. 16. Angle, aft center rib.
8. Lower cap, rear spar. 17. Bottom cap, aft center rib.
9. Fitting, aft−spar, top−aft splice. 18. Fitting, aft center rib.

FWD
6.0 in. 2.0 in.
(152.4 mm) (50.8 mm)
15 16 3
10
1

5
9 7

CHORD PLANE WL242.00

13
14
11 6
2

18 R.S. 4
17
12 8 DATUM
rnd5511106_007.dg, sd, 05/12/09

PIVOT FITTING
(REF)

VIEW B B

Inspection of the HS Rear Spar Splice and the Skin Structure from the LBL11.00 to the RBL11.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


55−11−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
7. Upper cap, rear spar.
8. Lower cap, rear spar.
9. Fitting, aft−spar, top−aft splice.
11. Fitting, aft−spar, bottom−aft splice.
14. Aft web, rear spar.

2.00 in.
(50.8 mm)
14 9
7

LBL 11.00 LBL 6.00 BL 0.00 RBL 6.00 RBL 11.00


8
11

C
rnd5511106_008.dg, sd, 05/12/09

VIEW LOOKING FORWARD


AT REAR SPAR

Inspection of the HS Rear Spar Splice and the Skin Structure from the LBL11.00 to the RBL11.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


55−11−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER BL6.00 RIB

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the horizontal stabilizer rib at
BL6.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zone 332, 342, and 326 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by removal of the vertical stabilizer middle−upper
fairing 326BT and the access panels 332AB and 342AB in the horizontal stabilizer.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Rib, Horizontal Stabiliz- 7050−T7451 AL ALY
1 600−23028 BAMS 516−003
er BL6.00 PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


55−11−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the middle upper fairing 326BT (refer to AMM TASK 55−32−05−000−806).
(2) Remove the elevator power−control−unit access−panel (332AB and 342AB) (refer
to AMM TASK 55−12−01−000−801).
(3) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Horizontal Stabilizer Rib at BL6.00


Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the surfaces of the horizontal stabilizer rib (1) at BL6.00, that you can see,
for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you carefully examine:
− The edge of the rib lightening hole between the rear spar and the pivot fitting,
specially the top−aft area of the lightening hole.
− The rib local to the radii of the upper STGR3 cut−out.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
55−11−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the elevator power−control−unit access−panel (332AB and 342AB) (refer to AMM
TASK 55−12−01−400−801).
D. Install the middle upper fairing 326BT (refer to AMM TASK 55−32−05−400−806).
E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−11−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
1. Horizontal stabilizer BL6.00 rib.

NOTES A
Left side shown, right side is almost the same.
Examine the shaded area.

PIVOT FITTING
CENTERLINE
(REF)

STGR3 CUTOUT
(REF)

POTENTIAL
CRACK SITE
rnd5511110_001.dg, gv/kmw, dec16/2009

Horizontal Stabilizer Rib at BL6.00


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


55−11−110 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE ELEVATOR HINGES 1 AND 1A FITTINGS−MOUNTED ON STABILIZER

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the elevator hinge fittings at
STAB BL15.25, BL24.48, BL55.88, and BL95.49 for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 332 and 342 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the exterior of the horizontal stabilizer.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Hinge Fitting #1 600−23045
2 Hinge Fitting #1A 601R23045
7050−T7452 Al Forg AMS 4108
3 Hinge Fitting #2 600−23046
4 Hinge Fitting #3 600−23077
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
55−11−115 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the elevators (refer to AMM TASK 27−34−01−000−801).
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Elevator Hinge Fittings at STAB BL15.25, BL24.48, BL55.88, and
BL95.49
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the hinge fittings (1, 2, 3, and 4) for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
Make sure you carefully examine the following:
(a) fillet radii
(b) stiffening web edges
(c) fastener locations
(d) clevis lugs
(e) hinge attachment lugs
(f) hydraulic line cut−out (on hinge fitting #1 (1) only).
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
55−11−115 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the elevators (refer to AMM TASK 27−34−01−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−11−115 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1. Examine the shaded areas.
2. Left side shown, right side
almost the same.
A

B
BL15.2539
C
1

2
BL24.4884

3
BL55.8865 BL95.493
4
rnd5511115_002.dg, lr, apr08/2009

Inspection of the Elevator Hinge Fittings at STAB BL15.25, BL24.48, BL55.88, and BL95.49
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


55−11−115 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE PIVOT FITTING

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the horizontal stabilizer
pivot−fitting (written as the pivot fitting), inner and outer pivot pins for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 326 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by removal of the horizontal stabilizer.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
7050−T73652 AL ALY
1 Fitting, Pivot 600−23050 AMS 4108
FOR
2 Pin, Inner 600−21070 455−H1000 SST STL
AMS 5617
3 Pin, Outer 600−21071 ALY
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
55−11−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the horizontal stabilizer (refer to AMM TASK 55−10−00−000−801).
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Pivot Fitting and Pivot Pins


Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the pivot fitting (1) inboard and outboard attachment lugs, inner and outer
pivot pins (2 & 3) for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the horizontal stabilizer (refer to AMM TASK 55−10−00−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


55−11−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
Inspect shaded area.

HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER
(REF)

rnd5511119_001.dg, gw, nov30/2009

VERTICAL
STABILIZER
(REF)

Inspection of the Pivot Fitting and Pivot Pins


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−11−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE ELEVATOR FRONT SPAR ASSEMBLY

1. General

A. Function
This inspection is used to visually examine the upper spar cap on the elevator front spar
assembly between ribs 4 and 4A for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
The inspection area is in Zone 334/344 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) It is necessary to remove the elevator to get access to the inspection area.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM No. DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
[1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T3 Al Alloy AMS
1 Upper Skin 601R24028
Sheet QQ−A−250/5
AMS
2 Doubler 600−24026−35 2024−T3 Alclad
QQ−A−250/5
7475−T7351 Al Alloy BAMS 516−002
3 Front Spar 601R24057
Plate (CMS 516−2)
Note [1]: Parts that do not include an item number are not called out in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
55−21−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the elevator (Refer to AMM Task 27−34−01−000−801).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00.
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(3) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).

5. Inspection of the Elevator Front Spar Assembly Between Ribs 4 and 4A


Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the areas that follow:
− Front spar
− Doubler
− Upper skin.
NOTE: Pay particular attention to the fastener holes on the upper cap of the front
spar.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

B. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


(1) All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
(2) All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
(3) Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
(4) For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the elevator (Refer to AMM Task 34−01−400−801).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
55−21−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−21−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

RIB 4
RIB 4A
B

LEGEND
1. Upper skin.
2. Doubler.
3. Front spar.

NOTE
1 Examine the shaded area
between rib 4 and rib 4A.
1

1
POTENTIAL
rnd5521101_001.dg, lr, 06/01/05

CRACK SITE
3

B B

Inspection of the Elevator Front Spar Assembly


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


55−21−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE CENTER AND OUTBOARD HINGE FITTINGS

AWL 55−21−107
1. General

A. This inspection is used to visually examine the center and outboard hinge fittings and their
back−up structures in the horizontal stabilizer and elevator. This procedure is applicable
to the left side and the right side. The procedure for the left side is given.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially Available Explosion Proof−Flashlight
Commercially Available Mirror−Telescopic
Commercially Available Magnifying Glass − 10 Power
Commercially Available Borescope

B. Parts

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
1 Rear spar assembly 601R23058 −
2 Hinge fitting assembly, ES60.525 600−24026 7050−T73652
2024−T3511
3 Hinge fitting support, ES60.525 600−23067 Al alloy extruded
bar and shapes
4 Flutter damper fitting, ES60.525 600−23086 7050−T73651
5 Hinge fitting, ES103.419 600−23077 7050−T73652
2024−T3511
6 Hinge fitting support, ES103.419 600−23067 Al alloy extruded
bar and shapes
7 Inboard hinge fitting, ES60.525
601R24063 7050−T7452
8 Outboard hinge fitting, ES60.525
9 Front spar assembly 600−24026 2024 clad sheet
10 2024−T351
Fitting ES60.525
Fitting, ES60 525 600−24052
11 Al alloy rolled bar
12 Hinge fitting, ES103.419 600−24059 7050−T73652

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


55−21−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
13 2024−T3511 Al
Rib fitting,
fitting ES103.419
ES103 419 600−24052 alloy extruded bar
14 and shapes
2024−T42 Al
15 Outboard rib No. 13, ES103.419 600−24049
alloy alcd sheet

C. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 27−34−01−000−801 Removal of the Elevator
CSP A−001 AMM 27−34−01−400−801 Installation of the Elevator
CSP A−001 AMM 55−12−01−000−801 Removal of the Elevator
Power−Control−Unit Ac-
cess−Panel (332AB and
342AB)
CSP A−001 AMM 55−12−01−400−801 Installation of the Elevator
Power−Control−Unit Ac-
cess−Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 55−23−01−000−802 Removal of the Elevator
Hinge and Flutter−Damp-
er−Attachments Access
Panel
CSP A−001 AMM 55−23−01−400−802 Installation of the Elevator
Hinge and Flutter−Damp-
er−Attachments Access
Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 55−23−01−000−803 Removal of the Elevator−
Hinge Access Panels
CSP A−001 AMM 55−23−01−400−803 Installation of the Elevator−
Hinge Access Panels

D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
CSP A−008 SRM 51−26−00 Cleaning

4. Job Set−Up
A. If necessary, remove the elevator (AMM 27−34−01−001−801).
B. Remove the access panels that follow:

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


55−21−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


332BB Access Panel CSP−A−001 AMM 55−12−01−000−801
334BB Access Panel CSP−A−001 AMM 55−23−01−000−802
334CB Access Panel CSP−A−001 AMM 55−23−01−000−803
342BB Access Panel CSP−A−001 AMM 55−12−01−000−801
344BB Access Panel CSP−A−001 AMM 55−23−01−000−802
344CB Access Panel CSP−A−001 AMM 55−23−01−000−803

C. Make sure the inspection area is clean.


D. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2.
A. Do the detailed inspection of the parts as follows:
(1) Externally, inspect the horizontal stabilizer and elevator center and outboard hinge
fittings. Inspect the local horizontal stabilizer rear spar assembly and the elevator
front spar assembly over an area up to 2.00 in. (50.8 mm) around both fittings for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Internally, inspect the back up structure of the horizontal stabilizer and elevator
center and outboard hinge fittings. Carefully examine the corner radius and the
fittings lugs.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
B. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).
6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
C. Install the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


332BB Access Panel CSP−A−001 AMM 55−12−01−400−801
334BB Access Panel CSP−A−001 AMM 55−23−01−400−802
334CB Access Panel CSP−A−001 AMM 55−23−01−400−803
342BB Access Panel CSP−A−001 AMM 55−12−01−400−801
344BB Access Panel CSP−A−001 AMM 55−23−01−400−802
344CB Access Panel CSP−A−001 AMM 55−23−01−400−803

D. If removed, install the elevator (AMM 27−34−01−400−801).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−21−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
A
Left side of the aircraft shown. LEGEND
Right side is similar. 1. Rear spar assembly.
1 Examine the shaded area. 2. Hinge fitting assembly.
3. Hinge fitting support.
4. Flutter damper fitting.

A
2.00 in.
D (51.00 mm)
ES 60.525

2.00 in.
(51.00 mm)
ES 60.525
2
1
1

2
3
1

B
rnd5521107_001.dg, rm/mgr, apr.1/13

2.00 in. 3
(51.00 mm) D

Inspection of the Horizontal−Stabilizer Rear−Spar Hinge−Fittings and Back−Up Structures


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


55−21−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2.00 in.
(51.00 mm) 6
ES 103.419 LEGEND
1. Rear spar assembly.
5. Hinge fitting.
6. Hinge fitting support.
1 1
NOTE
1 Examine the shaded
area.

5
2.00 in.
(51.00 mm)

2.00 in.
(51.00 mm)
ES 103.419

rnd5521107_002.dg, rm/hg/mgr, apr.1/2013

1
2.00 in.
(51.00 mm)

Inspection of the Horizontal−Stabilizer Rear−Spar Hinge−Fittings and Back−Up Structures


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


55−21−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ES 60.525

ES 103.419
LEGEND
7. Inboard hinge fitting.
8. Outboard hinge fitting.
9. Front spar assembly.
10. Fitting.
11. Fitting.

2.00 in.
(51.00 mm) 2.00 in.
(51.00 mm)

ES 60.525
2.00 in.
(51.00 mm)
ES 60.525
2.00 in.
(51.00 mm)
10

8 9
rnd5521107_003.dg, rm/hg/mgr, apr.1/2013

NOTES
Left side of the aircraft shown.
Right side is similar. 11
1 Examine the shaded area.
Inspection of the Elevator Front−Spar Hinge−Fittings and Back−Up Structures
Figure 2 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


55−21−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2.00 in.
(51.00 mm)

ES 103.419
1

2.00 in.
(51.00 mm)

H 2.00 in.
(51.00 mm)
LEGEND
9. Front spar assembly.
12. Hinge fitting.
13. Rib fitting. ES 103.419
14. Rib fitting.
15. Outboard Rib No.13.

13

rnd5521107_004.dg, rm/hg/mgr, mar28/2013

14 15
NOTE 2.00 in.
1 Examine the shaded (51.00 mm)
area.
Inspection of the Elevator Front−Spar Hinge−Fittings and Back−Up Structures
Figure 2 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


55−21−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT SPAR TO FUSELAGE ATTACHMENT FITTING

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the vertical
stabilizer−to−fuselage attachment fittings (written as fittings) and the adjacent front
spar web for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 323 and 325 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the area is by the aft fuselage fairing.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Fitting 600−21041 4340 ST PL MIL−S−5000
7050−T73651 AL ALY
2 Front Spar 600−21001 BAMS 516−003
PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


55−31−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the ram air intake and dorsal fairing (323AT) (refer to AMM TASK
55−32−01−000−801).
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage of the Fittings and the Adjacent Front Spar Web
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the fitting (1) at FS755.00 and 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) of the adjacent front−spar
web (2) that includes the forward and aft surfaces for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage. Make sure you carefully examine around the fasteners and the radii.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


55−31−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the ram air intake and dorsal fairing (323AT) (refer to AMM TASK
55−32−01−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−31−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

STRAP
(REF)

1
LEGEND
1. Fitting.
2. Front spar.

NOTES
Left side shown, right side
is almost the same.
Examine the shaded area.

2
CL

STRAP
(REF)

1
1
2.00 in.
(50.8 mm) UP 2.00 in.
(50.8 mm)
rnd5531101_001.dg, kmw, oct7/2009

2.00 in. 2.00 in.


(50.8 mm) (50.8 mm)

FS 755.00
VIEW LOOKING AFT

Detailed Inspection of the Fittings and the Adjacent Front Spar Web
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


55−31−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT SPAR TO FUSELAGE SPLICE STRAP

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the vertical−stabilizer splice
straps (written as straps) attached to the front spar and the fuselage attachment
fittings for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 323 324 and 325 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the area is by the aft fuselage fairing.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Strap 600−21060 7050−T73651 AL ALY
BAMS 516−003
2 Front Spar 600−21001 PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


55−31−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the ram air intake and dorsal fairing (323AT) (refer to AMM TASK
55−32−01−000−801).
(2) If required, remove vertical stabilizer leading−edge (324AT) (refer to AMM TASK
55−32−03−000−801)
(3) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage of the Straps


Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the strap (1) at FS755.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make
sure you carefully examine around the fasteners and the radii.
(2) Examine 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) of the adjacent front−spar web (2) that includes the
forward and aft surfaces for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you
carefully examine around the fasteners and the radii.
(3) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
55−31−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the ram air intake and dorsal fairing (323AT) (refer to AMM TASK
55−32−01−400−801).
D. If required, install vertical stabilizer leading−edge (324AT) (refer to AMM TASK
55−32−03−400−801)
E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−31−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND FITTING
(REF)
1. Strap.
2. Front spar.

NOTES
Left side shown, right side
is almost the same.
Examine the shaded area.

2
CL

2.00 in. 1
(50.8 mm)

UP
rnd5531102_001.dg, kmw, oct20/2009

FITTING
2.00 in. 2.00 in. (REF)
(50.8 mm) (50.8 mm)

FS 755.00
VIEW LOOKING AFT

Detailed Inspection of the Straps


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


55−31−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT SPAR ATTACHMENT AT VERTICAL STABILIZER RIB#1

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the front spar at the vertical
stabilizer rib#1 attachment for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 324 and 325 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the aft fuselage vertical stabilizer

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
7050−T73651 AL ALY
1 Front Spar 600−21001 BAMS 516−003
PL
2024−T42 AL ALY
2 Rib#1 600−21004
ALCD SH
QQ A 250/5
QQ−A−250/5
3 Left Skin 600−21023 2024−T3 AL ALY
4 Right Skin 600−21024 ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
55−31−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the access panel that follows:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


Vertical Stabilizer
324AT CSP−A−001 TASK 55−32−03−000−801
Leading−Edge

(2) Remove the access panels that follow if required:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


Ram Air Intake and Dorsal
323AT TASK 55−32−01−000−801
Fairing CSP−A−001
325AR Trim−Actuator Access Panel TASK 55−32−07−000−813

(3) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).


(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Front Spar at the Vertical Stabilizer Rib#1 Attachment
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the front spar (1) 5.0 in. (127.0 mm) above and below the rib#1 (2) for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you carefully examine the top
fastener of the strap on the aft side of the spar (1) web.
(2) Examine the front spar adjacent structure that includes 2.0 in (50.8 mm) of the rib#1
(2) and skin (3 & 4) for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(3) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


55−31−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the access panel that follows:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


Vertical Stabilizer
324AT CSP−A−001 TASK 55−32−03−400−801
Leading−Edge

D. Install the access panels that follow if required:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


Ram Air Intake and Dorsal
323AT TASK 55−32−01−400−801
Fairing CSP−A−001
325AR Trim−Actuator Access Panel TASK 55−32−07−000−813

E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−31−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2
2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

5.00 in.
(127.0 mm)

STRAP
(REF)

FITTING
(REF)
5.00 in.
(127.0 mm)

LEGEND
1. Front spar.
3
2. Rib 1.
3. Left skin. 1
4. Right skin.

NOTE
Examine shaded area.
Left side is shown,
4
right side is almost the same.

3
2.00 in.
(50.8 mm)

RIVETS
(REF) 2

1
1 STRAP
rnd5531104_001.dg, kmw/gw, aug13/2009

(REF)

Detailed Inspection of the Front Spar at the Vertical Stabilizer Rib#1 Attachment
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


55−31−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE ACCESS DOOR CUTOUTS

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the vertical stabilizer (VS) skin
around the access door cutouts (written as access panel cutouts) that includes the
door landing areas for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 325 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the exterior right, and left side of the vertical stabilizer.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1− Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Left Skin 600−21023 2024−T3 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
2 Right Skin 600−21024 ALCD SH
7075−T62 AL ALY
ALCD SH
3 Left Panel Landings 600−21023 QQ−A−250/13
7075−T6 AL ALY
ALCD SH
2024−T3 AL ALY
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
4 Right Panel Landings 600−21024
7075−T6 AL ALY QQ−A−250/13
ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
55−31−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


325AL Electrical−Wires Access Panel TASK 55−32−07−000−805
Autopilot Servo−Drive−Unit
325BL TASK 55−32−07−000−803
Access−Panel
Autopilot−Input−Cable−
325CL TASK 55−32−07−000−802
Turnbuckle Access Panel
Autopilot−Input and
325DL TASK 55−32−07−000−801
Elevator−Control Access Panel
Elevator Control−Gain−
325EL Change−Mechanism TASK 55−32−07−000−804
Access−Panel CSP−A−001
325AR Trim−Actuator Access Panel TASK 55−32−07−000−813
325BR Yaw−Dampers Access Panel TASK 55−32−07−000−812
Autopilot Servo−Drive−Unit
325CR TASK 55−32−07−000−807
Access−Panel
Rudder Power−Control−Unit
325DR TASK 55−32−07−000−815
(PCU) Access−Panel
325ER Elevator−Control Access Panel TASK 55−32−07−000−806
Elevator−Control−Bellcrank
325FR TASK 55−32−07−000−814
Access Panel

(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).


(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


55−31−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Inspection for Damage to the VS Skin and Access Panel Landing


Refer to Figure 1.
A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the skins (1 & 2) and panel landing areas (3 & 4), 2.0 in (50.8 mm) around
each panel cutout area for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you
carefully examine around the fastener holes.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the access panels that follow:
PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE
325AL Electrical−Wires Access Panel TASK 55−32−07−400−805
Autopilot Servo−Drive−Unit
325BL TASK 55−32−07−400−803
Access−Panel
Autopilot−Input−Cable−
325CL TASK 55−32−07−400−802
Turnbuckle Access Panel
Autopilot−Input and
325DL TASK 55−32−07−400−801
Elevator−Control Access Panel
Elevator Control−Gain−
325EL Change−Mechanism TASK 55−32−07−400−804
Access−Panel CSP−A−001
325AR Trim−Actuator Access Panel TASK 55−32−07−400−813
325BR Yaw−Dampers Access Panel TASK 55−32−07−400−812
Autopilot Servo−Drive−Unit
325CR TASK 55−32−07−400−807
Access−Panel
Rudder Power−Control−Unit
325DR TASK 55−32−07−400−815
(PCU) Access−Panel
325ER Elevator−Control Access Panel TASK 55−32−07−400−806
Elevator−Control−Bellcrank
325FR TASK 55−32−07−400−814
Access Panel

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−31−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


55−31−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
1. Left skin.
2. Right skin.
3. Left panel landing.
4. Right panel landing.
NOTES
Examine shaded area.

Typical for all inspection


areas.

2 in.
(50.8 mm)
VS FRONT
SPAR
(REF)

3
rnd5531108_001.dg, gw, aug31/2009

Detailed Inspection of the Vertical Stabilizer Skins and Landings Around the Access Panel
Cutouts
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
55−31−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
1. Left skin.
2. Right skin.
3. Left panel landing.
4. Right panel landing.
NOTES
Examine shaded area.

Typical for all inspection


2 areas.

2 in.
(50.8 mm)

rnd5531108_002.dg, gw, aug31/2009

Detailed Inspection of the Vertical Stabilizer Skins and Landings Around the Access Panel
Cutouts
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6
55−31−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

1 2.0 in. 2.0 in. 1


(50.8 mm) (50.8 mm)

3 3

NOTE LEGEND
Examine the shaded area. 1. Left skin.
2. Right skin.
Typical for all inspection 3. Left panel landing.
areas. 4. Right panel landing.

rnd5531108_003.dg, gw, sep1/2009

Detailed Inspection of the Vertical Stabilizer Skins and Landings Around the Access Panel
Cutouts
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7
55−31−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE VERTICAL STABILIZER PIVOT−FITTINGS

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the horizontal−stabilizer (HS)
pivot fittings on the vertical stabilizer (VS) and the adjacent structure for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 326 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the exterior of the vertical stabilizer.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Pivot Fittings 600−21027 4140 STL BAR MIL−S−5626
7050−T7451 AL ALY
2 Top Canted Rib 600−21012 BAMS 516−003
PL
3 Left Skin 600−21023 2024−T3 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
4 Right Skin 600−21024 ALCD SH
7050−T7451 AL ALY
5 Rear Spar 600−21003 BAMS 516−003
PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


55−31−111 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the horizontal stabilizer (refer to AMM TASK 55−10−00−000−801).
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage to
the paint and/or the primer(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Horizontal−Stabilizer Pivot−Fittings on the Vertical Stabilizer


and the Adjacent Structure
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the pivot fittings (1) and 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) of the adjacent left and right skins
(3 & 4), top canted rib (2), and accessible area of the rear spar (5) for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you carefully examine the pivot fittings
surfaces.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


55−31−111 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the horizontal stabilizer (refer to AMM TASK 55−10−00−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−31−111 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A
rnd5531111_002.dg, gw, aug24/2009

LEGEND
1. Pivot fitting assembly.
NOTE
Examine the shaded area.

Inspection of the Horizontal−Stabilizer Pivot−Fittings on the Vertical Stabilizer and the Adjacent
Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
55−31−111 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
Examine shaded area.

LEGEND
1. Pivot fitting assembly.
2. Top canted rib.
3. Left skin.
4. Right skin.
FAIRING
BRACKET
(REF)

1
2.0 in. BONDED
(50.8 mm) PACKER
(REF)
4

BONDED
PACKER
(REF)

FAIRING
BRACKET
(REF)
rnd5531111_003.dg, gw, aug25/2009

VIEW LOOKING DOWN

Inspection of the Horizontal Stabilizer Pivot Fittings on the Vertical Stabilizer and Surrounding
Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
55−31−111 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
1. Pivot fitting assembly.
2. Top canted rib.
3. Left skin.
5. Rear spar.
1
NOTE
Examine the shaded area.
REAR SPAR
DATUM
FAIRING
BRACKET
(REF)

CANTED RIB
2.0 in. DATUM
(50.8 mm) 2

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

UP
5
FWD
rnd5531111_004.dg, gw, aug24/2009

Inspection of the Horizontal−Stabilizer Pivot−Fittings on the Vertical Stabilizer and the Adjacent
Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6
55−31−111 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FUS. STA.
887.041 CANTED
RIB
2 DATUM

WL 231.624

EDGE OF PART AT
RUDDER STA. 152.636
(REF)

5
UP

REAR SPAR FWD


DATUM

RUDDER
HINGE
(REF)

NOTE
Examine the shaded area.
LEGEND
rnd5531111_005.dg, gw, aug25/2009

2. Top canted rib.


5. Rear spar.

Detailed Inspection of the Horizontal−Stabilizer Pivot−Fittings on the Vertical Stabilizer and the
Adjacent Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 4)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7
55−31−111 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FAIRING
BRACKET
(REF)

1
BONDED
PACKER
(REF)

BONDED
5
PACKER
(REF)

1
NOTE
Inspect the shaded area.

LEGEND

3 1. Pivot fitting assembly.


3. Left skin.
4. Right skin.
5. Rear spar.
FAIRING
BRACKET
(REF)
rnd5531111_006.dg, gw, aug25/2009

VIEW LOOKING DOWN

Inspection of the Horizontal−Stabilizer Pivot−Fittings on the Vertical Stabilizer and the Adjacent
Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 5)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8
55−31−111 Oct 10/20
See Effective TR CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE TRIM ACTUATOR PIVOT STRUCTURE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the components of the vertical
stabilizer (VS) pitch−trim−actuator pivot structure, that follow for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage:
− Skins, doublers
− Support plates
− Top canted rib
− Support structure.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 325 and 326 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the horizontal stabilizer fairings.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T351 AL ALY
1 Doubler
600−21035 ALCD SH QQ−A−250/4
2 Support plate
2024−T3
2024 T3 AL ALY
3 Left Skin 600−21023
ALCD SH QQ−A−250/5
4 Right Skin 600−21024
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


55−31−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Doubler,
5 600−21044 7050−T7451
Vertical Stabilizer skin
AL ALY PL
6 Top Canted Rib 600−21012 BAMS 516−003
7050−T73651
7 Mid Spar Cap 600−21049
AL ALY PL
2024−T42 AL ALY
8 Mid Spar Upper Web
ALCD SH
600−21002
2024−T3 AL ALY
9 Angle QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
10 Rib #8 Web 2024−T42 AL ALY
11 ALCD SH
600−21011
600 21011
Angle 2024−T351 AL ALY
12
EXTRN
QQ−A−200/11
7075−T6511 AL ALY
13 Mid Spar Tee 600−21051
EXTRN
14 Upper Channel 600−21080
7050−T73651AL
7050 T73651AL ALY
15 Lower Channel 600−21081
PL
16 Mid Spar Stiffener 600−21050 BAMS 516−003
7050−T7451 AL ALY
17 Tee Fitting 600−21082
PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Remove the horizontal−stabilizer trim actuator (AMM 27−42−01−000−801).
B. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
C. If necessary, remove the water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) with a
lint−free cloth and solvent.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
55−31−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

D. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
A. Do the steps that follow for the detailed inspection:
(1) Examine the VS pitch−trim−actuator pivot structure including, doubler (1), support
plate (2), left skin (3), right skin (4), and 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) each side of the adjacent
canted rib (6), for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine the support structure that follow for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
− Doublers, vertical stabilizer skin (5)
− Mid spar cap, upper web, tee, and Stiffener (7, 8, 13, 16)
− Angles (9, 11, 12)
− Rib #8 web (10)
− upper and lower Channel (14 &15)
− Tee Fitting (17).
(3) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance and Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (SRM 51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
C. Install the horizontal stabilizer trim actuator (AMM 27−42−01−400−801).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−31−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND NOTES
1. Doubler. 10. Rib No. 8 web. Examine the shaded area.
2. Support plate. 11. Angle.
Left side shown, right side
rnd5531112_006.dg, gw, dec07/2009

3. Left skin. 12. Angle.


is almost the same.
4. Right skin. 13. Mid spar tee.
5. Doubler, vertical stabilizer skin. 14. Upper channel.
6. Top canted rib. 15. Lower channel.
7. Mid spar cap. 16. Mid spar stiffener.
8. Mid spar upper web. 17. Tee fitting.
9. Angle.

Inspection of the VS Pitch−Trim−Actuator Pivot Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


55−31−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
1 Area to be examined.
Left side is shown, right
side is almost the same.

FWD

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

3
2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

B
rnd5531112_007.dc, gw, dec07/2009

Inspection of the VS Pitch−Trim−Actuator Pivot Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


55−31−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
1 Area to be examined.

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm) 1 14 4
FWD

12 5

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

F F D
11
16
10
9 8
2.0 in. 16
(50.8 mm)
5
12
3

14
2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)
rnd5531112_008.dc, gw, dec08/2009

Inspection of the VS Pitch−Trim−Actuator Pivot Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


55−31−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
1 Area to be examined.
Left side is shown, right
side is almost the same.

2 1 1 3 14

FWD

6
2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

8 16 7 13 9 11 2.0 in. 10 12
rnd5531112_009.dc, gw, dec08/2009

(50.8 mm)
D

Inspection of the VS Pitch−Trim−Actuator Pivot Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


55−31−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

17

UP
FWD

15

NOTES MID SPAR


DATUM
Examine shaded area.
8 V.S.
Left side shown, right side is
almost the same. R/S Sta.
9 9 128.25
UP

10 11 10
FWD
rnd5531112_010.dg, gw, dec09/2009

Inspection of the VS Pitch−Trim−Actuator Pivot Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 5)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8


55−31−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE RUDDER INTERFACE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the skin panel of the rudder particularly
around the hinge fittings. The inspection also includes the rudder hinges and the
actuators that attach the PCU to the rudder hinges.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The rudder is in Zone 327 (refer to NDTM Part 1 General, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) It is necessary to remove all of the rudder−hinge access panels to do the inspection
(Refer to the AMM, Chapter 55).

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
Rudder Hinge Upper 2024−T351 Al Alloy AMS
1 600−22005
Plate Bar QQ−A−225/6
Rudder Upper Hinge Al Alloy Plate CMS 516−2
2 601R22011
Fitting 7475−T351 (BAMS 516−002)
CC670−22031−3 AMS
3 Rudder Skin Al Alloy Sht 2024−T3
CC670−22031−4 QQ−A−250/5
Rudder Hinge Lower 2024−T351 Al Alloy AMS
4 600−22006
Plate Bar QQ−A−225/6
Upper Hinge Fitting,
7050−T7451 Al Alloy CMS 516−3
5 Rudder − Rear Spar/ 600−21097
Plate (BAMS 516−003)
Vertical Stabilizer
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


55−41−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
Center Hinge Fitting,
7050−T7451 Al Alloy CMS 516−3
6 Rudder − Rear Spar/ 600−21098
Plate (BAMS 516−003)
Vertical Stabilizer
Rudder Actuator Hinge CMS 514−1
7 CC670−22162 7050−7411 Al Alloy
Fitting (BAMS 514−001)
Rudder Lower Hinge
8 CC670−22164
Fitting
Rudder Lower Hinge 7475−T7351 Al Alloy CMS 516−2
9 CC670−22163
Plate Plate (BAMS 516−002)
Rudder Lower Hinge
10 CC670−22165
Plate
Lower Hinge Fitting,
7050−T7451 Al Alloy CMS 516−3
11 Rudder − Rear Spar/ 600−21096
Plate (BAMS 516−003)
Vertical Stabilizer
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft post Modsum TC601R15028.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the left top rudder−hinge access panel (Refer to AMM Task
55−43−01−000−801).
(2) Remove the left center rudder−hinge access panel (Refer to AMM Task
55−43−01−000−802).
(3) Remove the right center rudder−hinge access panel (Refer to AMM Task
55−43−01−000−804).
(4) Remove the left bottom rudder−hinge access panel (Refer to AMM Task
55−43−01−000−803).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


55−41−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(5) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(6) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection of the Rudder Interface


Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Do the inspection that follows:
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition
for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component material.
(a) Examine the outer skin of the rudder that surrounds the hinge fittings. Pay
particular to the areas that follow:
− The fasteners that join the skin to the middle hinge fitting on the starboard
side
− Fastener holes that are in line with the rib at RS85.070.
(b) Inspect all the hinges and PCU actuators at all three rudder attachments for
obvious failure.
(c) Inspect the PCU actuators at all three rudder attachments for obvious failure.
(d) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


55−41−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5
rnd5541101_001.dg, ds, 07/04/04

Inspection of the Rudder Interface


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


55−41−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ACTUATOR
(REF)

ACTUATOR
(REF)

ACTUATOR
(REF)

rnd5541101_002.dg, ds, 07/04/04

3
7
B

Inspection of the Rudder Interface


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


55−41−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

8
3
9
C
10

11

rnd5541101_003.dg, ds, 07/04/04

Inspection of the Rudder Interface


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


55−41−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

EDGE OF SKIN
AT HINGE FITTING,
MIDDLE RUDDER
ATTACHMENT

LOCATION OF PRIMARY
RIB AT RUDDER INSPECTION
STA85.070 SITE

rnd5541101_004.dg, ds, 14/04/04

Inspection of the Rudder Interface


Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


55−41−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the access components that follow:
(1) Install the left bottom rudder−hinge access panel (Refer to AMM Task
55−43−01−400−803).
(2) Install the right center rudder−hinge access panel (Refer to AMM Task
55−43−01−400−804).
(3) Install the left center rudder−hinge access panel (Refer to AMM Task
55−43−01−400−802).
(4) Install the left top rudder−hinge access panel (Refer to AMM Task
55−43−01−400−801).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8


55−41−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE RUDDER FRONT SPAR AND SKIN

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the front spar and external skin of the
rudder. The rudder hinges and connections to the rudder power control unit (PCU)
are not included in this inspection.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The rudder is in Zone 327 (refer to NDTM Part 1 General, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the exterior of the vertical stabilizer.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
CC670−22032
CC670−22033 AMS
1 Skin 2024−T42 Al Alloy Sht
CC670−22034 QQ−A−250/5
CC670−22035
AMS
2 Rudder Skin CC670−22031 2024−T3 Al Alloy Sht
QQ−A−250/5
AMS
3 Angle CC670−22135 2024−T3 Al Alloy Sht
QQ−A−250/5
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


55−41−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
2024−T42 Al Clad AMS
CC670−22063
Sheet QQ−A−250/5
AMS
CC670−22061 2024−T42 Al Alloy
QQ−A−250/5
CMS 516−2
CC670−22062 7475−T7351 Al Plate
(BAMS 516−002)
2024−T42 Al Clad AMS
CC670−22064
Sheet QQ−A−250/5
CC670−22065 CMS 516−2
4 Rib 7475−T7351 Al Plate
CC670−22066 (BAMS 516−002)
CC670−22067 2024−T42 Al Clad
Sheet AMS
CC670−22068
QQ−A−250/5
QQ A 250/5
CC670−22069 2024−T42 Al Alloy
CMS 516−2
CC670−22070 7475−T7351 Al Plate
(BAMS 516−002)
2024−T42 Al Clad AMS
CC670−22071
Sheet QQ−A−250/5
CC670−22043 AMS
5 Web 2024−T3 Al Alloy
CC670−22044 QQ−A−250/5
Al Clad Sheet AMS
CC670−22113
2024−T42 QQ−A−250/5
CC670−22110
CC670−22111
CC670−22114
6 Clip
CC670−22118 Al Clad Sheet AMS
CC670−22119 2024−T42 QQ−A−250/5
CC670−22122
CC670−22124
CC670−22076
CC670−22041 AMS
7 Capstrip 2024−T3511 Al Ext.
Ext
CC670−22042 QQ−A−200/3
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


55−41−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
CMS 516−2
CC670−22045 7475−T7351 Al Alloy
(BAMS 516−002)
8 Splice Angle
2024−T42 Al Clad AMS
CC670−22046
Sheet QQ−A−250/5
CC670−22077
CC670−22147 2024−T351 Al Alloy
y AMS
9 Strap
CC670−22081 Sheet QQ−A−250/4
CC670−22148
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft post Modsum TC601R15028.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Boroscope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the lower fairing assembly (326CL/326CR) (Refer to AMM TASK
55−32−05−000−807).
(2) Remove the left top rudder−hinge access panel (327CL) (Refer to AMM TASK
55−43−01−000−801).
(3) Remove the left center rudder−hinge access panel (327BL) (Refer to AMM TASK
55−43−01−000−802).
(4) Remove the left bottom rudder−hinge access panel (327AL) (Refer to AMM TASK
55−43−01−000−803).
(5) Remove the left and right rudder seals (Refer to SRM 55−31−27).
(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(7) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51−26−00).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
55−41−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Inspection of the Rudder Front Spar and Skin


Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Do the inspection that follows:
(a) Examine the external skin (1 & 2) of the rudder except for the areas around the
hinges.
(b) Examine the front spar of the rudder. Make sure you carefully examine the
components that follow:
− Leading edge skins (1)
− Capstrips (7)
− Webs (5)
− Angles (3)
− Ribs (4)
− Clips (6)
− Straps (9)
− Splice angle (8).
(c) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
C. Install the access components that follow:
(1) Install the left and right rudder seals (Refer to SRM 55−31−27).
(2) Install the left top rudder−hinge access panel (327CL) (Refer to AMM TASK
55−43−01−400−801).
(3) Install the left middle rudder−hinge access panel (327BL) (Refer to AMM TASK
55−43−01−400−802).
(4) Install the left bottom rudder−hinge access panel (327AL) (Refer to AMM TASK
55−43−01−400−803).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
55−41−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(5) Install the lower fairing assembly (326CL/326CR) (Refer to AMM TASK
55−32−05−400−807).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


55−41−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5 2
4
rnd5541102_001.dg, ds, 10/05/04

Inspection of the Rudder Front Spar and Skin


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


55−41−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT SPAR AND LOWER SKIN SPLICE AT WS242.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the external surface of the
lower forward wing−plank and the front−spar lower flange at WS242.00 for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 530 and 630 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external surface of the lower forward wing−plank.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Lower Forward Wing− 7475−T7351 AL ALY
1 601R10044
Plank PL
516 002
BAMS 516−002
2 Center Skin Plank 601R10045 7075−T7351 AL ALY
3 Front Spar 601R10036 PL
7474−T7351 AL ALY
4 Rib 601R10202 BAMS 516−002
PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−21−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(3) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(4) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Lower Forward Wing−Plank and the Front−Spar Lower Flange
at WS242.00
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the external surface of the lower forward wing−plank (1) for a distance of
10.0 in. (254.0 mm) inboard and 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) outboard of the rib lower flange
(4) center−line, and 12.0 in. (304.8 mm) aft of the front−spar lower flange (3) for
cracks, corrosion or other damage. Make sure you carefully examine around the
fastener holes.
(2) Examine the lower surface of the front−spar lower flange (3) for a distance of 10.0 in.
(254 mm) inboard and 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) outboard of the rib lower flange (4)
center−line for cracks, corrosion or other damage. Make sure you carefully examine
around the fastener holes.
(3) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−21−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

STA148.019

BL 45.00

BL 0.00
LEGEND
1. Lower forward
skin plank.
2. Center skin plank.
3. Front spar.
A
4. Rib at WS242.00.

NOTES
1 Examine the shaded
area.
VIEW LOOKING UP
Left side is shown, right
side is almost the same.
CL

12.0 in.
(304.8 mm)
3
1
rnd5721103_001.dg, kmw, dec22/2009

10.0 in. 2.0 in.


(254.0 mm) (50.8 mm)

A
VIEW LOOKING DOWN AT THE
LOWER FORWARD WING−PLANK

Inspection on the Lower Forward Wing−plank and the Front−Spar Lower Flange
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−103 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE WING LOWER SKIN WET AREA FROM BL0.00 TO WS314.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the wet area of the wing lower skin from
BL0.00 to WS314.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) This data applies to both sides of the aircraft.
NOTE: This inspection procedure is for the components on the left side. The
procedure for the components on the right ride is similar.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1, General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 540/640 and 550/650 (refer to NDTM Part 1 General,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by the external wing lower−plank surface.
(2) It is necessary to remove the flap fairing 586AB/686AB for access.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
Forward lower wing
1 601R10044
plank
7475−T7351
7475 T7351 Al alloy
Center lower wing CMC 516−02
2 601R10045 plate
plank
3 Aft lower wing plank 601R10046
Note [1]: Item number corresponds to the item number shown in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
All aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−21−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use a light source such as a flashlight as necessary.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(1) Remove the applicable fairings that follow:
FAIRING NO. DESCRIPTION
583AB Inboard flap actuator of the inboard flap − left wing
586AB Outboard actuator of the inboard flap − left wing
683AB Inboard flap actuator of the inboard flap − right wing
686AB Outboard actuator of the inboard flap − right wing
592AB Inboard flap actuator of the outboard flap − left wing
692AB Inboard flap actuator of the outboard flap − right wing
595AB Left outboard flap, middle forward flap hinge
695AB Right outboard flap, middle forward flap hinge
597AB Left outboard flap, outboard forward flap hinge
697AB Right outboard flap, outboard forward flap hinge
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(3) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Wing Lower Skin From BL0.00 to WS314.00
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for signs of
cracks and corrosion) in the component material.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the lower skin of the wing. Pay particular attention to the areas that follow:
(a) Examine the fasteners over an area 6.00 in. (152.40 mm) forward and 6.00 in.
(152.40 mm) aft of the edges and splice joints that follow:
− Front spar between BL0.00 and WS314.00
− Rear spar between BL0.00 and WS314.00
− Splice stringer #8 between BL0.00 and WS314.00
− Splice stringer #16 between BL0.00 and WS314.00.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−21−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

BL0.00 WS29.421

BL45.00

WS65.75

WS80.50
NOTES
WS85.50
1. Left lower wing shown,
1
right lower wing opposite.

Examine the shaded


area.
FRONT SPAR LEGEND
DATUM
1. Forward lower
ACCESS wing plank.
PANEL 540CB 2. Center lower
(REF) wing plank.
3. Aft lower
STGR16 wing plank.

ACCESS
PANEL 540DB
(REF)
2

STGR8
ACCESS 3
PANEL 510AB REAR SPAR
(REF) ACCESS DATUM
PANEL 510BB
(REF) ACCESS
PANEL 540AB
3.00 in. (REF)
(76.20 mm)

ACCESS
PANEL 540BB
(REF)
rnd5721105_001.dg, jp/rm, 23/08/05

6.00 in.
(152.40 mm)

6.00 in.
3.00 in.
TYPICAL (152.40 mm) TYPICAL
(76.20 mm)
Inspection of the Wing Lower Skin Wet Area From BL0.00 to WS314.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
WS106.40
ACCESS 1. Forward lower wing plank.
PANEL 540EB 2. Center lower wing plank.
(REF) 3. Aft lower wing plank.
WS127.25
1

WS148.019
NOTES
WS163.00 1. Left lower wing shown,
right lower wing opposite.

Examine the shaded


area.

FRONT SPAR
DATUM
STGR16

ACCESS
PANEL 550AB
(REF)

WS96.134 STGR8
(REF) AUXILIARY
SPAR DATUM REAR SPAR
3 DATUM
ACCESS
3.00 in.
PANEL 540FB
(76.20 mm) WS178.00 (REF)
rnd5721105_002.dg, rm, 23/08/05

6.00 in.
ACCESS (152.40 mm)
PANEL 540EB
(REF)
6.00 in.
3.00 in. (152.40 mm)
(76.20 mm)
TYPICAL TYPICAL
Inspection of the Wing Lower Skin Wet Area From BL0.00 to WS314.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
FRONT SPAR
DATUM 1. Forward lower wing plank.
2. Center lower wing plank.
1 3. Aft lower wing plank.
WS199.00
STGR16

WS220.00
ACCESS NOTES
PANEL 550DB 1. Left lower wing shown,
2 (REF) right lower wing opposite.

Examine the shaded


area.

WS178.00

ACCESS
PANEL 550BB
(REF)
STGR8
3
3.00 in.
(76.20 mm) REAR SPAR
DATUM
WS242.00

ACCESS WS264.00
PANEL 550CB
(REF) ACCESS
PANEL 550EB
(REF)
3.00 in.
rnd5721105_003.dg, rm, 23/08/05

(76.20 mm)
6.00 in.
(152.40 mm)
6.00 in.
(152.40 mm)

TYPICAL TYPICAL

Inspection of the Wing Lower Skin Wet Area From BL0.00 to WS314.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


57−21−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1. Left lower wing shown,
right lower wing opposite.
FRONT SPAR
Examine the shaded area.
DATUM

ACCESS
PANEL 550EB
(REF) LEGEND
WS274.00
2. Center lower wing plank.
3. Aft lower wing plank.

2
WS294.50 ACCESS
PANEL 550HB
(REF)
STGR8
WS314.50
3

REAR SPAR
DATUM

WS264.00

3.00 in.
(76.20 mm)

ACCESS
PANEL 550FB
(REF)
ACCESS
PANEL 550GB
(REF)
rnd5721105_004.dg, jp/rm, 23/08/05

6.00 in.
(152.40 mm)
6.00 in.
(152.40 mm)
3.00 in.
(76.20 mm) TYPICAL TYPICAL
Inspection of the Wing Lower Skin Wet Area From BL0.00 to WS314.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


57−21−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(b) Examine the fasteners over an area 3.00 in. (76.20 mm) outboard and 3.00 in.
(76.20 mm) inboard of the rib datum lines that follow:
− BL22.50
− WS29.421
− BL45.00
− WS65.75
− WS85.50
− WS106.40
− WS127.25
− WS148.019
− WS163.00
− WS178.00
− WS199.00
− WS220.00
− WS242.00
− WS264.00
− WS274.00
− WS294.50
− WS314.50.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
NOTE: Fuel leakage is cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


57−21−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Install the applicable fairings that follow:

FAIRING NO. DESCRIPTION


583AB Inboard flap actuator of the inboard flap − left wing
586AB Outboard actuator of the inboard flap − left wing
683AB Inboard flap actuator of the inboard flap − right wing
686AB Outboard actuator of the inboard flap − right wing
592AB Inboard flap actuator of the outboard flap − left wing
692AB Inboard flap actuator of the outboard flap − right wing
595AB Left outboard flap, middle forward flap hinge
695AB Right outboard flap, middle forward flap hinge
597AB Left outboard flap, outboard forward flap hinge
697AB Right outboard flap, outboard forward flap hinge

C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8


57−21−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE REAR SPAR SPLICE−JOINT AT WS45.00 (BL45.00)

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the rear−spar splice fitting, the rear spar
and the wing lower−aft plank at WS45.00 (BL45.00) for cracks, corrosion and other
damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).
C. Location
(1) The areas of inspection are in Zones 541/641 and 510/610 (Refer to NDTM Part 1,
51−01−03).
D. Access
(1) Access to the area to be inspected is from the main landing gear (MLG) wheel well
and the wing lower−surface area.
NOTE: Is is necessary to remove the MLG wheel−well bins to access the
inspection area.
It may be necessary to remove the aerodynamic fairings163AB to access
the wing lower−aft plank at WS45.00 (BL45.00).

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
Rear spar assembly,
1 601R10201
center
Rear spar assembly,
2 601R10039 7475−T7351 AL alloy CMS516−02
inboard
3 Fitting, rear spar 601R10326
4 Wing lower−aft plank 601R10046
NOTE [1]: Item number corresponds to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−21−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− High intensity light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Identify the location to be inspected.
(2) Remove the MLG wheel−well bins (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 53).
(3) Remove the MLG−bay forward and aft fairings 163AB and 193AB (Refer to Part 1,
51−01−04 and to the AMM, Chapter 53).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(5) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage of the Rear Spar, Splice Fitting and Wing Lower−Aft Plank at WS45.00
(BL45.00)
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.
A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the rear spar fitting, the rear spar assemblies, 6.00 in. (152.40 mm) inboard
and 6.00 in. (152.40 mm) outboard of WS45.00 (BL45.00) datum, and the wing
lower−aft plank, from the edge of the plank to 12.00 in. (304.80 mm) forward of the
rear spar datum.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−21−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE

Examine the shaded area.


Left side of the aircraft is shown.
Right side is similar.
Aerodynamic fairing and MLG wheel−
A well bins removed for clarity.

FITTING
3
CENTER
REAR−SPAR
ASSEMBLY
1

INBOARD
REAR−SPAR
ASSEMBLY
2

12.00 in.
(304.80 mm)

WING
rnd5721107_001.dg, jc/rm, 15/06/01

WS 45.00 LOWER−AFT PLANK


(BL 45.00) 6.00 in. 4
(152.40 mm)
6.00 in.
(152.40 mm)
A
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD
ON REAR SPAR ASSEMBLY

Inspection of the Rear−Spar Splice Joint at WS45.00 (BL45.00)


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the MLG wheel−well bins (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 53).
C. Install the MLG−bay forward and aft fairings 163AB and 193AB (Refer to the AMM,
Chapter 53).
D. Remove all tools, equipment and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE WING REAR−SPAR LOWER CAP AT WS168.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the wing lower skin−panel at
the area of the rear−spar lower cap and the lower aft wing−plank rebate at
WS168.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is on the wing lower surface in Zones 550/650 (refer to NDTM
TASK Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by the exterior of the aircraft.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Lower Wing Skin Aft 7475−T7351 AL ALY
1 601R10046 BAMS 516−002
Panel PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−21−113 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(3) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(4) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Rear−Spar Lower Cap at WS168.00


Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the lower skin panel in the area that follows for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage:
− 2 in. (50.8 mm) inboard and 2 in. (50.8 mm) outboard of WS168.00 and 6 in.
forward of the rear spar datum.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−21−113 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
Area to be examined.
Left side shown, right side
almost the same.

4.0 in.
(101.6 mm)

6.0 in.
(152.4 mm)

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

FS168.00

rnd5721113_002.dg, gv, oct30/2009

A
FWD

Inspection of the Wing Rear−Spar Lower Cap at WS168.00


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−113 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT−SPAR LOWER FLANGE AT BL45.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the external surface of the
lower forward wing−plank and the front−spar lower flange at BL45.00.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same unless specified.

B. Reference Information
(1) For additional data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection areas are in zones 541 and 641 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external surface of the lower forward wing−plank.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Lower Forward Wing−
1 601R10044 7475−T7351 Al Aly Pl BAMS 516−002
Plank
7075−T6 Al Aly Alcd
2 Front Spar 601R10037 QQ−A−250/13
Sh
3 Rib at BL45.00 601R10013 7475−T7351 Al Aly Pl BAMS 516−002
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−21−114 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.
(2) Remove the left forward wing−to−fuselage fairing 191BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−803).
(3) Remove the right forward wing−to−fuselage fairing 192BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−802).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Lower Forward Wing−Plank and the Front−Spar Lower Flange
at BL45.00
Refer to the shaded area in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the external surface of the lower forward wing−plank (1) for a distance of
2.00 in. (50.80 mm) inboard and outboard of the rib lower flange (3) center−line, and
8.00 in. (203.20 mm) aft of the front−spar lower flange (2) for cracks, corrosion or
other damage. Make sure you carefully examine around the fastener holes.
(2) Examine the lower surface of the front−spar lower flange (2) for a distance of 3.00 in.
(76.20 mm) inboard and outboard of the rib lower flange (3) center−line, and the
3.00 in. (76.20 mm) tee extrusion width of the front−spar lower flange (2) for cracks,
corrosion or other damage. Make sure you carefully examine around the fastener
holes.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−21−114 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.


C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the right forward wing−to−fuselage fairing 192BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−802).
D. Install the left forward wing−to−fuselage fairing 191BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−803).
E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−114 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

STA148.019

BL 45.00

BL 0.00
2
2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)
BL 45.00

VIEW LOOKING UP CL
STGR19

STGR20 LEGEND
1. Lower forward
STGR21 wing−plank.
2. Front spar.
1 3. Rib at BL45.00.
STGR22
3
NOTES
STGR23
1 Examine the shaded
area.
8.00 in. STGR24
(203.20 mm) 2 Center line of the rib
1 lower flange at BL45.00.
2 STGR25
3. Left side is shown, right
3.00 in. side is almost the same.
(76.20 mm) STGR26
rnd5721114_002.dg, rb/lr, feb18/2009

3.00 in.
(76.20 mm)
FRONT SPAR

A
VIEW LOOKING UP AT THE
LOWER FORWARD WING−PLANK
Inspection of the Lower Forward Wing−Plank and the Front−Spar Lower Flange at BL45.00.
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−114 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT SPAR LOWER SPLICE JOINT AT WS29.42

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the lower splice of the wing
front spar and the adjacent structure at WS29.42 for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 510 and 610 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the exterior and interior of the center−wing fuel−tank.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T3 AL ALY
1 Splice Plate 600−10269 QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
Lower Cap, Inboard 2024 T8511 AL ALY
2 QQ−A−200/3
Front−Spar EXTRN
601R10037
Web, Inboard 7075−T6 AL ALY
3 QQ−A−250/13
Front−Spar ALCD SH
Lower Cap, Center 7475−T7351 AL ALY
4 600−10308 BAMS 516−002
Front−Spar PL
Web, Center 7075−T6 AL ALY
5 601R10200 QQ−A−250/13
Front−Spar ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−21−118 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data (Continued)


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
6 Lower Splice Angle 600−10142
7475−T7351
7475 T7351 AL ALY
Forward Lower BAMS 516−002
7 601R10044 PL
Wing−Plank
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the access panels that follows:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


510BB Aluminum Access Panel
TASK 28−11−01−000−802
610BB (center fuel tank)
Removal of the Left Forward CSP A−001
191BB TASK 53−82−01−000−803
Wing−to−Fuselage Fairing
Right Forward
192BB TASK 53−82−01−000−802
Wing−to−Fuselage Fairing
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
CAUTION: DO NOT USE METAL SCRAPERS OR OTHER SHARP TOOLS TO REMOVE
PAINT, SEALANT, OR DECALS. METAL SCRAPERS OR SHARP TOOLS
CAN CAUSE STRUCTURAL DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.
(3) Carefully remove any and all sealant on the face of the vertical flange of the lower
splice angle (6) with a non−metallic scraper. Do not remove or damage the paint
finish (refer to SRM TASKS 51−23−00).
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−21−118 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage at the Lower Splice of the Wing Front Spar and the Adjacent Structure
at WS29.42
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the internal and external surfaces of the areas that follow at WS29.42 for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
(a) 5.0 in. (127.0 mm) inboard and outboard of WS29.42, and 6.0 in. (152.4 mm)
above the bottom edge of the wing front spar.
− Splice plate (1)
− Spar cap (2 & 4)
− Web (3 & 5)
− Lower splice angle (6).
(b) Lower wing plank (7) 7.0 in. (177.8 mm) inboard and outboard of WS29.42, and
10.0 in. (254.0 mm) aft of the forward edge. Make sure you carefully examine
around the fasteners holes.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−118 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Apply a brush coat of fuel resistant sealant on the fasteners and the lower splice angle (6)
(refer to SRM TASK 51−23−00).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
D. Install the access panels that follows:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


510BB Aluminum Access Panel
CSP A−001 TASK 28−11−01−400−802
610BB (center fuel tank)

E. Examine at WS29.42 for any signs of leaks (Ref. TASK 28−11−00−790−802).


F. Install the access panels that follows:

Left Forward
191BB TASK 53−82−01−400−803
Wing−to−Fuselage Fairing
CSP A−001
Right Forward
192BB TASK 53−82−01−400−802
Wing−to−Fuselage Fairing

G. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−118 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
Area to be examined.
Left side is shown. The right side
is almost the same.

A
LEGEND
1. Splice plate.
3. Web, inboard front−spar.
5. Web, center front−spar.
7. Forward lower wing−plank.
5.0 in.
(127.0 mm) 3

5
6.0 in.
(152.4 mm)

7.0 in.
7.0 in. (177.8 mm)
(177.8 mm) 10.0 in.
(254.0 mm)

10.0 in.
(254.0 mm)
rnd5721118_001.dc, gv, oct16/2009

1 7 A WS29.42

FWD OUTBD

Detailed inspection of the Lower Splice of the Wing Front Spar and the Adjacent Structure at
WS29.42
Figure 1 (SHEET 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
57−21−118 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
Examine the shaded area.
C Left side is shown. The right side
is almost the same.
UP

6.0 in.
(152.4 mm)
3
FWD
1 LEGEND
6 1. Splice plate.
ANGLE 2. Lower cap, inboard front−spar.
(REF) 3. Web, inboard front−spar.
4. Lower cap, center front−spar.
5. Web, center front−spar.
2
6. Lower splice angle.
7. Forward lower wing−plank.

B B

WS29.42 BL22.50
5.0 in.
(127.0 mm)
1

5.0 in.
(127.0 mm)

4 5
rnd5721118_002.dg, gv, oct22/2009

6
FWD

3
2
C INBD
VIEW LOOKING DOWN
Detailed inspection of the Lower Splice of the Wing Front Spar and the Adjacent Structure at
WS29.42
Figure 1 (SHEET 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6
57−21−118 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE WING−TO−FUSELAGE FITTING LUGS AT BL45.00 AND FS513.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the wing−to−fuselage fitting lugs for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: This inspection procedure is for the components on the left side of the
aircraft. The inspection procedure for the components on the right side is
equivalent.

B. Reference Information
(1) For additional data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection areas are found in Zones 163 and 164 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is through the main−landing gear (MLG) bay and by the external side of the
fuselage.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Fitting, 7050−T74
1 601R10101 BAMS 514−001
Wing−to−Fuselage Al Aly Hd Forg
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−21−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the MLG wheel bins (refer to AMM TASK 53−83−01−000−801).
(2) Remove the rear side fairings 161FL and 162FL (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−807).
(3) Identify the locations to be inspected.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Wing−to−Fuselage Fitting


Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the wing−to−fuselage fitting for cracks, corrosion and other damage.
Make sure you carefully examine the lugs of the fitting.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent,
corroded, and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−21−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the rear side fairings 161FL and 162FL (refer to AMM TASK 53−82−01−400−807).
D. Install the MLG wheel bins (refer to AMM TASK 53−83−01−400−801).
E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS513.00

FS473.15

FS424.00

A
RBL45.00
B
BL00.00

LBL45.00 A

C NOTES
rnd5721119_003.dg. gb, 10/11/08

1. Fitting.
2 Examine the shaded area.
B The left side of the aircraft is shown,
the right side is similar.

Inspection of the Wing−to−Fuselage Fitting Lugs at BL45 and FS513.00


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−119 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE MAIN−LANDING−GEAR SIDE−BRACE FITTINGS AT BL13.10 ,FS513.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the wing−to−fuselage main landing gear
(MLG) attachment fitting (the MLG side brace fitting) and the related components at
BL13.10, FS513.00 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) A check for proper torque is also done for the wing−to−fuselage attachment bolt.
NOTE: This inspection procedure is for the components on the left side of the
aircraft. The inspection procedure for the components on the right side is
similar.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zones 163, 164, 510 and 610 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the area is by removal of the MLG wheel bins.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Wing−box rear spar 600−10201 7475−T7351 AL AL CMS 516−02
7050−T74 Al alloy
2 Side brace fitting, MLG 601R10211−1/−2 forged billet, shot CMS 514−01
peened
3 Wing−box top skin 601R100003 − −
Wing−to−fuselage
4 NAS6316−48D − −
attachment bolt
NOTE [1]: Item number corresponds to item number in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−21−120 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Torque wrench
− Borescope (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−20−09), if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the MLG wheel bins to get access to the MLG side−brace fittings and the
related components at BL13.10 and FS513.00 (Refer to AMM Chapter 53).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(3) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the MLG Side−Brace Fittings at BL13.10 and FS513.00
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Do the inspection that follows at FS513.00 below the pressure floor (WL69) between
LBL8.35 and LBL25.70:
(a) Carefully examine the MLG side brace fitting that is attached to the wing−box
rear spar at BL13.10 and FS513.00 for cracks and corrosion. Also examine the
components that attach the MLG retraction actuator to the MLG side brace
fitting.
(b) Examine all of the fasteners that attach the MLG side brace fitting to the
wing−box for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other unserviceable
condition.
(c) Examine the wing−box rear spar and the wing−box top skin surfaces for a
distance of 2.0 in. (50.80 mm) adjacent to each leg of the MLG side brace
fitting.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−21−120 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS 513.00
WING−TO−FUSELAGE
ATTACHMENT BOLT LBL 13.10
4

A
LBL 22.50

WING−BOX
REAR SPAR WL 57.25
1
LBL 8.35

MLG
SIDE−BRACE
FITTING
2

2.00 in.
NOTES
(50.80 mm)
Left side of the aircraft is shown. ALL AROUND
rnd5721120_004.dg, rm/gw, 08/06/01

Right side of the aircraft is similar.


Examine the shaded area.
Fuselage attachment A
fitting omitted for clarity. VIEW LOOKING FORWARD
MLG extension/retraction actuator ON WING−BOX REAR SPAR
omitted for clarity.

Inspection of the MLG Side−Brace Fitting at BL13.10 and FS513.00


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−120 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
Left side of the aircraft is shown.
Right side of the aircraft is similar. MLG
Examine the shaded area. SIDE−BRACE
FITTING
Fuselage attachment 2
fitting omitted for clarity.
LBL 8.35
WING−BOX
LBL 22.50 TOP SKIN 2.00 in.
3 (50.80 mm)
ALL AROUND

FS 513.00

FS 515.00
rnd5721120_005.dg, rm/gw, 08/06/01

LBL 13.10

MLG EXTENSION/
RETRACTION ACTUATOR
(REF)

Inspection of the MLG Side−Brace Fitting at BL13.10 and FS513.00


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−120 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(d) Pay particular attention to the attachment lug and fastener holes.
NOTE: Use the applicable borescope probe to examine the components if
required.
If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint
condition (for signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component
material.
(e) Remove the cotter pin (P/N MS24665−377) from the wing to fuselage
attachment bolt.
(f) Do a check for proper torque of the wing to fuselage attaching bolt at the lug
fitting that attaches the lateral beam lower−cap on FS513.00 to the MLG side
brace fitting as follows:
1 Torque the nut to 1200 lbf·in (135 N·m) and install a new cotter pin. If the
cotter pin cannot be installed, do the steps that follow:
a Continue to torque the nut to a maximum of 1500 lbf·in (170 N·m) until
the cotter pin can be installed.
2 If the cotter pin cannot be installed, do the steps that follow:
a Remove the nut from the bolt.
b Add or remove washers as necessary.
NOTE: It is permissible to use a combination of solid and laminated
washers as required. The maximum number of washers
allowed together is three. A laminated washer must be
installed between two solid washers.
c Install a new nut (P/N MS9363−19) on to the bolt.
(g) Do all of the torque check again as in the above steps until the cotter pin can
be installed.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the MLG wheel bins (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 53).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


57−21−120 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE WING−TO−FUSELAGE FITTING LUGS AT BL45.00 AND FS424.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the wing−to−fuselage fitting lugs and
local wing structure for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: This inspection procedure is for the components on the left side of the
aircraft. The inspection procedure for the components on the right side is
equivalent.

B. Reference Information
(1) For additional data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection areas are found in Zones 161 and 162 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external side of the fuselage and through the wing.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Fitting, 7050−T7451
1 601R10056 BAMS 516−003
Wing−to−Fuselage Al Aly Pl
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−21−122 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.
(2) Remove the left forward wing−to−fuselage fairing 191BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−803).
(3) Remove the right forward wing−to−fuselage fairing 192BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−802).
(4) Remove the forward side fairings 161DL and 162DL (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−805).
(5) Remove the honeycomb access panels 540BB and 640BB (refer to AMM TASK
28−11−01−000−801).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(7) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(8) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Wing−to−Fuselage Fitting Lugs and the Local Wing Structure
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any components are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the wing−to−fuselage fitting (1) and the local wing support structure for
cracks, corrosion and other damage.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, and other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−21−122 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the honeycomb access panels 540BB and 640BB (refer to AMM TASK
28−11−01−400−801).
D. Install the forward side fairings 161DL and 162DL (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−805).
E. Install the right forward wing−to−fuselage fairing 192BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−802).
F. Install the left forward wing−to−fuselage fairing 191BB (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−803).
G. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−122 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS513.00

FS473.15

FS424.00

A RBL45.00

BL00.00
B
LBL45.00

2
1

2 NOTES
1. Fitting.
2 Examine the shaded area.
The left side of the aircraft is shown,
the right side is similar.
rnd5721122_001.dg. gb, 12/09/08

Inspection of the Wing−to−Fuselage Fitting Lugs at BL45 and FS424.00


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−122 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE WING−TO−FUSELAGE FITTING LUGS AT BL45.00 AND FS473.15

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the wing−to−fuselage fitting lugs and
local wing structure for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: This inspection procedure is for the components on the left side of the
aircraft. The inspection procedure for the components on the right side is
equivalent.

B. Reference Information
(1) For additional data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection areas are found in Zones 161 and 162 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external side of the fuselage and through the wing.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Fitting, 7050−T74
1 601R10084 BAMS 514−001
Wing−to−Fuselage Al Aly Hd Forg
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−21−123 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected.
(2) Remove the center side fairings 161EL and 162EL (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−806).
(3) Remove the fuel access panels 540AB and 640AB (refer to AMM TASK
28−11−01−000−802).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Wing−to−Fuselage Fitting Lugs and the Local Wing Structure
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any components are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the wing−to−fuselage fitting and the local wing support structure for
cracks, corrosion and other damage.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, and other
unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−21−123 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the fuel access panels 540AB and 640AB (refer to AMM TASK
28−11−01−400−802).
D. Install the center side fairings 161EL and 162EL (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−400−806).
E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−123 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FS513.00

FS473.15

FS424.00

A
RBL45.00

B
BL00.00

LBL45.00
A

NOTES
1. Fitting.
2
2 Examine the shaded area.
The left side of the aircraft is shown,
the right side is similar.
rnd5721123_001.dg. gb, 12/09/08

Inspection of the Wing−to−Fuselage Fitting Lugs at BL45 and FS473.15


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−123 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT−SPAR LOWER CAP AND BUTT STRAP AT WS314.50

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the front−spar lower cap, butt strap and
wing−lower center plank, internally and externally, at WS314.50 for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.
(2) This inspection applies to both the left and right side of the aircraft. The inspection
of the left side only is given. The inspection of the right side is similar.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zones 552/652 and 551/651 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) The access to the forward butt strap at WS314.50 is from the internal wing
lower−surface.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the access panels 550/650HB, 550/650JB,
550/650KB to gain access to the internal wing lower−surface.
(2) The access to the front spar web and lower flange is by removing the outboard
leading edges 530/630KL.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Front spar, outboard 601R10036
7475−T7351 Al alloy
Wing lower plank, CMS 516−02
2 601R10045 plate
center
2024−T3 Al alloy alcd
3 Butt strap, forward 601R10223 QQ−A−250/5
sheet
7475−T7351 Al alloy
− Rib, WS314.50 601R10027 CMS 516−02
plate
NOTE [1]: Item number corresponds to item number in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−21−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the outboard leading edges 530/630KL (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 57).
(2) Remove the access panels 550/650HB, 550/650JB and 550/650KB (Refer to Part 1,
51−01−04).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(4) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Front−Spar Lower Cap and Butt Strap at WS314.50
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Use the inspection mirror and a light source to examine, internally and externally
(inner and outer structure), the front−spar lower cap including the lower flange, the
forward buttstrap, and the lower wing plank over an area of 6.00 in. (152.40 mm)
inboard and outboard of the rib at WS314.50 datum, and 12.00 in. (304.80 mm) aft
from the edge of the front−spar lower flange. Pay particular attention around the
fastener holes and to the access hole corners.
(2) Examine the fasteners for signs of loose, bent, corroded, or other unserviceable
conditions.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
C. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−21−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

OUTBOARD LEADING NOTES


EDGE 530KL Left side of the aircraft is shown.
Right side of the aircraft is similar.

Examine the shaded areas.


Outboard leading edge 530KL and access
panels 550HB, 550JB and 550KB are
removed for clarity.
Examine the inner and outer structure.

LOWER
OUTBOARD WEB FLANGE LOWER CAP
FRONT SPAR
1
FORWARD
BUTT STRAP
RIB 3
WS 314.50
(DATUM) 6.00 in.
(152.40 mm)
ACCESS
PANEL
6.00 in. 550JB
(152.40 mm)

FRONT
SPAR
(DATUM)
ACCESS
PANEL
550KB

12.00 in.
(304.80 mm)
rnd5721124_001.dg, ik/rm, 09/10/01

WING LOWER
CENTER−PLANK
2
ACCESS
PANEL
550HB
VIEW LOOKING UP
Inspection of the Front−Spar Lower Cap and Butt Strap at FS 314.50
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the outboard leading edges 530/630KL (Refer to the AMM, Chapter 57).

C. Install the access panels 550/650HB, 550/650JB and 550/650KB (Refer to NDTM Part 1,
51−01−04).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−124 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE OUTBOARD FLAP HINGE−BOX ATTACHMENT−FITTINGS AT WS178.00,


WS220.00, AND WS264.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the outboard flap hinge−box
attachment−fittings (called the forward and aft fittings" in this procedure) which
attach the outboard flap hinge boxes to the the wings for cracks, corrosion and other
damage. The inspection is also used to do a torque check of the fittings lug bolts.
NOTE: This data applies to both sides of the aircraft. The inspection procedure for
the left side only is given

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 551/651 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the forward and aft fittings is from the external wing lower suface.
NOTE: It is necessary to remove the outboard flap hinge−box fairings at
WS178.00, WS222.00, and WS264.00 to get access to the inspection area.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data
ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1
Forward fitting
fitting, outboard
2
flap hinge box
3
601R10094
4 7475−T7351 Al alloy CMS 516−02
Aft fitting,
fitting outboard flap
5
hinge box
6
7 Wing lower−aft plank 601R10046
NOTE [1]: Item number corresponds to item number in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−21−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.
3. Tools and Equipment
A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.
4. Preparation and Cleaning
A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the outboard flap hinge−box fairings 592AB/692AB, 595AB/695AB and
597AB/697AB (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−04 and to the AMM, Chapter 57).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(3) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).
5. Inspection for Damage of the Wing to Outboard Flap Hinge−Box Forward and Aft Fittings
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.
A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Inspect the forward and aft fittings, and the local wing box structure for a distance of
2.00 inches (50.08 mm) in all directions around both hinge fittings.
(2) Pay particular attention to the lugs of the forward and aft fittings and close to the bolt
holes which attach both fittings to the wing.
(3) Inspect around the base of the fittings for indications of gapping between the fittings
and the wing box.
(4) At WS178.00, do a torque check of the lug bolts of the forward and aft fittings. Make
sure that the lug bolt of the forward fitting is torqued between 480−600 lbf·in
(54.20−67.80 N·m), and that the two lug bolts of the aft fitting are torqued between
380−450 lbf·in (42.90−50.80 N·m).
(5) At WS222.00, do a torque check of the lug bolts of the forward and aft fittings. Make
sure that the lug bolt of the forward fitting is torqued between 480−600 lbf·in
(54.20−67.80 N·m), and that the two lug bolts of the aft fittings are torqued between
250−300 lbf·in (28.20−33.90 N·m).
(6) At WS264.00, do a torque check of the lug bolts of the forward and aft fittings. Make
sure that the lug bolt of the forward fitting is torqued between 480−600 lbf·in
(54.20−67.80 N·m) and that the two lug bolts of the aft fittings are torqued between
250−300 lbf·in (28.20−33.90 N·m).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−21−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(7) Examine all other fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the outboard flap hinge−box fairings 592AB/692AB, 595AB/695AB and
597AB/697AB (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−04 and to the AMM, Chapter 57).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE

A Examine the shaded area.


The left side of the aircraft is shown.
The right side is similar.

WS 178.00
WS 220.00
WS 264.00
VIEW LOOKING UP
ON LEFT SIDE WING

LUG BOLT
FORWARD
FITTING 2.00 in.
1 (50.80 mm)
ALL AROUND AFT
FITTING
4

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)
ALL AROUND

LUG BOLT
(TWO PLACES)

WING OUTBOARD FLAP


HINGE−BOX
rnd5721127_001.dg,jc/gw, 11/07/01

LOWER−AFT PLANK
7 (REF)

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD


AT WS 178.00
(FAIRING 592AB REMOVED FOR CLARITY)

Inspection of the Outboard Flap Hinge Box Forward and Aft Fittings at WS178.00, WS220.00,
and WS264.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
57−21−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTE
LUG BOLT
Examine the shaded area.
FORWARD 2.00 in.
FITTING (50.80 mm) The left side of the aircraft is shown.
2 ALL AROUND The right side is similar.

AFT FITTING
5

2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)
ALL AROUND
LUG BOLT
(TWO PLACES)
WING
LOWER−AFT PLANK
7 OUTBOARD FLAP
HINGE−BOX
(REF)

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD


AT WS 220.00
(FAIRING 595AB REMOVED FOR CLARITY)
2.00 in.
(50.80 mm) LUG BOLT AFT
ALL AROUND FITTING
6

FORWARD
FITTING
3
2.00 in.
(50.80 mm)
ALL AROUND

LUG BOLT
(TWO PLACES)
rnd5721127_002.dg, jc/gw, 11/07/01

WING OUTBOARD FLAP


LOWER−AFT PLANK HINGE−BOX
7 (REF)

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD


AT WS 264.00
(FAIRING 597AB REMOVED FOR CLARITY)
Inspection of the Outboard Flap Hinge Box Forward and Aft Fittings at WS178.00, WS220.00,
and WS264.00
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
57−21−127 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE LOWER WING SKIN AT WS45.00 AND WS65.75

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the lower wing skin at WS45.00 and
WS65.75 between the rear spar and auxiliary spar datum, and the forward splice
datum (STGR16) for cracks, corrosion, and other possible damage.
(2) This data applies to the left and right side of the aircraft. The inspection procedure
for the left side only is given.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 540/640 (refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the lower wing skin is by the external wing surface.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [1]
Lower wing skin 601R10046−1 7475 T7351 Al alloy
y
CMS 516−02
MLG mounting fitting 601R10262−3 plate
MLG lower trunnion
601R10933−1 PH 13−8MO AMS 5864 H 1000
strap
Note [1]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−21−130 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(1) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(2) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Lower Wing Skin at WS45.00 and WS65.75 and the MLG Lower
Trunnion Strap
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Use the inspection mirror and a light source to examine the lower wing skin along
the rib at WS45.00 between the rear spar and forward splice datum (STGR16) for
cracks and corrosion.
(2) Examine the lower wing skin along the rib and MLG mounting fitting at WS65.75
between the auxiliary spar datum and the forward splice datum (STGR16) for cracks
and corrosion. Also examine the MLG lower trunnion strap for cracks and corrosion.
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition
(for signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for a loose, bent, corroded, or other unserviceable
condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
7. Close−Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−21−130 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ACCESS PANEL
(REF)
WS 45.00
4.00 in.
4.00 in.

WS 65.75 WS 45.00
4.00 in. WS 65.75
4.00 in.

FORWARD
SPLICE DATUM−
STR 16
(REF)
ACCESS
PANEL RIB ACCESS PANEL
(REF) (REF) (REF)

EXAMINE THE
SHADED AREAS

RIB
(REF)
MLG MOUNTING
FITTING
(REF)

MLG LOWER
LOWER WING
TRUNNION STRAP
SKIN

REAR
SPAR DATUM
FWD

rnd5721130_001.dg, jp, 25/09/96

OUTBD

AUXILIARY SPAR
DATUM
Location of the Inspection at WS45.00 and WS65.75
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−130 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE DRY−BAY LOWER ACCESS HOLE CUT−OUT AT WS314.50

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the dry−bay lower access
hole cut−out from WS314.50 to WS330.25 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
The dry−bay lower access hole cut−out is written as the aileron Power Control Unit
(PCU) access hole in this task.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 552 and 652 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the wing lower access panels.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Lower Aft Butt−Strap Ti−6Al−4V SH MIL−T−9046
Lower Forward
2 601R10223 2024−T3 AL ALY
Butt−Strap QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
3 Strap
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−21−134 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the access panels that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
550KB Access Panel, Aileron Power−Control−Unit
650KB Access Panel, Aileron Power−Control−Unit

(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).


(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Aileron PCU Access Hole from WS314.50 to WS330.25
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the top surfaces of the forward and aft lower butt−straps (1 & 2) 1.25 in.
(31.75 mm) around the perimeter from WS314.50 to WS330.25 for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage. Make sure you carefully examine the corners, inboard edge, and
the center−to−aft skins strap (3).
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−21−134 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the access panels that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
550KB Access Panel, Aileron Power Control−Unit
650KB Access Panel, Aileron Power Control−Unit

D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−134 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
WS314.50 Examine the shaded area.
Left side is shown. The right side
is almost the same.

CENTER SKIN
(REF)
WS330.25 WS314.50

1.25 in.
(31.75 mm)

CENTER TO AFT SKIN


SPLICE DATUM
LEGEND AFT SKIN (REF)
rnd5721134_001.dg, gv, oct13/2009

(REF)
1. Lower aft butt−strap.
2. Lower forward butt−strap.
3. Strap.

VIEW LOOKING DOWN ON LEFT SIDE WING

Inspection of the Aileron PCU Access Hole From WS314.50 to WS330.25


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−134 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

UP
WS 314.50
1.25 in.
(31.75 mm) 3

2 SKIN
(REF)

NOTES
Examine the shaded area.
Left side is shown. The right side
is almost the same.

LEGEND
1. Lower aft butt−strap.
2. Lower forward butt−strap.
3. Strap.
UP

REAR SPAR
(REF)

OML
rnd5721134_002.dg, gv, oct13, 2009

Inspection of the Aileron PCU Access Hole From WS314.50 to WS330.25


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


57−21−134 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE LOWER BUTT−STRAP AND REAR−SPAR LOWER CAP AT AILERON PCU
CUT−OUTS, WS318.30 AND WS 324.40

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the aft lower butt−strap and
the wing outboard rear−spar, below the aileron PCU between WS315.30 and
WS327.40 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 552 and 652 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the exterior of the lower wing access−panels.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Aft Lower Butt−Strap 601R10223 Ti−6Al−4V SH MIL−T−9046
7475−T7351 AL ALY
2 Outboard Rear−Spar 601R10313 BAMS 516−002
PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−21−135 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the access panels that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
550KB Access Panel, Aileron Power Control Units
650KB Access Panel, Aileron Power Control Units
598BB Shroud, Flight Controls
698BB Shroud, Flight Controls
599BB Leading Edge, Aileron Control Mechanisms
699BB Leading Edge, Aileron Control Mechanisms

(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).


(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Aft Lower Butt−Strap and the Wing Outboard Rear−Spar below
the Aileron PCU between WS315.30 and WS327.40
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the aft lower butt−strap (1), the bottom flange, and the web of the outboard
rear−spar (2) 3.0 in. (76.2 mm) inboard of the inboard PCU cut−out and outboard of
the outboard PCU cut−out for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−21−135 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the access panels that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
550KB Access Panel, Aileron Power Control Units
650KB Access Panel, Aileron Power Control Units
598BB Shroud, Flight Controls
698BB Shroud, Flight Controls
599BB Leading Edge, Aileron Control Mechanisms
699BB Leading Edge, Aileron Control Mechanisms

D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−135 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

rnd5721135_001.dg, gv, aug13, 2009

Inspection of the Aft Lower Butt−Strap and the Wing Outboard Rear−Spar below the Aileron
PCU between WS315.30 and WS327.40
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4
57−21−135 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WS 324.36 WS 321.87 WS 318.29 WS 314.50


PCU CUT−OUTS
(REF)

3.0 in. 3.0 in.


(76.2 mm) SKIN (76.2 mm)
2 1 (REF)

VIEW LOOKING FORWARD

REAR SPAR DATUM


(REF)
NOTES
1. Examine the shaded area.
2. Left side is shown, right side
is similar.

LEGEND
1. Aft lower butt strap.
2. Outboard rear spar.

2
rnd5721135_002.dg, gv, sep03, 2009

1
SKIN
(REF)

Inspection of the Aft Lower Butt−Strap and the Wing Outboard Rear−Spar below the Aileron
PCU between WS315.30 and WS327.40
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5
57−21−135 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE REAR SPAR SPLICE JOINT AT WS353.0

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the wing plug rear−spar, the
lower skin, and the doubler at WS353.0 splice joint for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 552, 560, 652 and 660 (refer to NDTM TASK
Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the lower wing access panels and shrouds.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Wing Plug Rear−Spar 601R10851
7475−T7351
7475 T7351 AL ALY
2 Outboard Rear−Spar 601R10313 BAMS 516−002
PL
3 Splice Angle 601R10878
4 Splice Web, 601R10878 7075−T76 AL ALY SH QQ−A−250/25
Wing Plug
5
Lower Skin 601R10871 2024−T3 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
6 Doubler ALCD SH
7 Aft Skin Panel 601R10216
Forward Rib, Wing 7475−T7351 AL ALY
8 601R10852 BAMS 516−002
Plug PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−21−136 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment t hat follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the access that follows:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


560JL
Wing−Plug Fairing Assembly CSP−A−001 TASK 57−31−01−000−801
660JL

ACCESS DESIGNATION
550LB Access Panel, Flight Controls and Structural Inspection
650LB Access Panel, Flight Controls and Structural Inspection
598BB Shroud, Flight Controls
698BB Shroud, Flight Controls

(2) If required remove the access panel that follow

ACCESS DESIGNATION
599CB Leading Edge, Aileron Control Mechanisms
699CB Leading Edge, Aileron Control Mechanisms

(3) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).


(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−21−136 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Inspection of the Wing Plug Rear−Spar, the Lower Skin and the Doubler at WS353.0 Splice
Joint
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the forward and aft face of the items that follow to a distance of 3.0 in. (76.2
mm) inboard and outboard of WS353.0 datum, 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) forward and aft of
the rear spar datum, and from the lower skin (5 & 7) to the top of the web splice (4),
for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
− Wing plug rear−spar (1)
− Outboard rear spar (2)
− Splice angle (3)
− Splice web (4)
− Lower skin (5)
− Doubler (6)
− Aft skin panel (7)
− Forward Rib, wing plug (8).
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the access that follows:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


560JL
Wing−Plug Fairing Assembly CSP−A−001 TASK 57−31−01−400−801
660JL

ACCESS DESIGNATION
550LB Access Panel, Flight Controls and Structural Inspection
650LB Access Panel, Flight Controls and Structural Inspection

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−136 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ACCESS DESIGNATION
598BB Shroud, Flight Controls
698BB Shroud, Flight Controls

(1) Install if required the access panel that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
599CB Leading Edge, Aileron Control Mechanisms
699CB Leading Edge, Aileron Control Mechanisms

D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−136 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
Examine the shaded area.
Left side is shown, right
side is almost the same.
A
Examine 3.0 in. (76.2 mm) on each
side of WS353.0

LEGEND
1. Wing plug rear−spar. 353.00
2. Outboard rear spar.
3. Splice angle.
4. Splice web.
3
5. Wing plug lower−skin.
6. Doubler.
7. Aft skin panel.
8. Forward rib,

UP
wing plug.

1 7 4 6 2
5 WS353.00
ANGLE (REF)

VIEW LOOKING FORWARD

REAR SPAR
REAR SPAR
DATUM AFT RIB
DATUM 3
ANGLE (REF) 1 3 (REF)
(REF)
OML (REF)
UPPER SHIM OML
4 (REF) UPPER

4 PACKER
8 (REF)
PACKERS PACKER
3 3
(REF) (REF)
2 rnd5721136_001.dg, kmw, dec08/2009

OML OML
LOWER 6 7 LOWER
5 6
2.00 in. 2.00 in.
(50.8 mm) (50.8 mm)

VIEW LOOKING INBOARD VIEW LOOKING INBOARD


Inspection of the Wing Plug Rear−Spar, the Lower−Skin and Doubler at WS353.0 Splice Joint
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


57−21−136 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE LOWER WING PLANK AND RIBS AT WS80.50, WS85.50, WS127.25,
WS178.00, WS220.00, AND WS264.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This procedure is used to find cracks in the lower wing plank and the ribs at the flaps
forward and aft hinge−fitting attachments−bolts area.
NOTE: This inspection procedure is for the components on the left side of the
aircraft. The inspection procedure for the components on the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For additional data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection areas are found in Zones 541/641, 542/642, and 551/651 (refer to
NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by the external surface of the lower aft wing plank
and through the wing.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Aft Lower Wing Plank 601R10046
2 Rib, Battery WS80.50 601R10261
3 Rib, Battery WS85.50 601R10207
4 Rib WS127.25 601R10924 7475−T7351 BAMS 516−002
5 Rib WS178.00 601R10926
6 Rib WS220.00 601R10927
7 Rib WS264.00 601R10231
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1 thru Figure 6.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−21−141 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

2. Effectivity

A. All aircraft.
B. NDTM Part 4, 57−21−141 and NDTM Part 6, 57−21−141 must be done to complete the
inspection of SSI 57−21−141.

3. Tools and Equipment

A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09).
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:


(1) Remove the access panels that follow (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−01−04):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


540AT Access panel
540BT Access panel
540CT Access panel
540EB Access panel
540FB Access panel
550AB Access panel
550BB Access panel
550CB Access panel
550DB Access panel
550EB Access panel
550FB Access panel
583AB Fairing
586AB Fairing
592AB Fairing
595AB Fairing
597AB Fairing
640AT Access panel
640BT Access panel
640CT Access panel
640EB Access panel
640FB Access panel

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−21−141 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


650AB Access panel
650BB Access panel
650CB Access panel
650DB Access panel
650EB Access panel
650FB Access panel
683AB Fairing
686AB Fairing
692AB Fairing
695AB Fairing
697AB Fairing

(2) Identify the locations to be inspected.


(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection

A. Inspection Procedure
Refer to Figure 1 thru Figure 6.
(1) Examine the areas that follow for cracks and corrosion:
(a) Wing plank (1) external and internal surface for a distance of 2.0 inches (50.08
mm) all around the forward hinge−box fitting and the aft hinge−flap actuator
fitting attachment bolts at WS80.50, WS127.25, WS178.00, WS220.00, and
WS264.00
(b) Wing plank (1) external and internal surface for a distance of 2.0 inches (50.08
mm) all around the lower rib cap (3) at WS85.50
(c) Inboard and outboard lower surface of the rib web (2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7) for a
distance of half of the rib height at WS80.50, WS85.50, WS127.25, WS178.00,
WS220.00, and WS264.00
(d) Inboard and outboard lower caps of ribs (2, 4, 5, 6 and 7) for a distance of 2.0
inches (50.08 mm) forward and aft of the forward hinge−box fitting and the aft
hinge−flap actuator fitting attachment bolts
(e) Outboard lower cap of rib (3)
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
57−21−141 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(f) Each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or
other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the access panels that follow (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−01−04):

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


540AT Access panel
540BT Access panel
540CT Access panel
540EB Access panel
540FB Access panel
550AB Access panel
550BB Access panel
550CB Access panel
550DB Access panel
550EB Access panel
550FB Access panel
583AB Fairing
586AB Fairing
592AB Fairing
595AB Fairing
597AB Fairing
640AT Access panel
640BT Access panel
640CT Access panel
640EB Access panel
640FB Access panel
650AB Access panel

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−141 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

PANEL NO. DESCRIPTION


650BB Access panel
650CB Access panel
650DB Access panel
650EB Access panel
650FB Access panel
683AB Fairing
686AB Fairing
692AB Fairing
695AB Fairing
697AB Fairing

D. Remove all tools, equipment and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


57−21−141 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A NOTES
1. Examine the shaded area.
2. The left side of the aircraft is
shown, the right side is similar.
3 Inspect 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) forward
and aft of bolts.
4 Inspect lower half of rib web inboard
and outboard surface.

WS80.50 LEGEND
VIEW LOOKING UP 1. Aft lower wing plank.
ON LEFT SIDE WING 2. Rib battery WS80.50.

B
2.0 in. OUTBOARD
(50.8 mm) LOWER CAP

WS80.50

2.0 in. INBOARD


(50.8 mm) LOWER CAP A
VIEW LOOKING UP

REAR SPAR 3
3

AUX
SPAR
2
4
rnd5721141_001.iso, rb/lr, may29/2009

1 B
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD
WS80.50 Lower Wing Plank and Battery Rib Inspection
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


57−21−141 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
C
1. Examine the shaded area.
2. The left side of the aircraft is
shown, the right side is similar.
4 Inspect lower half of rib web inboard
and outboard surface.

LEGEND
WS85.50 1. Aft lower wing plank.
3. Rib, battery WS85.50.
VIEW LOOKING UP
ON LEFT SIDE WING

D
2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

WS85.50

2.0 in.
REAR SPAR (50.8 mm)
C
AUX SPAR
VIEW LOOKING UP

REAR SPAR
AUX SPAR

4
rnd5721141_006.dg, lr, may12/2009

3
D
1
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD

WS85.50 Lower Wing Plank and Battery Rib Inspection


Figure 2

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


57−21−141 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1. Examine the shaded area.
E 2. The left side of the aircraft is
shown, the right side is similar.
3 Inspect 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) forward
and aft of bolts.
4 Inspect lower half of rib web inboard
and outboard surface.

LEGEND
WS127.25 1. Aft lower wing plank.
VIEW LOOKING UP 4. Rib WS127.25.
ON LEFT SIDE WING
2.0 in. F
(50.8 mm)

WS127.25

AUX
2.0 in. REAR SPAR SPAR
(50.8 mm)
E
VIEW LOOKING UP

3
3

4
rnd5721141_002.dg, rb/lr, may07/2009

AUX
SPAR

REAR SPAR
1 F
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD
WS127.25 Lower Wing Plank and Rib Inspection
Figure 3

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8


57−21−141 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1. Examine the shaded area.
G 2. The left side of the aircraft is
shown, the right side is similar.
3 Inspect 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) forward
and aft of bolts.
4 Inspect lower half of rib web inboard
and outboard surface.

WS178.00
LEGEND
VIEW LOOKING UP 1. Aft lower wing plank.
ON LEFT SIDE WING 5. Rib WS178.00.
H
REAR SPAR
2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

WS178.00

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

G
VIEW LOOKING UP REAR
SPAR

3
3

4 rnd5721141_003.dg, rb/lr, may07/2009

1 H
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD
WS178.00 Lower Wing Plank and Rib Inspection
Figure 4

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 9


57−21−141 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1. Examine the shaded area.
2. The left side of the aircraft is
J shown, the right side is similar.
3 Inspect 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) forward
and aft of bolts.
4 Inspect lower half of rib web inboard
and outboard surface.

LEGEND
WS220.00 1. Aft lower wing plank.
VIEW LOOKING UP
6. Rib, WS220.00.
ON LEFT SIDE WING
STGR7 K

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm) REAR SPAR

WS220.00

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

J
VIEW LOOKING UP

3
3

4
rnd5721141_004.dg, rb/lr, may07/2009

REAR SPAR

1 K
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD
WS220.00 Lower Wing Plank and Rib Inspection
Figure 5

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 10


57−21−141 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
1. Examine the shaded area.
L 2. The left side of the aircraft is shown.
The right side is similar.
3 inspect 2 inches forward and aft of bolts.

4 Inspect lower half of rib web inboard


and outboard surface.

LEGEND
1. Aft lower wing plank.
VIEW LOOKING UP WS264.00
7. Rib, WS264.00.
ON LEFT SIDE WING
STGR 7 M
REAR
SPAR
2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

WS264.00

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

L
VIEW LOOKING UP

3
3 REAR
SPAR
4 rnd5721141_005.iso, rb/lr, may29/2009

1
M
VIEW LOOKING INBOARD
WS264.00 Lower Wing Plank and Rib Inspection
Figure 6

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 11


57−21−141 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE UPPER SKIN ACCESS HOLES BETWEEN REAR AND AUXILIARY SPARS

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the aft upper wing−plank
(written as wing plank) around the access panel holes for cracks, corrosion, and
other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 542 and 642 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the top of the wing.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
7150−T7751
1 Wing Plank 601R10042 BAMS 516−006
AL ALY PL
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−21−142 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the access panel that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
540AT
540BT
540CT
Access panel
640AT
640BT
640CT

(2) Remove the access panel rings.


(3) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Wing Plank Around the Access Panel Holes.
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the wing plank and landing, 2 in. (50.8 mm) around each of the access
panel holes for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you carefully
examine around the edge of the fastener holes and of the access holes.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−21−142 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the access panel rings.
D. Install the access panel that follows:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
540AT
540BT
540CT
Access panel
640AT
640BT
640CT

E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−142 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
Examine the shaded area.
Left side is shown, right side is
almost the same.

LEGEND
1. Wing plank.

65.75 80.490
W/STA W/STA
1

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

OUTBD

FWD
rnd5721142_001.dg, gw, oct20/2009

Inspection of the Wing Plank Around the Access Panel Holes


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−142 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

W/STA W/STA
96.134 1 106.40

AUXILIARY SPAR
DATUM

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

OUTBD

FWD

REAR SPAR
DATUM
rnd5721142_002.dg, gw, oct20/20089

Inspection of the Wing Plank Around the Access Panel Holes


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


57−21−142 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

W/STA W/STA
106.40 127.25

OUTBD
2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)
FWD

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

OML UP

OUTBD

1
rnd5721142_003.dg, gw, oct20/2009

TYPICAL FOR ALL INSPECTION AREAS

Inspection of the Wing Plank Around the Access Panel Holes


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


57−21−142 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE AILERON HINGE FITTINGS

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the aileron hinge fittings and
the aft face of the wing outboard rear−spar (written as spar) for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones, 598 and 698 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the exterior of the wing trailing edge.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
No.1 Hinge Fitting, 7475−T7351 AL ALY
1 BAMS 516−002
WS294.50 PL
601R10061
No.1 Hinge Plate,
2 4130 STL MIL−S−18729C
WS294.50
No.2 Hinge Fitting,
3 601R10062
WS319.604
No.3 Hinge Fitting, 7475−T7351 AL ALY
4 601R10063 BAMS 516−002
WS323.058 PL
No.4 Hinge Fitting,
5
WS343.50
601R10064
No.4 Hinge Plate,
6 4130 STL MIL−S−18729C
WS343.50
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−21−143 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Outboard Rear Spar
7 601R10038
WS148.019 to 314.50 7475−T7351
BAMS 516−002
Outboard Rear Spar AL ALY PL
8 601R10313
WS314.50 TO 353.00
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope, if required.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the ailerons (refer to AMM TASK 27−15−01−000−801).
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Aileron Hinge Fittings and the Aft Face of the Spar
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the hinge fittings (1, 3, 4, & 5), hinge plates (2 & 6) and spar (7 & 8) 2.0 in.
(50.8 mm) around the perimeter of the adjacent hinge fittings for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−21−143 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the ailerons (refer to AMM TASK 27−15−01−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−143 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES WS294.50
Examine the shaded area.
Examine 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) each side
of hinge fittings.
Left side is shown, right side
is almost the same.

WS319.604
WS323.058
7

WS343.50
5

LEGEND
1. No.1 hinge fitting, WS294.50.
2. No.1 hinge plate, WS294.50. 6
3. No.2 hinge fitting, WS319.604.
6
4. No.3 hinge fitting, WS323.058.
5. No.4 hinge fitting, WS343.50.
6. No.4 hinge plate, WS343.50.
7. Outboard rear spar WS148.019 to WS314.50.
8. Outboard rear spar WS314.50 to WS353.00.

3 1

2
rnd5721143_001.dg, gv, oct28/2009

2
4

Inspection of the Aileron Hinge Fittings and the Aft Face of the Spar
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−143 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE FRONT AND REAR SPAR BAYONET−FITTINGS

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the front and rear spar
bayonet−fittings at WL46.25 of FS409.00+128 and FS513.00 for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 160 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1 General, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the external side of the fuselage and through the main landing gear
(MLG) bay.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Front Spar Bayonet−
1 601R10921
Fitting Assembly 7050−T74 Al Aly
y Hd
BAMS 514−001
Rear Spar Bayonet− Forg
2 601R10922
Fitting Assembly
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity

A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment

A. Use the equipment that follows:


− Light source
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−21−160 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:


(1) Remove the forward−fairing access panel (refer to AMM TASK
53−82−01−000−801).
(2) Remove the main landing gear wheel bins (refer to AMM TASK
53−83−01−000−801).

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Front and Rear Spar Bayonet−Fittings at WL46.25
FS409.00+128 and FS513.00

A. Inspection Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
(1) Examine the front spar bayonet−fitting lugs (1) and the local support structure, for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine the rear spar bayonet−fitting lugs (2) and the local support structure, for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−21−160 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Install the main landing gear wheel bins (refer to AMM TASK 53−83−01−400−801).
C. Install the forward−fairing access panel (refer to AMM TASK 53−82−01−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−160 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B FS513.00
REAR SPAR
(REF)
2 A
NOTE
Examine the shaded area.

FS424.00

BL0.00
rnd5721160_011.dg rb, 9oct2008

1
LEGEND
1. Front spar bayonet−fitting lug. B
2. Rear spar bayonet−fitting lug. FRONT SPAR
(REF)

Inspection of the Front and Rear Spar Bayonet−Fittings at FS409.00+128 and FS513.00
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−160 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE MAIN LANDING−GEAR MOUNTING TRUNNION−FITTING WEB AT


WS66.00

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the main landing gear (MLG) mounting
trunnion−web (described as the trunnion web in this procedure) located at the
WS66.00 between the rear spar and the auxiliary spar, for cracks, corrosion, and
other damage.
NOTE: This inspection procedure is for the components on the left side of the
aircraft. The inspection procedure for the components on the right side is
similar.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The trunnions are in Zones 542 and 642 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the outboard surface of the trunnion web is from the upper external wing
surface through access panels 540AT and 640AT.
(2) Access to the inboard surface of the trunnion web is by the MLG bay.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM DRAWING OR PART
DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
MLG Mounting 601R10031 7050−T74 AL ALY
1 BAMS 514−001
Trunnion 601R10068 FORG
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft pre SB 601R−57−046 or pre SB 601R−57−048 (Cold working of fastener
holes in the MLG mounting trunnions).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−21−161 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Identify the locations to be inspected (refer to Figure 1).
(2) Remove the access panel 540AT/640AT (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−04).
(3) Put the aircraft on jacks (Refer to AMM TASK 07−11−01−582−801).
(4) Remove the MLG doors hinge sectors (refer to AMM TASK 32−12−03−000−808).
(5) If stud fasteners HST145AG−8 are attaching the MLG door hinges to the trunnion,
do the following:

(a) Remove the six nuts (three aft and three forward) from the outboard side of the
trunnion web.

(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).


(7) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(8) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Trunnion Web


Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Do the inspection that follows:
(a) Examine the trunnion web. Pay particular attention to the components that
follow:
− Around the trunnion web/hinge sectors stud or bolt fasteners
− Two tooling holes.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−21−161 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. For the stud fastener configuration only: Install the six nuts (three aft and three forward)
from the outboard side of the trunnion web.
C. Install the MLG door hinge sectors (refer to AMM TASK 32−12−03−400−806).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
E. Install the access panel 540AT/640AT (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−04).
F. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−21−161 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A
1
2

TOOLING
HOLE (REF)
A

TOOLING
HOLE (REF)
MLG DOOR
HINGE SECTOR
FASTENER (REF)
3

AFT LUG
(REF) B

MLG DOOR
HINGE SECTOR
NOTES FASTENER (REF)
rnd5721160_006.dg, lr, dec18/2008

1. Left side shown, 3


right side opposite.
2. Examine the shaded areas.
FORWARD
3 Pin stud configuration shown, LUG (REF)
bolt configuration almost the same. C

Inspection of the MLG Mounting Trunnion−Web at BL13.10 and FS513.00


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−21−161 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

1
2

TOOLING
HOLE (REF)
A

MLG DOOR
HINGE SECTOR 3
FASTENER (REF)

D
NOTES
1. Left side shown,
rnd5721160_007.dg, lr, mar28/2008

right side opposite.


2. Examine the shaded areas.
3 Pin stud configuration shown,
bolt configuration almost the same.

Inspection of the MLG Mounting Trunnion−Web at BL13.10 and FS 513.00


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


57−21−161 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE INBOARD−FLAP FRONT SPAR AND REAR SPAR

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the inboard−flap front spar,
rear spar, and rear spar doubler for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is inside the inboard flap, zones 584/684 (refer to NDTM TASK
Part 1 51−01−03):

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by the inboard flap front−spar lightening holes

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1− Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Front Spar 601R14004
2024−T42
2024 T42 AL ALY
2 Rear Spar 601R14005 QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
3 Rear Spar Doubler 601R14005
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All Aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−52−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the inboard−flap leading edge (refer to AMM TASK 57−52−01−000−801).
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces as necessary (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Inboard−Flap Front Spar and Rear Spar
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the front spar (1), the rear spar (2), and the rear spar doubler (3) for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage:
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the inboard−flap leading edge (refer to AMM TASK 57−52−01−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−52−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

1
3

LEGEND NOTES
1. Front spar. Examine the shaded
2. Rear spar. area.
3. Rear spar doubler. Left side is shown, right
rnd5752105_001.dg, gw, nov17/2009

side is almost the same.

Inspection of the Inboard−Flap Front Spar and Rear Spar


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−52−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE INBOARD FLAP HINGE RIBS

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the machined ribs of the
inboard flap hinges at the canted flap stations (CFS): CFS79.062, CFS82.473,
CFS126.048, and CFS129.298.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 584/684 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the inboard flap front−spar lightening holes.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Machined Rib
1 601R14032
CFS79.062
Machined Rib
2 601R14104
CFS82.473 7475−T7351 AL ALY
BAMS 516−002
Machined Rib PL
3 601R14033
CFS126.048
Machined Rib
4 601R14105
CFS129.298
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−52−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the inboard flap leading−edge (refer to AMM TASK 57−52−01−000−801).
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Inboard Flap Hinge Ribs at: CFS79.062, CFS82.473,
CFS126.048, and CFS129.298
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the web and flanges of the areas that follow for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage:
− The machined ribs (1), (2), (3), and (4) at the hinge locations at CFS79.062,
CFS82.473, CFS126.048, and CFS129.298.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−52−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the inboard flap leading−edge (refer to AMM TASK 57−52−01−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−52−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

CFS79.062
CFS82.473

CFS126.048
CFS129.298

NOTES
Left side shown, right
side is almost the same.

Examine the shaded area.

1
3

rnd5752106_001.dg, gw, nov16/2009

LEGEND
1. Machined rib, CFS79.062.
2. Machined rib, CFS82.473.
3. Machined rib, CFS126.048.
2
4. Machined rib, CFS129.298.
4

Inspection of the Inboard Flap Hinge Ribs


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−52−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE INBOARD−FLAP LUG PLATES

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the eight lug plates at the
hinge arm−to−the flap body attachments.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 584 and 684 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by removal of the aft flap hinge−fairings.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Lug plate 601R14031 2024−T351 ALCD PL QQ−A−250/4
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−52−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the inboard flap−hinge aft fairings, 583BB/683BB (refer to AMM TASK
57−55−01−000−801).
(2) Remove the inboard flap−hinge aft fairings, 586BB/686BB (refer to AMM TASK
57−55−01−000−802).
(3) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Inboard−Flap Lug Plates


Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the lug plates (1) at the hinge arm−to−flap body attachments for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the inboard flap−hinge aft fairings, 583BB/683BB (refer to AMM TASK
57−55−01−400−801).
D. Install the inboard flap−hinge aft fairings, 586BB/686BB (refer to AMM TASK
57−55−01−400−802).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−52−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−52−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
Examine shaded
area.
Left side shown, right side
is almost the same.
LEGEND
1. Lug plate.

FWD

1
rnd5752107_001.dg, kmw, oct30/2009

Inspection of the Inboard−Flap Lug Plate


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−52−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE INBOARD FLAP HINGE−ARM ASSEMBLIES

1. General

A. Function
This inspection is used to visually examine the inboard flap hinge−arm assemblies at
WS80.50 and WS127.25 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
B. This data applies to both sides of the aircraft.
NOTE: This inspection procedure is for the components on the left wing. The
procedure for the components on the right wing is similar.

C. Reference Information
For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1, General
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

D. Location
The area is in Zone 580/680 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

E. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by the external wing bottom surface.
(2) It is necessary to remove the inboard flap for access.

F. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
Inboard flap
1 hinge−arm assembly, 601R14100
WS80.50 y
7475−T7351 Al alloy BAMS 516−002
Inboard flap plate (CMS 516−02)
2 hinge−arm assembly, 601R14101
WS127.25
Note [1]: Item number corresponds to item number in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
All aircraft.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−52−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


Use a light source such as a flashlight as necessary.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(1) Remove the inboard flap (Refer to AMM TASK 27−54−01−000−801).
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: Is is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(3) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).

5. Inspection of the Inboard Flap Hinge−Arm Assembly


Refer to Figure 1.
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition of the
component material for signs of cracks and corrosion.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the inboard flap hinge−arm assembly for signs of cracks, blemishes, or
other unserviceable condition.
NOTE: Pay particular attention to the lugs and lower portion of the assembly,
especially around the attachment hole where the inboard flap hinge−box is
connected.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−52−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
1. Inboard flap hinge−arm
assembly, WS80.50.
2. Inboard flap hinge−arm
assembly, WS127.25.

1
2

rnd5752108_001.dg, rm, 13/02/06

ATTACHMENT HOLE FOR


INBOARD FLAP
HINGE−BOX ASSEMBLY

Inspection of the Inboard Flap Hinge−Arm Assembly


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−52−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. Procedure
(1) All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
(2) All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
(3) Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
(4) For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Install the inboard flap (Refer to AMM TASK 27−54−01−400−801)
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−52−108 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE INBOARD−FLAP UPPER AND LOWER SKINS

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the upper and lower skins of
the inboard flap.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 584/684 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by exterior of the aircraft.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Skin, Upper 601R14007 2024−T3 Al ALY
QQ−A−250/5
2 Skin, Lower 601R14008 ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−52−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the flap leading edge (refer to AMM TASK 57−52−01−000−801).
(2) Remove the inboard flap−hinge aft fairings (583BB/683BB) (refer to AMM TASK
57−55−01−000−801).
(3) Remove the inboard flap−hinge aft fairings (586BB/686BB) (refer to AMM TASK
57−55−01−000−802).
(4) Remove the access panels that follow:
(5) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(6) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(7) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(8) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Upper and Lower Skins of the Inboard Flap
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the upper (1) and lower (2) skins of the inboard flap for cracks, corrosion,
and other damage.
− Make sure you carefully examine the skin adjacent to the hinge arm and the vane
support structure
− Make sure that you carefully examine the skin along the front spar and intercostal
spar fasteners.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−52−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the flap leading edge (refer to AMM TASK 57−52−01−400−801).
D. Install the inboard flap−hinge aft fairings (583BB/683BB) (refer to AMM TASK
57−55−01−400−801).
E. Install the inboard flap−hinge aft fairings (586BB/686BB) (refer to AMM TASK
57−55−01−400−802).
F. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−52−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INTERCOSTAL
SPAR DATUM
(REF)
FRONT SPAR
DATUM (REF)
NOTES
Left inboard flap shown, the
right flap is almost the same.

Examine the shaded area.


FRONT SPAR
LEGEND DATUM (REF)
1. Top skin.
2. Bottom skin. INTERCOSTAL
SPAR DATUM
(REF)

WS127.25
FLAP HINGE ARM
(REF)
rnd5752112_001.dg, gw, nov10/2009

WS80.50
FLAP HINGE ARM
2 (REF)
FWD

Inspection of the Upper and Lower Skins of the Inboard Flap


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−52−112 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE VANE ACTUATOR TUBE ASSEMBLY


AWL 57−52−114

1. General

A. The maintenance procedure that follows is for the detailed inspection of the vane actuator
tube assembly. This inspection is used to examine the three vane actuator tube
assemblies of the inboard flaps for cracks, corrosion and other damage. This procedure is
applicable to the left side and the right side. The procedure for the left side is given.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially Available Explosion Proof−Flashlight
Commercially Available Mirror−Telescopic
Commercially Available Borescope
Commercially Available Magnifying Glass − 10 Power
B. Parts

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
1 Outer Tube
2 Inner Tube SAE 4340
601R14250
3 End Fitting
4 Spigot 4130 STL BAR
C. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 27−54−10−000−801 Removal of the Inboard Flap
Vane
CSP A−001 AMM 27−54−10−400−801 Installation of the Inboard
Flap Vane
D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
CSP A−008 SRM 51−26−00 Cleaning

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−52−114 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

4. Job Set−Up

A. Remove the inboard flap vane (AMM 27−54−10−000−801).

B. Make sure the inspection area is clean.

C. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.
A. Do the detailed inspection of the vane actuator tube assembly as follows:
(1) Examine all the accessible areas of the outer tube (1), inner tube (2), end fitting (3),
and spigot (4) without removing or disassembling the actuator assembly.
(2) Make sure you carefully examine the lower surface at the roller location for the
extended vane position.
(3) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or
other unserviceable condition.
(4) Make sure that there are no cracks, scratches, dents, gouges, corrosion or
damaged, loose or missing fasteners.
B. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group (SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the inboard flap vane (AMM 27−54−10−400−801).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−52−114 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INBOARD FLAP
VANE
(REF)
FWD

NOTE
Examine all accessible shaded area
without removing or disassembling
the actuator assembly.
Left side shown, right side is
almost the same.

SPIGOT
CRADLE ASSEMBLY 4
(REF) INNER TUBE
2

OUTER TUBE
1
rnd5752114_001.dg, ab/ik, 09/05/01

END FITTING
3
INBOARD
FLAP VANE
VIEW LOOKING UP
(REF)
ON INBOARD FLAP
(TYPICAL THREE PLACES)
Inspection of the Inboard−Flap Vane−Actuator Tube−Assembly
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−52−114 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE OUTBOARD FLAP UPPER AND LOWER SKINS

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the outboard flap upper and
lower skins for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 594 and 694 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the exterior of the wing trailing edge.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Upper Skin 601R14535 2024−T3 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
2 Lower Skin 601R14536 ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft pre Modification Summary TC601R25500 (Introduction of resin transfer molded
(RTM) flap).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−53−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the leading edge of the outboard flap (refer to AMM TASK
57−53−01−000−801).
(2) Remove the hinge fairings that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


592BB
TASK 57−55−03−000−801
692BB
595BB Outboard−Flap
CSP−A−001 TASK 57−55−03−000−802
695BB Hinge−Fairings, Aft
597BB
TASK 57−55−03−000−803
697BB

(3) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).


(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Outboard Flap Upper and Lower Skins
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the outboard flap upper and lower skins, specially the areas that follow for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
− The area along the front spar and the intercostal spar fasteners
− The lower skin local to the hinge arm stations.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−53−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Outs
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the leading edge of the outboard flap (refer to AMM TASK 57−53−01−400−801).
D. Install the flap fairings that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


592BB
TASK 57−55−03−400−801
692BB
595BB Outboard−Flap
CSP−A−001 TASK 57−55−03−400−802
695BB Hinge−Fairings, Aft
597BB
TASK 57−55−03−400−803
697BB

E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−53−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
Examine the shaded
area.
Left side is shown,
right side is almost
the same.

LEGEND
1. Upper skin.
2. Lower skin.

FRONT
SPAR DATUM

INTERCOSTAL
SPAR DATUM

UPPER SKIN

INTERCOSTAL
SPAR DATUM

2
rnd5753102_001.dg, kmw, nov23/2009

FRONT
SPAR DATUM

LOWER SKIN

Inspection of the Outboard Flap Upper and Lower Skins


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−53−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE OUTBOARD−FLAP VANE MOUNTING AND SUPPORT STRUCTURE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the structural components that
follow for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
− Vane mounting ribs and supporting structure of the outboard flap including the
front spar and lower skin doubler
− Internal lower support structure for the ribs at the outboard−flap hinge−arm
locations at WS178.00, WS220.00, and WS264.00.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 594 and 694 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by removal of the leading edges and upper access
panels on the outboard flap.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−53−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Nose Rib, FLS171.963 601R14638
Vane Attach Fitting,
2 601R14601
FLS189.570
3 Nose Rib, FLS209.390 601R14639
4 Nose Rib, FLS235.840 601R14640
5 Nose Rib, FLS254.960 601R14641
Vane Attach Fitting,
6 601R14606
FLS280.660
7475−T7351 Al ALY
7 Nose Rib, FLS296.073 601R14642 BAMS 516−002
PL
FWD Angle Fitting,
8 601R14609
FLS189.570
Hinge Arm Fitting,
9 601R14617
FLS189.150
10 Rib, CFLS186.925 601R14543
Intercostal,
11 601R14618
FLS189.153
12 Rib, CFLS191.380 601R14607
7075−T6 AL ALY
13 Cleat 601R14628 QQ−A−200/11
EXTRN
14 Nose Rib Fitting 601R14603 7475−T7351 Al ALY
BAMS 516−002
15 Fitting, FLS234.25 601R14545 PL
16 Intercostal 601R14522
2024−T42
2024 T42 AL ALY
17 Intercostal 601R14577 QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
18 Rib, FLS235.97 601R14515
FWD Angle Fitting,
19 61R14613
FLS280.660
Hinge Arm Fitting,
20 601R14624
FLS280.350 7475−T7351
7475 T7351 Al ALY
BAMS 516−002
516 002
21 Rib, CFLS278.130 601R14547 PL
Intercostal,
22 601R14620
FLS280.350
23 Rib, CFLS282.580 601R14622
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.
NOTE [3]: Flap stations are identified as Flap Station (FLS) and Canted Flap Station (CFLS).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−53−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T42 AL ALY
24 Front Spar 601R14534
ALCD SH
QQ−A−250/5
2024−T3 AL ALY
25 Lower Doubler 601R14542
ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.
NOTE [3]: Flap stations are identified as Flap Station (FLS) and Canted Flap Station (CFLS).

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft pre Modification Summary TC601R25500 (Introduction of resin transfer molded
(RTM) flap).

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


594KB/
694KB
594MB/
694MB
594NB/
694NB
Leading Edge CSP−A−001 TASK 57−53−01−000−801
594QB/
694QB
594RB/
694RB
594TB/
694TB
(2) Remove the access panels that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
594AT/694AT Flap−Vane Actuating Mechanism Access Panel
594BT/694BT

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−53−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(3) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).


(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Outboard−Flap−Vane Mounting and Support Structure


Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the areas of the outboard flap that follow for cracks, corrosion, and other
damage:
− Nose ribs (1), (3) thru (5) and (7),and vane attach fittings (2) and (6). Make sure
you carefully examine the vane−mounting tangs and the lower flange of each
nose rib (2), (4), and (6)
− Vane support structure local to the nose ribs at WS178.00, WS220.00, and
WS264.00 that includes: the front spar (24), upper and lower skin doublers (25)
and (26), and components (8) thru (23).
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the access panels that follow:
(1) Install the access panels that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
594AT/694AT Flap−Vane Actuating Mechanism Access Panel
594BT/694BT

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−53−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(2) Install the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


594KB/
694KB
594MB/
694MB
594NB/
694NB
Leading Edge CSP−A−001 TASK 57−53−01−400−801
594QB/
694QB
594RB/
694RB
594TB/
694TB

D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


57−53−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

FLS
1
171.963
FLS 2
189.57
FLS
209.39 3

FLS
4
235.84
FLS
254.96 5

FLS 6
280.66
FLS
7
296.073

24

25

TANG
(REF)

TYPICAL VIEW OF
ITEMS 1, 3, 5, AND 7
rnd5753104_001.dg, gw, oct6/2009

NOTES
Left side is shown, right side is almost the same.

Examine the shaded areas.

Upper skin and doubler not shown for clarity.

Inspection of the Outboard−flap−Vane Mounting and Support Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


57−53−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WS178.00
WS220.00
10
WS264.00

24

2 11
9 12
8
16
25

15

24

14

13
4 18
22 17
25
21
20

NOTES
Left side is shown, right side is
almost the same.
rnd5753104_002.dg, gw, oct6/2009

Examine the shaded areas.

6 Upper skin and doubler not


19 shown for clarity.
23
25
24

Inspection of the Outboard−flap−Vane Mounting and Support Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


57−53−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE OUTBOARD−FLAP HINGE SUPPORT STRUCTURE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the internal area of the
outboard−flap hinges support structure for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) This procedure is used to find surface cracks at the items that follow:
− The canted ribs
− The inboard, outboard hinge−arm fittings
− The inboard and outboard machined spar intercostals
− The front spar hinge support structure
− All the adjacent skin and doublers.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 594 and 694 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by removal of the leading edges and upper access
panels on the outboard flap.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−53−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
FWD Angle Fitting,
1 601R14609
FLS189.570
Hinge Arm Fitting,
2 601R14617
FLS189.150
3 Rib, CFLS186.925 601R14543
7475−T7351
7475 T7351 AL ALY
BAMS 516−002
516 002
Intercostal, PL
4 601R14618
FLS189.153
5 Rib, CFLS191.380 601R14607
6 Nose Rib Fitting 601R14603
7 Fitting, FLS234.25 601R14545
8 Intercostal 601R14522
2024−T42
2024 T42 AL ALY
9 Intercostal 601R14577 QQ−A−250/5
ALCD SH
10 Rib, FLS235.97 601R14515
FWD Angle Fitting,
11 61R14613
FLS280.660
Hinge Arm Fitting,
12 601R14624
FLS280.350 7475−T7351
7475 T7351 AL ALY
BAMS 516−002
516 002
13 Rib, CFLS278.130 601R14547 PL
Intercostal,
14 601R14620
FLS280.350
15 Rib, CFLS282.580 601R14622
16 Lower Doubler 601R14542
17 Lower Skin 601R14536 2024−T3 AL ALY QQ−A−250/5
18 Upper Skin 601R14535 ALCD SH
19 Upper Doubler 601R14541
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.
NOTE [3]: Flap stations are identified as Flap Station (FLS) and Canted Flap Station (CFLS).

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft pre Modification Summary TC601R25500 (Introduction of resin transfer molded
(RTM) flap).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−53−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror
− Borescope.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


594KB/
694KB
594MB/
694MB
594NB/
694NB
Leading Edge CSP−A−001 TASK 57−53−01−000−801
594QB/
694QB
594RB/
694RB
594TB/
694TB

(2) Remove the access panels that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
594AT/694AT Flap−Vane Actuating Mechanism Access−Panel
594BT/694BT

(3) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).


(4) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(5) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(6) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−53−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Inspection for Damage to the Internal Area of the Outboard−Flap Hinges Support Structure
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the areas that follow for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
− The canted ribs (3), (5), (13), and (15)
− The inboard and outboard hinge−arm fittings (2) and (12)
− The inboard and outboard machined spar intercostals (4) and (14)
− The front spar hinge support structure (1) and (11)
− The nose rib fitting (6), fitting (7), intercostals (8), (9), and rib (10)
− All the adjacent skin (17) and (18) and doublers (16) and (19).
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the access panels that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
594AT/694AT Flap−Vane Actuating Mechanism Access−Panel
594BT/694BT

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−53−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

D. Install the access panels that follow:

PANEL NAME MANUAL NO REFERENCE


594KB/
694KB
594MB/
694MB
594NB/
694NB
Leading Edge CSP−A−001 TASK 57−53−01−400−801
594QB/
694QB
594RB/
694RB
594TB/
694TB

E. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


57−53−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WS178.00
WS220.00
19 WS264.00

18
3

4
2 5
17 1 16
8
16
7

17
14 10
13 9
12

NOTES
Left side is shown, right side is
rnd5753106_001.dg, kmw, dec01/2009

almost the same.


Examine the shaded areas.

Upper skin and doubler not


11 shown for clarity.
17
16
15

Inspection of the Outboard−Flap Hinge Support Structure


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


57−53−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE OF THE OUTBOARD FLAP HINGE ARMS

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the hinge arms at WS178.00, WS220.00
and WS264.00 and the machined fittings mounted on the lower flap surface, for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zones 594 and 694 (refer to NDTM Part 1 General, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is under the wing.
(2) It is necessary to remove the outboard flap.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.
Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
No. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
Hinge Fitting Outboard
1 601R14553
Half, WS178.00
7475−T7351 CMS 516−02
Hinge Fitting Inboard
2 601R14553
Half, WS178.00
Note [1]: Item number corresponds to the item number shown in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−53−114 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
No. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
Hinge Fitting Arm
3 Outboard Half, 601R14508
WS178.00
Hinge Fitting Arm
4 Inboard Half, 601R14508
WS178.00
Forward Lug Fitting,
5 601R14610
WS178.0
Aft Lug Fitting,
6 601R14619
WS178.00
Hinge Arm Outboard
7 601R14550
Half, WS220.00
Hinge Arm Inboard
8 601R14550
Half, WS220.00
Nose Rib Fitting,
9 601R14603
WS220.00 7475−T7351
7475 T7351 CMS 516
516−02
02
10 Fitting, (Rib) WS220.00 601R14545
Hinge Arm Outboard
11 601R14611
Half, WS264.00
Hinge Arm Inboard
12 601R14611
Half, WS264.00
Hinge Fitting,
13 Outboard Half, 601R14557
WS264.00
Hinge Fitting, Inboard
14 601R14556
Half, WS264.00
15 Fork Fitting WS264.00 601R14615
Forward Lug Fitting,
16 601R14610
WS264.00
Aft Lug Fitting,
17 601R14619
WS264.00
Note [1]: Item number corresponds to the item number shown in Figure 1.
Note [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. Aircraft pre Modsum TC601R25500 (pre RTM Flap).

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−53−114 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure
(1) Remove the outboard flap (Refer to the AMM TASK 27−54−05−000−801).
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(2) Clean the inspection area (Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51 26−00).
(3) Is is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless they show deterioration
or local damage.
NOTE: If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove
the finish (Refer to the SRM, Chapter 51).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Outboard Flap Hinge Arms at WS178.00, WS220.00, and
WS264.00
Refer to the areas shaded in Figure 1.
NOTE: If the surfaces of the skin are painted, look at the paint condition (for signs of cracks
and corrosion).

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the hinge arms for cracks, corrosion or other damage.
(2) Examine the machined fittings attached to the lower flap surface for cracks,
corrosion or other damage. Pay particular attention to the lugs.
(3) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, corroded, or other unserviceable
condition. Pay particular attention to the hinge arm attachment bolts.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria

A. Procedure
(1) All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
(2) All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
(3) Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
(4) For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).

7. Close Out

A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).

B. Install the outboard flap (Refer to the AMM TASK 27−54−05−400−801).


C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
57−53−114 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

C
B
A
2
6

9 10
4
1

3
A WS178.00

8
16

B WS220.00
13

17
14

NOTE
Examine the shaded areas.
rnd5753114_001.dg, lr, oct23/2007

12
11
15

C WS264.00

Inspection of the Outboard Flap Hinge Arms


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−53−114 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE OUTBOARD FLAP VANE

1. General

A. Function
(1) This procedure is used to find surface cracks on the upper and lower vane−skins
and the forward end of the vane−tangs and all the machined support fittings of the
outboard flap vane.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 594 and 694 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access to the inspection area is by the exterior of the aircraft.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−53−122 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
2024−T3 AL ALY
1 Skin, Upper 601R14568
ALCD SH
2 Skin, Lower 601R14569
Rib, Vane Tip, Inboard,
3 601R14559
FLS171.963
Fitting, Vane Support,
4 601R14562
FLS189.57
Fitting, Vane Support,
5 601R14588
FLS209.39 QQ−A−250/5
7475−T7351 AL ALY
Fitting, Vane Support, PLT
6 601R14563
FLS235.84
Fitting, Vane Support,
7 601R14589
FLS254.96
Fitting, Vane Support,
8 601R14564
FLS280.66
Rib, Vane Tip, Out-
9 601R14560
board, FLS296.073
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.
NOTE [3]: Flap station are identified as FLS

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft pre Modification Summary TC601R25500 (Introduction of resin transfer molded
(RTM) flap).

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Extend the flaps (refer to AMM TASK 27−54−00−866−801).
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−53−122 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Outboard Flap Vane


Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the areas that follow for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
− Upper (1) and lower (2) vane skins
− Machined support fittings (4) thru (8) and inboard and outboard ribs (3) and (9),
and the forward end of the vane tangs. Make sure that you carefully examine the
base of each tang, specially the fitting (6).
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Retract the flaps (refer to AMM TASK 27−54−000−866−802).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−53−122 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B
FLS171.963
A
NOTES
C Left side shown, right side
almost the same.
C Skin not shown for clarity.
3 FLS189.57
Examine the shaded area.
E
Examine the upper and lower skins.
4
E
FLS235.84
FLS209.39
E
D
E 5
6 FLS254.96 D

D
7
D
LEGEND
1. Upper skin.
2. Lower skin. FLS280.66
rnd5753122_001.dg, gv/kms, dec10/2009

3. Inboard vane−tip rib.


4. Vane support fitting. E
5. Vane support fitting. 8
9 FLS296.07
6. Vane support fitting. E
7. Vane support fitting. C
8. Vane support fitting. B
9. Outboard vane−tip rib.
C

Inspection of the Outboard Flap Vane


Figure 1 (Sheet 1 of 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−53−122 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

TANG
(REF)

3
9

5
7 2

TANG
(REF)

4
6 2
rnd5753122_002.dg, gv, nov27/2009

8 NOTES
LEGEND Left side shown, right side
1. Upper skin. 6. Vane support fitting. almost the same.
2. Lower skin. 7. Vane support fitting. Cross sections are typical
3. Inboard vane−tip rib. 8. Vane support fitting. for each rib type.
4. Vane support fitting. 9. Outboard vane−tip rib.
5. Vane support fitting. Examine the shaded area.

Inspection of the Outboard Flap Vane


Figure 1 (Sheet 2 of 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


57−53−122 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE RTM OUTBOARD FLAP COMPOSITE COMPONENTS


AWL 57−53−125

1. General
A. This inspection procedure is used to visually examine all visible composite surfaces of the
composite outboard flap and vane for damage. This procedure is applicable to the left
side and the right side.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft Post−Modsum TC601R25500

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially available High intensity light source
Commercially available Inspection mirror
Commercially available Borescope, if required
B. Reference Information
MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CSP A−001 AMM 27−54−00−866−801 Electrical Extension of the
Flaps
CSP A−001 AMM 27−54−00−866−802 Electrical Retraction of the
Flaps
C. Standard Practices Information
MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION
CSP A−001 AMM 51−25−56−390−802 Water−Displacing Corro-
sion−Inhibiting Compound
CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure
CSP A−008 SRM 51−26−00 Cleaning

4. Job Set−Up
WARNING: PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES, THE WARNING SIGNS, AND THE WARNING
PLACARDS IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A PROCEDURE ON OR NEAR:
− FLIGHT CONTROLS
− FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
− COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO PERSONS OR EQUIPMENT ON OR NEAR
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES. ACCIDENTAL MOVEMENT OF THE
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURIES TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE
TO EQUIPMENT.
A. Install the applicable external signs to give warning of the flap movement.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−53−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

B. Install a placard on the flap control lever to give warning against unwanted operation of
the flaps.
C. Fully extend the flaps to the 45−degree position (Ref. TASK 27−54−00−866−801).
D. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
E. If necessary, remove the water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) with a
lint−free cloth and solvent (SRM 51−26−00).
F. If necessary, remove the sealant.
G. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Do the inspection of all visible composite surfaces of the outboard flap and vane.
(1) Make sure that there are no cracks, scratches, dents, gouges, holes, or corrosion.
(2) Make sure that there are no signs of damage to the external surfaces on the skins.
NOTE: Internal inspection of spar and rib is necessary only if external
skin damage is detected.
B. If necessary, send a defect and damage report to MHI RJ Group(SRM 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish.
B. If necessary, apply water−displacing corrosion−inhibiting compound (CIC) to the
applicable surfaces (AMM 51−25−56−390−802).
C. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
D. Retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27−54−00−866−802).
E. Remove the warning placards and signs.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−53−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ZONE 594

rnd5753125_001.cgm, ak, oct18/2016

ZONE 594

NOTES B
1. Left side shown. Right side opposite.

2. Shaded areas are to be inspected.

Inspection of the RTM Outboard Flap Components


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−53−125 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE AILERON FITTINGS

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the aileron hinge−rib lugs, the
center hinge fitting, and the adjacent structure on the face of the ailerons for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 599 and 699 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the left and the right wing trailing edge.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION [3] MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
No.1 Inboard Hinge
1 601R13002
Rib, AS311.539 7475−T7351 AL ALY
BAMS 516−002
No.1 Outboard Hinge PL
2 601R13003
Rib, AS 311.539
No.2/3 Center Hinge AMS 4928
3 601R13005 Ti−6Al−4V
Fitting, Aileron MIL−T−9047
No.4 Outboard Hinge
4 601R13051
Rib, AS364.016 7475−T7351 AL ALY
BAMS 516−002
No.4 Inboard Hinge PL
5 601R13055
Rib, AS364.016
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.
NOTE [3]: Aileron station (AS).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−61−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION [3] MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
Upper Inboard Splice−
6
Angle
Lower Inboard Splice−
7
Angle
8 Upper Inboard Boom
9 Lower Inboard Boom 2024−T42 AL ALY
601R13031 QQ−A−200/3
Upper Outboard EXTRN
10
Splice−Angle
Lower Outboard
11
Splice−Angle
12 Upper Outboard Boom
13 Lower Outboard Boom
Bolt, Aileron Inboard
14 NAS6709DU32
Hinge
Bolt, Aileron Center
15 NAS6709DU30
Hinges
A286 SST −
Bolt Aileron Power
16 NAS6710DU23
Control Units (PCU)
Bolt Aileron Outboard
17 NAS6708DU34
Hinge
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.
NOTE [3]: Aileron station (AS).

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft pre MODSUM TC601R15307 (Introduction of CRJ700 aileron and adjustable
link assembly) or TC601R16858 (Composite aileron using resin transfer molding (RTM)
technology).

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Remove the ailerons (refer to AMM TASK 27−15−01−000−801).
(2) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(3) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−61−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

(4) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(5) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Aileron Hinge−Rib Lugs, the Center Hinge Fitting and the
Adjacent Structure
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the lugs of the aileron hinge rib (1,2,4 and 5) for cracks, corrosion, and
other damage.
(2) Examine the forward face of the center hinge fitting (3) and 2.0 in. (50.8 mm) of the
adjacent structure that follows for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. Make sure
you carefully examine the flanges, the web, and the lugs of the No 2/3 center hinge
fitting (3):
− Upper and lower inboard splice−Angle (6 & 7)
− Upper and lower inboard boom (8 & 9)
− Upper and lower outboard splice−Angle (10 & 11)
− Upper and lower outboard boom (12 & 13).
(3) Examine all the hinge and PCU attachment bolts (14, 15, 16 & 17) for signs of wear,
cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(4) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−61−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.
C. Install the ailerons (refer to AMM TASK 27−15−01−400−801).
D. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−61−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A B

UPPER SKIN
(REF)
A
UPPER SKIN
LEADING EDGE
(REF)

NOTES
Left side is shown, right side
is allmost the same.
Bolt for inboard aileron hinge
shown, typical for all
inspection areas.
Examine the shaded area.

1
2.0 in.
2
8 (50.8 mm)

6
7 2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)
3 rnd5761101_001.dg, gw/kmw, dec09/2009

10

11
12
13
4
5

Inspection of the Aileron Hinge−Rib Lugs, the Center Hinge Fittings and the Adjacent Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


57−61−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

F/SPAR
DATUM

TOP
O.S.L.

3
8

UP
FWD
9

BTM F/SPAR
O.S.L. DATUM

TOP
O.S.L.

NOTE UP
10
Examine the shaded area. FWD

12
3

13
rnd5761101_002.dg, gw/kmw, dec09/2009

11

BTM
O.S.L.
Inspection of the Aileron Hinge−Rib Lugs, the Center Hinge Fittings and the Adjacent Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


57−61−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

PCU
(REF)

3
16

NOTE
Examine the shaded area. WING
(REF)

HINGE No. 1
STA 311.539
rnd5761101_003.dg, gw/kmw, dec09/2009

14

VIEW LOOKING FORWARD

Inspection of the Aileron Hinge−Rib Lugs, the Center Hinge Fittings and the Adjacent Structure
Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


57−61−101 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE AILERON UPPER AND LOWER SKIN PANEL

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the aileron upper and lower
skin panels for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: The data in this task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is
almost the same.

B. Reference Information
(1) For more data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Testing Manual (NDTM), Part 1 General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The inspection area is found in Zones 599 and 699 (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1,
51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is by the exterior of the aircraft.

E. Parts Examined in this Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data

ITEM DRAWING OR PART


DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NO. [1] NUMBER [2]
1 Aileron Upper Skin 601R13071 2024−T3 AL ALY
QQ−A−250/5
2 Aileron Lower Skin 601R13072 ALCD SH
NOTE [1]: Item numbers correspond to item numbers in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows (refer to NDTM TASK Part 1, 51−20−09):
− Light source
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−61−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

− Inspection mirror.

4. Preparation and Cleaning


A. Prepare the inspection area as follows:
(1) Identify the locations to be examined (refer to Figure 1).
(2) Clean the inspection surfaces (refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).
(3) If the inspection area is bare or unpainted, continue with the procedure.
(4) If the inspection surfaces are painted:
(a) Look at the paint condition for signs of cracks and corrosion in the component
material.
(b) Remove the paint and/or primer only if there is deterioration or local damage
(refer to SRM TASK 51−26−00).

5. Inspection for Damage to the Aileron Upper Skin and Lower Skin
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
(1) Examine the areas that follow between WS282.00 and WS353.00 for cracks,
corrosion, and other damage. Make sure you carefully examine the aileron upper
skin (1) and lower skin (2), and the non−removable panel.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.

6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria


A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (refer to SRM TASK
51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the inspection area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−61−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WS282.00

WS353.00

NOTES
Left side shown, right side
almost the same
Examine the shaded area.

WS353.00 WS282.00

LEGEND
rnd5761102_001.dg, gv, dec16/2009

1. Top skin.

Inspection of the Aileron Top and Bottom Skin


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−61−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

NOTES
Left side shown, right side
almost the same
Examine the shaded area.

NON−REMOVABLE
PANEL
WS353.00 (REF) WS282.00

2 B

LEGEND
2. Bottom skin.
rnd5761102_002.dg, gv, dec16/2009

Inspection of the Aileron Top and Bottom Skin


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−61−102 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE FRONT SPAR

AWL 53−61−104

1. General
A. This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the flanges and the web of the
aileron front spar for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. The data in this task is given
for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is almost the same.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft.

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially Available Light source
Commercially Available Inspection mirror

B. Parts

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
1 Upper Outboard Boom
2 Upper Inboard Boom
3 Lower Outboard Boom
4 Lower Inboard Boom 2024−T42 AL
601R13031
5 Upper Outboard Splice−Angle ALY ALCD SH
6 Upper Inboard Splice−Angle
7 Lower Outboard Splice−Angle
8 Lower Inboard Splice−Angle
9 Machined Center Hinge−Bracket 601R13005 Ti6Al−V4

C. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 27−00−00−910−803 Flight−Control Safety Pre-
cautions
CSP A−001 AMM 29−00−00−910−801 Hydraulic Safety Precau-
tions
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−000−801 Removal of the Lower In-
board Leading−Edge Ac-
cess Panel of the Aileron
(599AB/699AB)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−61−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−400−801 Installation of the Lower In-


board Leading−Edge Ac-
cess Panel of the Aileron
(599AB/699AB
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−000−802 Removal of the Lower Cen-
ter Leading−Edge Access
Panel of the Aileron
(599BB/699BB)
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−400−802 Installation of the Lower
Center Leading−Edge Ac-
cess Panel of the Aileron
(599BB/699BB)
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−000−803 Removal of the Lower Out-
board Leading−Edge Ac-
cess Panel of the Aileron
(599CB/699CB)
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−400−803 Installation of the Lower
Outboard Leading−Edge
Access Panel of the Aileron
(599CB/699CB)

D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure

4. Job Set−Up
A. Obey all the hydraulic safety precautions (AMM 29−00−00−910−801).
B. Obey all the flight−control safety precautions (AMM 27−00−00−910−803).
C. Remove the access panels that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
598AB/698AB Shroud
598BB/698BB Shroud

D. Remove the lower inboard leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599AB/699AB)
(AMM 57−60−32−000−801).
E. Remove the lower center leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599BB/699BB) (AMM
57−60−32−000−802).
F. Remove the lower outboard leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599CB/699CB)
(AMM 57−60−32−000−803).
G. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
H. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2
57−61−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Do a detailed inspection of the front spar as follows:


(1) Examine the areas that follow for cracks, corrosion, and other damage:
− The parts that make the front spar (1) thru (9), specially the flanges of the booms
and splice angles that attach the inboard and outboard booms to the machined
center fitting (9).
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.
B. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
C. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
D. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
E. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (SRM 51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
C. Install the access panels that follow:

ACCESS DESIGNATION
599AB/699AB Leading Edge
599BB/699BB Leading Edge

D. Install the lower inboard leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599AB/699AB) (AMM
57−60−32−400−801).
E. Install the lower center leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599BB/699BB) (AMM
57−60−32−400−802).
F. Install the lower outboard leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599CB/699CB)
(AMM 57−60−32−400−803).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−61−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

A
LEGEND
1. Top outboard boom.
2. Top inboard boom.
WS262.00 3. Bottom outboard boom.
WS353.00
4. Bottom inboard boom.
5. Top outboard splice angle.
6. Top inboard splice angle.
7. Bottom outboard splice angle.
1 8. Bottom inboard splice angle.
9. Machined center hinge−bracket.

2
4
6
8

9
A 7
5
3

6
1
2 NOTE
rnd5761104_001.dg, gv/kmw, dec18/2009

1 Examine the shaded area.


4
9 Left aileron shown, the right side is
8 almost the same.

B B

Inspection of the Aileron Front Spar


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−61−104 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE INTERNAL STRUCTURE


AWL 53−61−105

1. General
A. This inspection procedure is used to visually examine the machined hinge back−up ribs
and the intercostal spar of the aileron at aileron stations (AS): AS311.539, AS337.034,
AS343.534, and AS364.016 for cracks, corrosion, and other damage. The data in this
task is given for the left side of the aircraft, the right side is almost the same.

2. Effectivity
A. All aircraft Pre−Modsum TC601R15307 (Introduction of CRJ700 aileron and adjustable
link) or TC601R16858 (Introduction of resin transfer molded (RTM) aileron).

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially Available Light source
Commercially Available Inspection mirror
Commercially Available Borescope

B. Parts

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
2024−T3 Al Aly
1 Top Intercostal
Alcd Sheet
024−T42 Al Aly
2 Top Intercostal
Alcd Sheet
601R13000
2024−T3 Al Aly
3 Bottom Intercostal
Alcd Sheet
2024−T42 Al Aly
4 Bottom Intercostal
Alcd Sheet
5 Inboard Rib, AS311.539 601R13002
6 Outboard Rib, AS311.539 601R13003
7 Inboard Rib AS337.034 601R13053
8 Outboard Rib AS337.034 601R13054 7475−T7351 Al
9 Inboard Rib AS343.534 601R13057 Aly Plate
10 Outboard Rib AS343.534 601R13056
11 Inboard Rib AS364.016 601R13055
12 Outboard Rib AS364.016 601R13051

C. Reference Information
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−61−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 27−00−00−910−803 Flight−Control Safety Pre-
cautions
CSP A−001 AMM 29−00−00−910−801 Hydraulic Safety Precau-
tions
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−000−801 Removal of the Lower In-
board Leading−Edge Ac-
cess Panel of the Aileron
(599AB/699AB)
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−400−801 Installation of the Lower In-
board Leading−Edge Ac-
cess Panel of the Aileron
(599AB/699AB
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−000−802 Removal of the Lower Cen-
ter Leading−Edge Access
Panel of the Aileron
(599BB/699BB)
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−400−802 Installation of the Lower
Center Leading−Edge Ac-
cess Panel of the Aileron
(599BB/699BB)
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−000−803 Removal of the Lower Out-
board Leading−Edge Ac-
cess Panel of the Aileron
(599CB/699CB)
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−400−803 Installation of the Lower
Outboard Leading−Edge
Access Panel of the Aileron
(599CB/699CB)

D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure

4. Job Set−Up
A. Obey all the hydraulic safety precautions (AMM 29−00−00−910−801).
B. Obey all the flight−control safety precautions (AMM 27−00−00−910−803).
C. Move the aileron to the up position.
D. Remove the access panels that follow:
NOTE: Refer to Structural Repair Manual (SRM) standard practices to remove panels
599DB/699DB.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−61−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ACCESS DESIGNATION
598AB/698AB Shroud
598BB/698BB Shroud
599DB/699DB Access Panel

E. Remove the lower inboard leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599AB/699AB)
(AMM 57−60−32−000−801).
F. Remove the lower center leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599BB/699BB) (AMM
57−60−32−000−802).
G. Remove the lower outboard leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599CB/699CB)
(AMM 57−60−32−000−803).
H. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
I. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Do a detailed inspection of the internal structure as follows:


B. Inspect for damage to the machined hinge back−up ribs and the Intercostal spar of the
aileron as follows:
(1) Examine the internal parts of the aileron that follow for cracks, corrosion and other
damage:
− Inboard and outboard ribs (5) thru (12) at AS311.539, AS337.034, AS343.534, and
AS364.016
− Top and bottom intercostals (1) thru (4) that make up the middle spar at each
hinge location, specially the intercostals in the center hinge area.
(2) Examine each fastener in the inspection area for signs of a loose, bent, corroded,
and other unserviceable condition.
C. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
D. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
E. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
F. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM TASK 51−13−01).

6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (SRM 51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
C. Install the access panels that follow:
NOTE: Refer to Structural Repair Manual (SRM) standard practices to install panels
599DB/699DB.
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3
57−61−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

ACCESS DESIGNATION
598AB/698AB Shroud
598BB/698BB Shroud
599DB/699DB Access Panel

D. Install the lower inboard leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599AB/699AB) (AMM
57−60−32−400−801).
E. Install the lower center leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599BB/699BB) (AMM
57−60−32−400−802).
F. Install the lower outboard leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599CB/699CB)
(AMM 57−60−32−400−803).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−61−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

LEGEND
A
1. Top intercostal.
2. Top intercostal.
3. Bottom intercostal.
4. Bottom intercostal.
WS262.00 5. Inboard rib AS311.539.
WS353.00
6. Outboard rib AS311.539.
7. Inboard rib AS337.034.
8. Outboard rib AS337.034.
9. Inboard rib AS343.534.
10. Outboard rib AS343.534.
11. Inboard rib AS364.016.
12. Outboard rib AS364.016.

1 1 AS311.539
3 3

2
AS337.034

2 AS343.534

2
5
6 1
AS364.016
4
7 1

8
4
9
10
4
3

11
12
A rnd5761105_001.dg, gv/kmw, dec01/2009
NOTES 3
1 Examine the shaded areas.

2. Left aileron shown, the right side is


almost the same.

Inspection of the Machined Hinge Back−Up Ribs and the Intercostal Spar of the Aileron
Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


57−61−105 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

DETAILED INSPECTION OF THE AILERON HINGE FITTINGS AND BACK−UP STRUCTURE

AWL 53−61−106

1. General
A. This inspection is used to visually examine the aileron interface for a failure of its
multi−load path fail safe structure including hinge fittings and back−up structure for
cracks, corrosion, and other damage. This inspection applies to the left and right side of
the aircraft. The inspection of the left side only is given.

2. Effectivity
A. On aircraft post−Modsum TC601R15307 (CRJ 700 aileron installed).

3. Job Set−Up Information


A. Tools and Equipment

REFERENCE DESIGNATION
Commercially Available Light source
Commercially Available Inspection mirror
Commercially Available Borescope, if required
B. Parts

DRAWING MATERIAL
ITEM DESCRIPTION
NUMBER SPECIFICATION
1 Inboard Hinge Rib, AS311.539 CC670−13027
2 Outboard Hinge Rib, AS311.539 CC670−13028 7475−T7351 AL
3 Inboard Hinge Rib, AS364.016 CC670−13037 ALY PL
4 Outboard Hinge Rib, AS364.016 CC670−13038
5 Hinge Rib, AS343.534 CC670−13044 7475−T7351 AL
6 Hinge Rib, AS337.034 CC670−13045 ALY PL
7475−T7351 AL
7 Aileron center−hinge fitting CC670−13013
ALY PL
8 Hinge bolts
S7064−09DU31 A286 SST
9 PCU bolts
10 Outboard aileron hinge
2024 T42 AL
2024−T42
11 Inboard aileron hinge CC670−13000
ALY ALCD SH
12 Center aileron hinge
C. Reference Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−001 AMM 27−00−00−910−803 Flight−Control Safety Pre-
cautions
EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1
57−61−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−000−801 Removal of the Lower In-


board Leading−Edge Ac-
cess Panel of the Aileron
(599AB/699AB)
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−400−801 Installation of the Lower In-
board Leading−Edge Ac-
cess Panel of the Aileron
(599AB/699AB
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−000−802 Removal of the Lower Cen-
ter Leading−Edge Access
Panel of the Aileron
(599BB/699BB)
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−400−802 Installation of the Lower
Center Leading−Edge Ac-
cess Panel of the Aileron
(599BB/699BB)
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−000−803 Removal of the Lower Out-
board Leading−Edge Ac-
cess Panel of the Aileron
(599CB/699CB)
CSP A−001 AMM 57−60−32−400−803 Installation of the Lower
Outboard Leading−Edge
Access Panel of the Aileron
(599CB/699CB)

D. Standard Practices Information

MANUAL NO REFERENCE DESIGNATION


CSP A−008 SRM 51−13−01 Defect and Damage Repair
Requests−Report Proce-
dure

4. Job Set−Up
A. Obey all the flight−control safety precautions (AMM 27−00−00−910−803).
B. Remove the lower inboard leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599AB/699AB)
(AMM 57−60−32−000−801).
C. Remove the lower center leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599BB/699BB) (AMM
57−60−32−000−802).
D. Remove the lower outboard leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599CB/699CB)
(AMM 57−60−32−000−803).
E. Make sure the inspection area is clean.
F. If the finish in the inspection area is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−61−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

5. Procedure
Refer to Figure 1.

A. Do a detailed inspection of the aileron hinge fittings and back−up structure as follow:
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Visually examine the aileron interface for a failure of its multi−load path fail safe
structure for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
(2) Inspect the aileron center−hinge fitting (7). Pay particular attention to the center
hinge and PCU pickup lugs, and bolts. Also examine back−up ribs using the
borescope (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−20−09).
(3) Inspect the aileron side−hinge rib at aileron stations AS311.00, and AS364.00. Also
examine the back−up ribs using the borescope (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−20−09).
NOTE: The ribs behind the aileron spar can be inspected through the spar
inspection holes.
(4) Inspect the four wing trailing−edge aileron−hinges at aileron stations AS311.00,
AS338.00, AS342.00 and AS364.00.
(5) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
B. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
C. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
D. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
E. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
6. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (SRM 51−21−16).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.
C. Install the lower inboard leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599AB/699AB) (AMM
57−60−32−400−801).
D. Install the lower center leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599BB/699BB) (AMM
57−60−32−400−802).
E. Install the lower outboard leading−edge access panel of the aileron (599CB/699CB)
(AMM 57−60−32−400−803).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−61−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WS 262.00
WS 352.29

LEGEND
1. Inboard hinge rib, AS311.539.
2. Outboard hinge rib, AS311.539.
3. Inboard hinge rib, AS364.016.
4. Outboard hinge rib, AS364.016.
5. Hinge rib, AS343.534.
6. Hinge rib, AS337.034.
SPAR 7. Aileron center hinge fitting.
INSPECTION
HOLE
(12 TYPICAL)
CENTER
1 HINGE LUGS
2
REF
6
5

3
4

SIDE HINGE
LUG
REF AS 311.539

PCU LUGS
REF
AS 337.034
AS 343.534 7
rnd5761106_001.dg, rt, mg, june 09. 2010

SIDE HINGE
LUG AS 364.016
REF

Inspection of the Aileron Fittings and Back−Up Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 1)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 4


57−61−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WS 262.00

WS 352.29

NOTE
Examine the shaded areas.
Left hand side shown, AILERON
right hand side similar. (REF)

WING
(REF)

AILERON
(REF)

rnd5761106_002.dg, rt, 23/10/02

Inspection of the Aileron Fittings and Back−Up Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 2)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 5


57−61−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WS 262.00

WS 352.29

NOTE
Examine the shaded areas. AILERON
(REF)
Left hand side shown,
right hand side similar.

LEGEND
WING
8. Hinge bolts.
(REF)
9. PCU bolts.

AILERON 9
(REF)

rnd5761106_003.dg, rt, 23/10/02

Inspection of the Aileron Fittings and Back−Up Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 3)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 6


57−61−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WS 262.00

D
WS 352.29

AILERON
(REF)

NOTE
Examine the shaded areas.
Left hand side shown,
right hand side similar.

WING
(REF)
AILERON
D (REF)

rnd5761106_004.dg, rt, 23/10/02

Inspection of the Aileron Fittings and Back−Up Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 4)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 7


57−61−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WS 262.00

E
WS 352.29

NOTE WING
Examine the shaded areas. (REF)
Left hand side shown,
right hand side similar.

AILERON
rnd5761106_005.dg, rt, 23/10/02

(REF)

VIEW E

Inspection of the Aileron Fittings and Back−Up Structure


Figure 1 (Sheet 5)

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 8


57−61−106 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

INSPECTION OF THE AILERON UPPER AND LOWER SKIN

1. General

A. Function
(1) This inspection is used to visually examine the external surface of the aileron upper
and lower skin for cracks, corrosion, and other damage.
NOTE: This inspection applies to the left and right side of the aircraft. The
inspection of the left side only is given.

B. Reference Information
(1) For added data that is necessary to do this inspection, refer to the manuals that
follow:
− Nondestructive Test Manual (NDTM) Part 1−General Information
− Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
− Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM).

C. Location
(1) The area is in Zone 559 and 699 (Refer to NDTM Part 1, 51−01−03).

D. Access
(1) Access is from the right and left wing.

E. Parts Examined in This Procedure


Refer to Table 1.

Table 1 − Part Identification Data


ITEM
DRAWING OR PART
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
NUMBER [2]
[1]
1 Upper skin CC670−13050
AL ALLOY 2024−T3 QQ−A−250/5
2 Lower skin CC670−13051
NOTE [1]: Item number corresponds to item number in Figure 1.
NOTE [2]: Numbers that do not include a dashed suffix are drawing numbers.

2. Effectivity
A. On aircraft post−Modsum TC601R15307 (CRJ 700 aileron installed).

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 1


57−61−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

3. Tools and Equipment


A. Use the equipment that follows:
− Light source.

4. Preparation and Cleaning

A. Procedure

WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF CLEAN AIR AND
SUFFICIENT FIRE PROTECTION. USE APPROVED BODY PROTECTION
WHEN YOU USE SOLVENTS. ALL SOLVENTS ARE POISONOUS AND
SOME ARE FLAMMABLE.
(1) Clean the inspection surfaces (Refer to the SRM, 51−26−00).
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the finish from the parts unless it shows
deterioration or local damage.
(2) If the finish in the area to be inspected is damaged or deteriorated, remove the finish
(Refer to the SRM, chapter 51).
5. Inspection for Damage to the Aileron Upper and Lower Skin
Refer to the area shaded in Figure 1.

A. Inspection Procedure
NOTE: If the surfaces of any component are painted, look at the paint condition (for
signs of cracks and corrosion) in the component material.
(1) Examine the external surface of the upper skin and lower skin for cracks and other
damage. Pay particular attention to the fastener locations at the area of the inboard
and outboard spar splices at AS330.00 and AS350.00.
(2) Examine all of the fasteners for signs of a loose, bent, corroded, or other
unserviceable condition.
6. Acceptance or Rejection Criteria
A. All signs of corrosion or cracks are cause for rejection.
B. All signs of damaged fasteners are cause for rejection.
C. Record and report results in accordance with company guidelines and policies.
D. For indications that exceed the allowable limits, it is recommended that you contact
MHIRJ Customer Support (refer to SRM 51−13−01).
7. Close Out
A. If the finish in the inspection area was removed, replace the finish (Refer to the SRM,
Chapter 51).
B. Remove all tools, equipment, and unwanted materials from the work area.

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 2


57−61−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING MANUAL
Part 9 − Visual

WS 282.00
WS 353.00

NOTES
Examine the shaded area (upper skin).
Examine the lower skin.

Left hand side shown,


right hand side similar.
UPPER SKIN
1

AS 350.00
SPAR SPLICE AREA
(OUTBOARD)
AS 330.00
SPAR SPLICE AREA FRONT SPAR
LOWER SKIN (INBOARD) (REF)
2
AS 302.00

rnd5761107_001.dg, rt, 18/09/02

Inspection of the Aileron Upper and Lower Skin


Figure 1

EFFECTIVITY: SEE PARAGRAPH 2 Part 9 Page 3


57−61−107 Oct 10/20
CRJ200

     
   

"    %%

 
  ,' - './(0 '*(, )1,& 2  3 4
'1(5 -' ,1(/((, () - './(0 '*(, (, -' 0'(6

 ! "    -''  -' )(, () -
*(.'4
2''/ - './(0 '*(, , '*(, 77 ,1(/(' -
,)(.(, ,( -' (,5'1*' ',& ,4
   - './(0 '*(, '*' 2  3   

  ! $   
    
  (
'*' -' 1(' ( /(1'5'4

!!
 "#  $    &'  () 
%%

 (* +


CRJ200

     
   

  


  ! $   
    
 

4 ','

4 !,1(,
89 - ,/'1(, /(1'5'  '5 ( *0 ':.,' -' 1(./(,', () -' *'1
;<' 8 9 /1-.1( /*( 1'3 - )((6 )( 11=3 1(((,3
,5 (-' 5.&'#
 =,3 5(;'
 //( /'
 (/ 1,'5 ;
 //( 1'4
# -' 5 , - =  &*', )( -' ') 5' () -' 1)3 -' &- 5' 
.( -' .'4

>4 ')'',1' ,)(.(,


89 !( .(' 5 -  ,'1'0 ( 5( - ,/'1(,3 ')' ( -' ., -
)((6#
 (,5'1*' ',& , 893   ',' ,)(.(,
 1 '/ , 89
 1) ,',,1' , 894


4 (1(,
89 -' ,/'1(, '  )(,5 , ?(,'  ,5 @ 8')' (  2  3
%%94

4 11'
89 11'  -(&- -' -(<(, ;<' ),&4

4  :.,'5 , - (1'5'


')' ( ;' 4

     

!  %& % 
   !% %   % 
 " #$ 
!' #($
%7  "
 (;'
@%%% 
 $ AA%+7
 //( /'
 ') =, @%%% %7  "

 $ AA%+
7 &- =, @%%%7
 BC# '. ,.;' 1('/(,5 ( '. ,.;' , !&' 4
 BC# .;' - 5( ,( ,15'  5-'5 )): ' 56,& ,.;'4

!!
 "#  $     %%
&'  () 
 (* +
CRJ200

     
   

!  %& % 
   !% %   % 
 " #$ 
!' #($
(;'3
 @%%%77 D%%D7
'1 ;<' =,
 " 
@ (/
,'5 ; @%%% > @%%
D%%D@
D 5 /
/ @%%%7
 " 
%77  "
E 5 / //' F';

 $
@%%%%
%7  "
 ,&' AA%+

 $
% ; GE F'; %77  "
 
 $
@%%%
,&' %7  "

H
AA%%+
D%D@  "
 5 / '' @%%%
H
7 //'
-,,' @%%%E%
 (6'
-,,' @%%%E D%%D@ "

@ 5 / ))',' @%%%% > @%%
D%%D7  "
D '' !,& @%%%E

 BC# '. ,.;' 1('/(,5 ( '. ,.;' , !&' 4
 BC# .;' - 5( ,( ,15'  5-'5 )): ' 56,& ,.;'4

4 ))'1*0
4  1)4

4 (( ,5 I/.',


4 ' -' 'I/.', - )((6 8')' (  2  3 %%9#
 &- (1'
 ,/'1(, .(
 >('1(/'3 ) 'I'54

74 '/(, ,5
',,&
4 '.(*' -' -(<(,;<' . 1( 8 D7%%%%E%94
>4 =' ' -' ,/'1(, '  1',4

4 ) ,'1'03 '.(*' -' 6'5/1,& 1(((,,-;,& 1(./(,5 8

9 6- 
,)'' 1(- ,5 (*',4
!!
 "#  $    &'  () 
%%

 (* +


CRJ200

     
   

4 ) -' ),- , -' ,/'1(, '  5.&'5 ( 5''('53 '.(*' -' ),-4

4 (1'5'
')' ( !&' 4
4 ( -' '/ - )((6 )( -' 5''5 ,/'1(,#
89 :.,' -'  /1-.1( /*( 1' ,15,&3 5(;' 893 //(
/' 893 ') =, 893 &- =, 8793 ,5 4% ,4 8%4E ..9 '1- 5' () -' 5J1',
1,'5 ; 8@93 )( 11=3 1(((,3 ,5 (-' 5.&'4
89 :.,' -' //( 1' - )((6 )( 11=3 1(((,3 ,5 (-' 5.&'#
 (;'3 *'1 ;<' =, 89
 5 / 1/3 //' 6';3 ''3 ,5 ))',' 8D3 E3 3 @9
 ,&' 83 3 9
 ; GE 6'; 8%9
 //' ,5 (6'
-,,' 87 K9
 '' !,& 8D94
89 :.,' '1- )',' , -' ,/'1(, ' )( &, ()  (('3 ;',3 1((5'53
,5 (-' ,'*1';' 1(,5(,4

@4 11'/,1' ,5 'J'1(,


'
4  &, () 1(((, ( 11= ' 1' )( 'J'1(,4
>4  &, () 5.&'5 )',' ' 1' )( 'J'1(,4

4 '1(5 ,5 '/( ' , 11(5,1' 6- 1(./,0 &5',' ,5 /(1'4
4 !( ,51(, - ':1''5 -' (6;' .3   '1(..',5'5 - 0( 1(,1
$ L
(.' //( 8 %94

D4
(' 
4 ) -' ),- , -' ,/'1(, ' 6 '.(*'53 '/1' -' ),- 8 @94
>4 ) ,'1'03 'M//0 -' 6'5/1,& 1(((,,-;,& 1(./(,5 8

9 8
94

4 '.(*'  ((3 'I/.',3 ,5 ,6,'5 .' )(. -' 6(= '4
4 , -' -(<(, ;<' . 1( 8 D7%7%%E%94

!!
 "#  $     %%
&' 7 () 
 (* +
CRJ200

     
   

LEGEND NOTES
1. Doubler. 10. Rib No. 8 web. Examine the shaded area.
2. Support plate. 11. Angle.
rnd5531112_006.dg, gw, dec07/2009

Left side shown, right side


3. Left skin. 12. Angle.
is almost the same.
4. Right skin. 13. Mid spar tee.
5. Doubler, vertical stabilizer skin. 14. Upper channel.
6. Top canted rib. 15. Lower channel.
7. Mid spar cap. 16. Mid spar stiffener.
8. Mid spar upper web. 17. Tee fitting.
9. Angle.

,/'1(, () -'  1-.1( *( 1'


!&'  8-'' 9

!!
 "#  $    &'  () 
%%

 (* +


CRJ200

     
   

NOTE
1 Area to be examined.
Left side is shown, right
side is almost the same.

FWD

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

3
2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

B
rnd5531112_007.dc, gw, dec07/2009

,/'1(, () -'  1-.1( *( 1'


!&'  8-'' 9

!!
 "#  $     %%
&' @ () 
 (* +
CRJ200

     
   

NOTE
1 Area to be examined.

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm) 1 14 4
FWD

12 5

2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

F F
D
11
16
10
9 8
2.0 in. 16
(50.8 mm)
5
12
3

2.0 in.
14
(50.8 mm)
rnd5531112_008.dc, gw, dec08/2009

,/'1(, () -'  1-.1( *( 1'


!&'  8-'' 9

!!
 "#  $    &' D () 
%%

 (* +


CRJ200

     
   

NOTE
1 Area to be examined.
Left side is shown, right
side is almost the same.

2 1 1 3 14

FWD

6
2.0 in.
(50.8 mm)

rnd5531112_009.dc, gw, dec08/2009

8 16 7 13 9 11 2.0 in. 10 12
(50.8 mm)
D

,/'1(, () -'  1-.1( *( 1'


!&'  8-'' 79

!!
 "#  $     %%
&' E () 
 (* +
CRJ200

     
   

17

UP
FWD

15

NOTES MID SPAR


DATUM
Examine shaded area.
8 V.S.
Left side shown, right side is
almost the same. R/S Sta.
9 9 128.25
UP

10 11 10
FWD
rnd5531112_010.dg, gw, dec09/2009

,/'1(, () -'  1-.1( *( 1'


!&'  8-'' 9

!!
 "#  $    &'  () 
%%

 (* +


CRJ200

     
   

#    &

 
  -( . (/0)1 (+)- *2-' 3  4 !5
(2)6 .( -2)0))- )* . (/0)1 (+)- )- .( 1()7

 " #    .((  .( *)- )* .
+)/(5
3((0 . (/0)1 (+)- - (+)- 88 -2)0)( .
-*)/)- -) .( )-6(2+( (-' -5
   . (/0)1 (+)- (+( 3  4 !  

  " %    9 3% ":
"
 9: " ) (+( .( 2)( ) 0)2(6(5

""
 #$  % &   '(  )* 
 &

! )+ ,&


CRJ200

     
   

  


  " %    9 3% ": "
 9:
"

: !

5 (-(
5 .( -)-6(2+( (-' 0)2(6( . *))7  *) .( -0(2)- )* .( ( 0((
;<.(6 *)76 *2( ;()7 *)) *2(,;*2( 22<5

&5 **(2+1
5  2* 0)   
=!= , ) 9 ==!>5

5 ?); ( 0 -*)/)-


5 )) -6 @0/(-

    

)//(21 +;( A0))- ))*".'.

)//(21 +;( )((2)02

)//(21 +;( '-*1-'   = )7(

)//(21 +;( 9)(2)0(

95 

   


   

    
 (( ;<.(6 7(; (-*)2( 6);( 3==8 BB&=,&


5 (*((-2( -*)/)-


      

 ==  &>=&===>= (/)+ )* .( ";('
-6 ")/ -)-

 ==  &>=&8==>= -)- )* .( ";('
-6 ")/ -)-

 ==  =====>=8 (/)+ )* .(
')

)/0/(- ")) -(

 ==  =====>=8 -)- )* .(
')

)/0/(- ")) -(

""
 #$  % &    &
'( & )* 
! )+ ,&
CRJ200

     
   

5 -66 22( -*)/)-


      

 ==  &=>=& :(02-'
))C
)- -.;-'
)/0)-6

 ==>  = (*(2 -6 /'( (0
(@((0) )2(C
6(

 ==>  &== ((4 -+)-/(-4
"( -< -6 "(7 (C
-'

 ==>  &==
(--'

85 ?); ( 0
5 (/)+( .( 2') 2)/0/(- *)) 0-( . *))7 D =====>=8E$

   
&>" ")) 0-(
&>?" ")) 0-(
&>" ")) 0-(
&>&" ")) 0-(
&>&3" ")) 0-(

95 (/)+( ) * .( *;(' -6 *)/ -)-  -(2(1 ) '( ) .( -0(2)-
( D &>=&===>=E5

5 <( ( .( -0(2)- (  2(-5
5 * -(2(14 (/)+( .( 7(602-' 2)))--.;-' 2)/0)-6 D

E 7. 
-*(( 2). -6 )+(- D &==E5
5 * -(2(14 (/)+( .( (-5
"5 * .( *-. - .( -0(2)- (  6/'(6 ) 6(()(64 (/)+( .( *-.5

5 )2(6(
(*( ) "'( 5
5 ) .( 6((6 -0(2)- )* .( ( 0(( ;<.(6 ": *2( ;()7 *))  *))7$
DE A/-( .( *)76 *2( +;( ( )* .( (-*)2-' 6);( DE )* .( (
0((;<.(6 7(; ;(7((- 9&!5= -6 9&!5= *) 22<4 2)))- -6
).( 6/'(5
D&E 1 02 (-)- - -( 7. .( .(( )* .( +(2 F **(-(5
DE A/-( .( ( *) 22<4 2)))-4 -6 ).( 6/'(5 <( ( 1) 2(*1
(A/-(
D8E A/-( (2. *(-( - .( -0(2)- ( *) '- )*  ))(4 ;(-4 2))6(64
-6 ).( -(+2(;( 2)-6)-5
""
 #$  % &   '(  )* 
 &

! )+ ,&


CRJ200

     
   

95 * -(2(14 (-6  6(*(2 -6 6/'( (0) ) % ? )0 D =E5

5
)( 
5 * .( *-. - .( -0(2)- ( 7 (/)+(64 (02( .( *-.5
95 * -(2(14 (001 .( 7(602-' 2)))--.;-' 2)/0)-6 D

E D
&E5

5 - .( *;(' -6 *)/ -)- D &>=&8==>=E5
5 - .( 2') 2)/0/(- *)) 0-( . *))7 D =====>=8E$

   
&>" ")) 0-(
&>?" ")) 0-(
&>" ")) 0-(
&>&" ")) 0-(
&>&3" ")) 0-(

5 (/)+(  ))4 (@0/(-4 -6 -7-(6 /( *)/ .( 7)< (5

""
 #$  % &    &
'( 8 )* 
! )+ ,&
CRJ200

     
   

1
A

WL69.00

B B
RBL36.20

LBL36.20
RBL27.50
RBL18.00 LBL27.50
LBL18.00
RBL9.50 BL0.00 LBL9.50

RBL13.75 LBL13.75

A
VIEW LOOKING AFT

BL0.00
Z−MEMBER
(REF)
LEGEND
1. Pressure bulkhead web.
HEEL OF Z
rnd5361157_001.dg, kp, June 13, 2014

NOTE MEMBER FLANGE


1 Examine the shaded area.

FS621.00

B B 1

((6 -0(2)- )* .( ( 0(( ;<.(6 ": *2( ;()7 *))
"'( 

""
 #$  % &   '(  )* 
 &

! )+ ,&

You might also like